Actions

Work Header

Rating:
Archive Warning:
Category:
Fandoms:
Relationships:
Characters:
Additional Tags:
Language:
English
Collections:
Steven Universe Fanfic
Stats:
Published:
2021-10-31
Updated:
2025-09-08
Words:
114,485
Chapters:
44/?
Comments:
32
Kudos:
123
Bookmarks:
20
Hits:
4,681

Steven Universe Of The Creek

Summary:

Steven and Craig's lives changed when they cross paths for the first time. With Craig learning more about Steven's life while Steven's plans changed as he's willing to give the Creek a chance, as the two form a bond that's growing by time. Upon getting Steven's saliva in his ear during the family reunion, Craig ends up getting pink visions in his eyes with more of his body absorbing the power, including dreams where he meets The Crystal Gems when he sleeps.

Meanwhile, the former king Xavier, recruits Steven's old enemies, Ruby and Aquamarine, planning to head to Beach City where Steven used to live and Homeworld. They know everyone thinks they're too delusional but with them performing a fusion that's more powerful when the day comes, Steven and Craig's own fusion won't stand a chance, or even everyone from Steven's life.

Chapter 1: Herkleton's Visitor

Chapter Text

Over the past three months, Steven Universe drove from state to state, experiencing the world itself outside of his old life. His therapist did everything to help him cope with his trauma to the point he’s fully succeeded after turning seventeen. He remains calm while keeping all of his powers in check.

When he checked through his GPS, he saw a local gas station was located nearby. He had to exit out of the highway due to his fuel tank starting to run on fumes. His goal at the moment is heading to the next big city, which is just over an hour away. When he drove through a few trees blocking the sunlight, he saw a few houses in the neighborhood. Over the last few weeks, he put addresses of the neighborhoods he visited, thinking of living in those places to take the next step of his new life.

Quite franckly, it wasn’t simple for how different they were compared to his beach house. He wasn’t expecting a dream home, but more of a home that suits him. As soon as he saw the nearest gas station, he drove in the parking lot while stopping at the open spot. When he got out of his car, he placed the gas hose into his car after opening the cap.

“It seems I really need a new car after stopping at so many gas stations so frequently.” He said to himself. He looked at Herkleton itself with a few people walking on the sidewalk. “But at the same time, every place I go to looks promising.”

For the amount of time it took for the gas to pump into the tank, Steven took out the hose while heading inside the building to pay for it. Upon coming out, another vehicle came into the parking lot. It parked right next to Steven’s as the driver got out immediately.

Steven had a question about Herkleton itself since he received tours in the neighborhood. “Hey!” He called, which caused the person to take notice.

“Yes?”

“Is there any information about Herkleton’s neighborhood?” Steven asked, walking up to him.

“Not much.” He responded. “I do live here, but I don't give tours for visitors.”

“Well...I’m actually gonna stay here for a few days. I’ve been traveling for three months. I’m Steven Universe, what’s your name?”

After placing the hose into the vehicle, he turned to Steven right away. “I’m Bernard Williams. I need to get fresh milk for my family after…” He signed while getting back on topic. “My brother’s friends used up the last gallon.”

Steven knew his plans during his travels would be unexpected. Even in a town like this, there’s more than it has to offer. “Do you need any help?” He offered. “Besides, I’m all out of bread after eating my last slice last night.”

“I’m only going to get milk, I have enough food.”

“Oh.” Steven felt disappointed.

“Why would you want to help me? Even my friends wouldn’t make an offer like that.” Bernard took out the hose from his car. “I’m not really that type of friend if you don’t mind.”

Steven did remember the amount of times he met at least five people who acted like Bernard, but he learned how to make a better impression. “I don’t think you understand what I’m capable of.”

“You mean the way you're wearing a star as your shirt?” Barnard notices Steven’s outfit. “Don’t you think you should be wearing something that suits your age?”

This made Steven close his eyes, keeping his old life away from anyone who calls him out. “Was that necessary for you? I do have other clothes, I just prefer this the most.”

Bernard had no plans aside from his friends coming over tonight. “Sorry, it’s just been rough over the past week because of my brother. So I’ve called my girlfriend and friends if they can watch a movie at my place.”

Steven wished he could think of something to help out someone. “Did you pick a movie for them?”

“I’m heading to the movie store to rent a movie for tonight.”

“I think I could help to make your night better. Let me pick out the movie for you.”

Bernard may have his friends pick their own films during their movie nights but from a stranger who seems harmless, no one would even do that out in the open. “Are you sure about this?”

“Don’t worry, I think your friends, including your girlfriend would approve of the film I’ve picked.”

With Bernard’s car filled up with gas, Bernard sighed while trying to reconsider his choice. Aside from making a homemade pizza, his family would still be confused from unexpected visitors coming over.

“I’ll text my parents that I’m gonna be a bit late.” As Bernard took out his phone, he headed to the building. “I just hope you know what you're doing.”

Steven felt slightly impressed in himself when someone’s willing to give him a shot in the neighborhood. Although it’s still a test for someone like Bernard to be appreciative.

 

[hr]

 

Both Steven and Bernard left the gas station and went and parked them by the movie store. When they got in, Steven picked which section he preferred whenever he ran into any movie store.

“I’m letting you know that the movies my friends watched are mostly action packed.” Bernard replied. “What kind of movies do you watch?”

“I’ve been trying to watch indie films as of late.” Steven answered. “I watch films like Dogcopter, but I don’t think your friends would enjoy it.”

“True, as a matter of fact, I don’t think they’re aware of Dogcopter at all.”

“I don’t blame you.” As the two teens head to the indie section, Steven tries to pick an indie film he has never watched before. He wanted to prove to everyone that he’s more than a generous person for making better decisions.

“There’s one thing I want to know.”

“What is it?” Steven looking at the movie cases.

“Where do you live?” Bernard crossed his arms. “I’m not against you, but if you're really a traveler, should your family be concerned?”

It was a matter of time until someone would have a question that centers around family. Unfortunately, the soon to be adult kept it a low profile to keep his guardians out of trouble.

“My family isn’t like yours or anyone else’s.” Steven signed. “I’m from Beach City and it was the only place I’ve spent most of my life at.”

“Beach City?” Bernard raises an eyebrow. “Is it located in the Deep South?”

“No. Believe me, if you lived there, your life wouldn’t be the same.”

Bernard felt bizarre from the way Steven expressed himself. “Oh, I know what you mean.” He smiled while causing Steven to pause. “You always have beach days while you’re there.”

Soon Steven sighed in relief, thanks to a slightly misunderstood response. “I don’t swim anymore, but you're not wrong.” He then saw a film that could impress Bernard’s friends. “Speaking of that, would a dolphin film work out?”

“Sure. I guess my girlfriend would appreciate it.”

As they head straight to the register to rent the film, they leave the movie store. Once they’re all done getting the milk from the grocery store, Bernard will be willing to take Steven to his house. So far, he’s getting into his nature of friendship. All he can wonder is how his family would think of him upon meeting him for the first time.

Chapter 2: A Gem And The Williams Family

Chapter Text

Steven and Bernard parked their cars in the driveway of William's house. Upon exiting both vehicles, Steven found the building itself ordinary to be placed in a neighborhood like any other. “My friends and girlfriend have texted me they’re gonna come over in about three hours.” Bernard said, shutting the car door.

“I want to point out that...I don’t have friends similar to yours.” Steven walked up to Bernard. “As in...humans of my current age.”

“What, you're more of an indoor person?”

“I’m an outdoor person actually.”

“Have you gained some social skills at least?”

“Yes I have.”

Bernard can only assume that Steven is the type of person who feels and stays neutral in most situations. Unfortunately for him, he just met him, not even an hour ago. “What will my parents think of this?” He said to himself, despite Steven hearing him. He walked up to the front door while inserting his key to the door lock. “I’m home!”

Soon enough his parents, Duane and Nicole head out of the living room after watching television. “Is the milk still fresh?” Duane wondered.

“Yes it is.” Just when Bernard took off his shoes, his parents witnessed a visitor stepping foot in their house. They’re fully aware of the many friends Barnard had since they met them from time to time, but not a new friend, especially out of town.

“Who’s your new friend?” Nicole pointing at Steven.

“He’s Steven Universe, but he’s not my friend.” Barnard replied. “I met him at the gas station.”

Steven took a deep breath, with the many times he met several families during his trip, he’s prepared for what the Williams are any different. “I’m gonna be in the neighborhood for a few days. I’m mostly a tourist.”

“Oh so you want to know Herkleton huh?” Duane admires Steven’s thinking.

“Out of all the families you decided to come to, you just picked the best one.” Nicole smiled. “We know this neighborhood inside and out.”

“You don’t say.” Steven said while taking out the dolphin film from his bag. “I picked a film for Bernard’s friends to watch tonight.”

“I’m mostly biased at first, but I’m giving this a shot.” Bernard walked past his parents. “Just to point out, have my brother and sister know he’s…” He then whispered into their ears. “...neutral with relationships.”

This made Steven slightly annoyed with the many times his encounters almost became awkward. “I have friends but the thing is, my life is way more personal, can you please understand that? That’s all I’m asking.” As he calmed himself down, he soon went back to being in a positive mood.

“Steven, families are always personal.” Bernard signed. “Can you at least tell us one thing about your family that’s different from any?”

“Bernard, get in the kitchen.” Nicole ordered. “If he doesn’t want to express his family’s life, don’t question it.”

“Just put the milk in the fridge.” Duane added.

Bernard backed away from his parents as he put the milk in the fridge. Soon enough, Steven heads into the living room. The pictures of the Williams family is what his curiosity needs. “You have a younger sister too?” He wondered.

“Yes, she’s upstairs in her room.” Bernard answered. “Her name is Jessica.”

“Is it okay if she can come down to meet me?”

“Sure, but once my friends arrive, she’s gonna be heading back upstairs, same goes to my brother.”

When Steven looked at the family picture again, his attention was on Bernard’s brother. Unfortunately unlike his sister, it didn’t phase him in the slightest. “Who’s your brother?”

“He’s Craig. Believe me when I say this he’s mostly a good sibling from time to time.”

For the many schools he went to during his trip, he agreed with Barnard. “Maybe it’s just me but I don’t think he’s anything too special.”

“If you really believed that every child is special, everyone would be a superhero. And our lives would still be normal.”

Steven would tell that Bernard was bluffing, but if he ever knew who he really was, he would never bluff again. Upon placing the picture back where it belongs, they heard Jessica coming down the steps. After Nicole reminded her about the visitor coming over, her curiosity got the better of her. Once she entered the kitchen, she saw Steven who immediately took notice. Her attention was glued from the way he’s dressed.

“Is that a star on his shirt?” She pointed.

“Yes, do you like it?” Steven asked to which Jessica nodded.

“Stars are always good luck for good people.”

Her brother would disagree, but he refuses to break her spirit. “Jesscia, I know you’ve just met him but he’s gonna watch a movie with my friends soon.”

“Is it okay if I can still play with him for the time being?”

When Bernard looked at Steven, he had no problem at all, in fact it would give something to do in the meantime. “I’ll call you when one of my friends is here.”

“Don’t worry, I’ll be back when you call.” Steven smiled as he followed Jesscia. It didn’t take long for them to head inside Jesscia’s bedroom. Once Steven checked Jessica’s bedroom, he saw a blanket hanging all of Jessica’s stuffed animals at the corner by her window.

“Does your sister always have a room like mine?” She smiled.

“Unn…I don’t have a sister.” Steven replied. “Not to mention I never had a lot of stuffed animals.”

“Did you know how it feels to have a sister? Or a brother or two?”

Steven wanted to be as nice as possible, but a question from a seven year old girl was too concerning to him. “I would, but have you ever had fights that made you stressed during your free time?”

“Not really, I’m mostly adorable enough to avoid fights.”

Upon looking at Jessica’s bedroom again, it was more decorated compared to his old bedroom. Drawing pictures of the family made him remember the times he drew pictures centering around his family. Although if he ever kept his old drawings, he would still keep them away from anyone.

Soon Duane came out of his bedroom and saw Steven looking at her daughter’s room. “Anything you need?” He stepped foot in the bedroom.

“Nothing just…” Steven turned to Duane. “...Found your daughter’s bedroom a bit different, but in a good way.”

“You found my bedroom different? Like a magical way?” Jessica’s eyes sparkled which took Steven notice.

“Yeah, mostly that I never saw a lot of girl bedrooms.”

“Hey, it's a first for anybody.” Duane walking up to Steven. “When I saw my wife’s bedroom when we were young, it was the first girl’s bedroom I ever went into.”

“And I saw his bedroom when I came over to his house.” Nicole popped her head in the room. “You should at least be aware of what a girl’s bedroom should be like.”

Steven agreed with Nicole, knowing that she saw Connie’s room a few times. “Then again, if this was like the sixth time I went to a different bedroom, I wouldn't have expected much.”

With Jessica’s parents heading downstairs, Jessica sat on her bed while still keeping the visitor occupied. “So how long are you staying in the neighborhood?”

“For a few days until I’m leaving.” Steven smiled.

“Maybe when there’s a chance, we’re going to our grandparents in the next two days.”

“No offense but-”

“No really, they’re wonderful people, you would appreciate them since it’s a family reunion.” Steven still had second thoughts knowing he still has a lot to witness in the states he has left to visit. But then Jessica gives him her sweet sparkly eyes again. “Please…my family would appreciate you there.”

“Okay, I’ll come.” Steven smiled. “But you do know we’ve just met minutes ago right?”

“A lot of people can feel that, when someone like you makes a great first impression.”

“All I did was come here, I haven’t done anything yet.”

“First impressions are still a thing.”

This causes Steven to grin awkwardly. “Okay, you say a lot of smart words for your age.”

Chapter 3: Empathic Trust

Chapter Text

After Craig spent most of his time playing with his friends at the creek, it was time for him to head home. He couldn’t get over how the creek changed since Xavier lost his authority after the capture the flag war. He didn’t expect how better it was compared to before, if any new kid came to the creek who moved into the neighborhood, they would forever spend their childhood there.

“Things had never felt better at the creek.” He smiled while walking on the sidewalk. “Victory had never felt so satisfying.” He then saw Alexis’s car parked by the front yard. He knew Bernard’s friends would appear sooner, but he soon witnessed another car by Bernard’s. “What the heck?”

He walked to the car, witnessing belongings in the back of the inside. He then turned to the front door with curiosity in his mind. At first, he’ll be spending the rest of the day eating supper but with his brother having the kitchen and living room all to himself, it must have something to do with the extra car next to his.

Craig opened the front door and saw one of his brother’s friends in the kitchen. But then he witnessed a visitor walking past them. Just when Steven helped by taking the pizza out of the oven, Bernard headed downstairs, seeing his brother arriving from the creek as usual.

“Craig, if you're getting something from the kitchen, do it now.” He replied. “I’m gonna be watching a movie with my friends soon.”

“Bernard, who’s car was by yours?” He pointed outside.

“That’s Steven’s car.”

“Steven?” Craig looked down in the hall.

“Why are you surprised? You’ve come across my friends when they’re here, I’ve just met him at the gas station.” As he walked past him, he then turned around. “Especially since he’s almost the same age as I am. So what’s the difference?”

Craig then witnesses Steven walking past the others again. Even in a split second, his outfit was different compared to Bernard’s friends. “Are you aware he’s wearing something different?”

“Who cares? I’m giving him a chance so don’t judge what he wears.” His brother headed straight to the kitchen while looking at the progress before playing the movie. Meanwhile, Craig didn’t bother to head straight to get something from the kitchen to eat at the moment. Instead he walked upstairs then headed into his bedroom. He remembered he had snacks he could munch on, in case of his own emergencies.

“Naa, it’s not like I’m into pizza tonight, it’s not pizza night today.” As he headed inside his room, he looked through his backpack to take out a choco roll he treated with one of his items. As he unwrapped it, he laid back on his bed eating it. “Still, I still don’t get the purpose of that Steven guy.”

Back in the kitchen, Steven had the honor to cut the pizza in slices for Bernard’s friends. Alexis and Cariss had been waiting for the pizza to be finished upon arriving. “So you're the person who picked the dolphin film?” Alexis asked.

“Yes I am.” Steven smiled.

“I was expecting sharks, but dolphins are harmless entertainment to me.” Cariss commented.

“Anyway, I’m going to be around for a few days and I might hang out with you unless I get a tour of Herkleton itself.”

After hearing him, Bernard turned to Steven. “Once you see me and Alexis’s job, I’ll promise I’ll give you a tour when I’m done at work tomorrow.” He walked up to him. “But then again, I’m still hoping the movie you picked out will work out tonight.

Despite still trying to get used to Bernard’s mood since meeting him, Steven knew he still had second thoughts. “Don’t get ahead of yourself, your friends will enjoy it. As for your job, I promise I will be a respectful customer.”

“I know, you don’t have to wait at the restaurant all day, just come when you're hungry during lunch time.”

When Steven took out the plates for Bernard’s friends, it was time to watch the film in the living room. It was a matter of time for everyone to get a slice of pizza while sitting on the couches until Bernard finally played the film.

Back in Craig’s bedroom, he was still hungry. He wasn’t into the other snacks tonight to the point he can’t wait until the teens leave. He got out of bed, sighing while thinking about the snacks available in the kitchen. But just when he got out of his bedroom, Jessica just got out of the bathroom.

“Craig.” She walked up to him. “Have you met Steven yet?”

“No, but I’m not really interested, okay, I’m just getting something to eat from the kitchen.” Craig replied. “Sometimes kitchen food easily beats creek snacks.”

Just when Craig headed straight downstairs, Jessica grabbed his arm. “He’s gonna come with us to our grandparents!”

“Jessica, do you think that’s really necessary?”

“You’re really not the brother I enjoy being around.”

“He’s friends with our brother, he’s not the same age as I am.” While Craig forces Jessica to let go of his arm, he takes a deep breath. “If he was our age, maybe I would get the chance to be friends with him…I still miss the Green Poncho since the war ended.”

With the memory of teaming up with the Green Poncho officially over, he’s aware a lot won’t be the same forever. “You haven’t even seen his face.” Jessica retorted. “From the tone of his voice, it was different compared to the other teens.” As she headed straight to her bedroom, she looked at her brother one more time before closing her door. “We never had a teen in our neighborhood act that way.”

She closed the door, leaving her brother alone while listening to the movie playing in the living room. Craig placed his hand on his face, still uninterested in what Steven is to him. “I can do whatever I want at the creek, what makes him different like the kids at the creek?”

As he went down stairs while slowly entering the kitchen, he saw Bernard along with his friends watching the dolphin film. Steven was sitting on the other side of the sofa, next to Gibson and Amina. As he slowly headed to the refrigerator, it didn’t last long until his brother took notice.

“Craig, seriously?” Bernard retorted.

“Sorry, I’m just making a sandwich.” Craig flinched. “It’ll take me five minutes until I go back upstairs.”

While all of Bernard’s friends didn’t turn around, Steven was the only person who did. “Let me take care of this.” He spoked while standing up. As Craig took out what he needed from the refrigerator, Steven walked up to the fridge door. Once Craig closed the door, he accidently bumped into Steven’s body, in a split second, he felt something unusual from the teens belly button.

“Sorry.” Steven immediately responded.

“You really need to watch where people are going, you know?” Craig looked at Steven for the first time.

“Don’t worry, I won’t do it again.” He then took the jelly jar from Craig. “To keep your brother’s friends occupied with the film, I’ll make a peanut butter and jelly sandwich, so you won’t cause any noise, no offense.”

Steven took out the peanut butter jar as he prepared to spread it on one of the breads. Craig still couldn’t ignore Steven’s belly button, it felt like his body was covered with armor for a second.

“Were you in the military, because it felt like you had something underneath your shirt.” Craig pointed at Steven’s shirt.

“I wasn’t part of any military. Also you shouldn’t say those kinds of things when you get older Craig.”

“My brother told you who I was?”

“Mostly.” As Steven looks straight up to Bernard, he can tell what he feels about his brother. “But to me, you're not really house broken for a ten year old.”

“What makes you think that?”

“I’ve seen children from other neighborhoods and they’re mostly on best terms with each other. Expect one of the hot-tempered kids.” As he begins cutting the sandwich in slices, he heads straight to the sink. “So what do you do here?”

“I came to the creek with my friends. Trust me, it’s a great place to make so many friends.”

“A creek? Like a small forest?”

“It’s big once you meet everyone.”

Upon cleaning the knife with hot water, Steven would expect that explanation from any child. “Is there like ten people there?”

“More than ten when you see everything for the first time.”

“Craig, I’m not gonna be here for that long, after the day at your grandparents, I’ll be gone. There won’t be any time for me to see the creek.”

“I don’t blame you. You’re too old for that, it’s not like anything is waiting for you there.”

Steven put the knife in the dishwasher while giving Craig his supper. “There’s always the unexpected. But I’m not expecting that in this neighborhood okay?”

As Craig received the sandwich from him, Steven followed him to his room. “So if you're coming over to my family reunion, do you think we'll have some time to get to know each other?”

“Possibly for sure, but with all of your relatives keeping me occupied, it won’t be much.” They walked up the stairs, heading into Craig’s bedroom. “But we can make the most of it, just like how your sister did when she met me.”

“What does she see in you exactly?” Craig said sitting on his bed.

“A one of a kind from that way I dress.” As Steven closes Craig’s bedroom door, he heads back to the living room to watch the film with the others. While Craig looked at his sandwich, he didn’t forget the bump he made with Steven, as if he’s hiding something that’s part of his body. He took a bite of his sandwich, thinking about who Steven really is.

“I’m aware he’s more than a grown teen.”

Chapter 4: Steven Or Author Steven?

Chapter Text

Morning came around, with Bernard heading straight to his job at Pasta La Vista. He texted Steven to remind him about coming over and he didn’t forget. After his friends enjoyed the film, he’ll be looking forward to what Bernard does for a living, but he has one errand to do after leaving his rented apartment.

Craig left his home, soon enough meeting his two best friends, Kelsey and J.P. Upon heading to the Herkleton Public Library, he told everything that happened last night, and how Steven is different compared to his brother’s friends.

“You’re telling us that he’s hiding something in his belly button!?” J.P. reacted.

“Like a special ability a video game character offers?” Kelsey added.

“All I know is that he has something underneath his shirt, I just don’t know what it is.” Craig signed. “I’ve been thinking about it ever since I woke up this morning.”

“I thought at first he was some kind of supernatural human with mystical powers, but he’s not a bad guy the more I think about it.” J.P. replied. “Although the thing under his shirt is a huge mystery.”

“Guys, even if we asked what he's hiding, I doubt that he is much more different than all of us. Like what we do at the creek. He told me he doesn’t have time to see the creek itself.”

“Does that bother you?” Kelsey wondered.

“He’s not the same age as us, I’m sure everyone who’s been at the creek for a while would know this.” As they came across the public library itself, they stopped at the front door to reflect on the visitor in question. Craig could only imagine if he knew who Steven is if he knew his life then anyone. “I’m starting to believe he’s from someplace far away from Herkleton.”

As Craig and his friends enter through the door, they head straight to where Stacks is at. After agreeing with the changes of the cover art of her and Kelsey’s book, all that’s left is to color all over it which Craig and J.P. offered to help.

“If Steven actually enjoys reading, would he read something that I enjoy?” Kelsey asked. “Or maybe he’s an author like I am.”

“I guess from how nice he is, he seems like an author, but I doubt it has something to do with his belly button.” Craig replied.

“Yeah, if he’s really an author, his powers would be in his brain, not his stomach.” J.P. added.

“Stacks!” Kelsey called, getting the attention from Stacks who's sitting by one of the library tables. “We’re finally here!”

“Good, I’ve got all the colors.” Stacks lifting her small box of color markers. Craig and his friends sat next to Stacks as they began coloring the book cover.

“I have a question, Stacks.” Craig said, coloring the background of the cover. “If you ever met someone who’s an expert with fiction topics, would you feel surprised when they’re reading you and Kelsey’s book?”

“Don’t you mean author?”

“Kind of.”

“Having that type of person reading a book of ours would give us more inspiration than before.” Kelsey smiled.

“Even from someone who isn't a pro at being an author?” Stacks turning to Kelsey. “What are you referring to?”

“Steven.”

“Steven who?”

“My brother didn’t tell me who his last name is.” Craig answered. “If I knew what his last name was, his life would still be very private from anyone.”

After Stacks placed his marker on the table, she can only imagine Steven being a natural as a fiction expert. “Do you think he’s willing to read at least one page to give us some advice?”

“It’s possible for first impressions.”

Upon looking at the cover itself, she wanted people to dive into the fantasy she and Kelsey created. Even gaining a small audience, she can only prepare for the critiques, even if she’s not ready to hear them.

“Is there anything else you know about Steven?”

“All I know is that he has something hiding but that’s my problem.”

“He's only here for a couple days until he leaves.” Kelsey added.

“Well good luck, if you manage to see his secret before it’s too late.” Stacks said, getting back to coloring.

Outside of the public library, Steven arrived after leaving his apartment. He texted Bernard that he’ll be on his way once he borrows a book at the library. He headed inside the library building, witnessing the books of all different fiction topics displayed on the shelves. Without wasting any time at all, he headed straight to the fantasy aisle to borrow a short book until he returned it before leaving.

After coloring one of the characters, Kelsey stood up. “I’m gonna use the bathroom, I’ll be back.” She heads straight to the bathroom located from the other side of the library. After Steven went to the next roll of books, he noticed Craig and his friends coloring on the table through the shelves.

“Craig?” Steven exposing himself.

“Steven?” Craig lifted his head up.

“I didn’t know you were into drawing book covers.”

Craig didn’t expect Steven to appear but J.P. 's instantly turned his attention to the teen he’s been hearing about. “Actually…I’m only doing this for my friends.”

As Steven looked at the cover itself, he thought it was fanart at first. But when he saw the two characters, Fire & Ice, he was impressed. The chemistry even by seeing the two on the cover itself can tell what he’s looking forward to in a fantasy book, even with anime elements into it.

“Fire & Ice? Is that based on a TV show?” He asked.

“No.” Stacks answered. “My friend Kelsey came up with these characters. She has watched a lot of shows, she’s gotten better ever since she created Fire & Ice.”

“I can tell she really took inspiration passionately.”

“Not to mention the story is engaging.” Craig replied. “If anything, it gets better the more you read it.”

“No need to explain, I’m here to borrow a book from the fantasy section, but I didn’t think one of your friends would make a story from scratch.”

Craig can tell Steven wasn’t trying to fake being nice, but J.P. thought otherwise. While not coloring the book cover, he didn’t keep his eyes off of Steven. Even if he can’t tell if he’s nice or not, the mystery underneath his shirt will never be overlooked from his view.

Meanwhile, Kelsey got out of the bathroom, upon returning to the table, she noticed a teen standing in front of her, looking at her creation. Soon in her mind, a spotlight lit up from above with everything around her disappearing in a second.

“Can Kelsey expect an author to give her artistic integrity?” She said in her mind. “He’s a lot more different than I expected. Or-” Her eyes shot open. “Is this really-?”

“Kelsey?” Steven called her out upon turning around when Craig noticed his best friend.

“What, I wasn’t looking at your shirt!” She blurred out which disturbed everyone in the library. Steven reacted from the random outburst while Craig and the others flinched with their ears ranging. “Oh, ummm…” She looked at Steven being concerned at the moment. “Craig told me about you.”

“And judging from what you’re wearing, you’re really into fantasy fiction.” Steven slowly smiled. As he turned around to look at the book cover itself, Kelsey walked up to the table. “You made these two characters?”

“Yes.”

“I got to say, you put so much passion into this.”

“It’s saying a lot when it took a while for her to write the story itself.” Stacks replied.

“Believe me, it wasn’t easy.” Kelsey said.

“That’s the point.” Steven turned to Kelsey. “That’s the route any author should take to become successful. If anything, it would be a shocker if an animation studio would offer to do an adaptation series based off of this.”

Kelsey’s imagination of all the fantasies in her book was one thing, but she didn’t wish to have that as an animated series. In fact, it would lead to more ideas she didn’t use in her book. By looking at the unfinished book cover, any animator would make it better for the public praise.

“Believe me, if I was in charge, I would’ve green-lit it one hundred precent, no matter how difficult it is.”

“That’s actually a good idea. But would sequels need more lore to make that happen?”

“If they improved on the predecessor, yes but just like every other book series.”

After taking Steven’s advice for granted, Kelsey sat back down with confidence in her system. Even by meeting him, learning about him despite his secret, it didn’t feel like manipulation. More of what a professional college student would say after getting higher grades. Even Craig was impressed, same goes to Stacks.

“Anyway, I’m gonna head to where Bernard works, I’ll see you kids later.” Steven waved as he plans to borrow Fire & Ice before he heads out.

“Now that’s a really appreciative teen.” Stacks commented. “He’s actually really nice.”

“And I wouldn’t mind meeting him again, did you say he was going to your grandmother's house?” Kelsey asked Craig to which he nodded. “Then I’m coming along.”

“Okay, let’s not get too ahead of ourselves.” Craig replied. “I still feel like he’s still hiding something, but it’s not as bad as I was expecting.”

“But Craig, how are we gonna see what’s underneath his shirt before he leaves?” J.P. asked. “It’s not like we can try to make him take off his shirt.”

Upon listening, this gave Craig an idea. He planned to go to the creek after leaving the library but he may have found a way to see the secret underneath Steven’s shirt. “I think we can make him do that.”

Little did he know, the librarian heard what he just said after placing a book on the shelf. He slowly backed away from the group, disturbed despite getting the wrong idea.

Chapter 5: Budgerigar Mission

Chapter Text

At Pasta La Vista, Bernard and Alexis had been working ever since they arrived earlier. After Bernard receives a text from Steven, he’s looking forward to showing what he does for a living as long as he gives him a tour of the neighborhood afterwards.

“You think Steven will enjoy my Alexis Special?” Alexis asked. “I promise I’ve made it much better.”

“Don’t worry, I’ll convince him to drink it.” Bernard cleaning the tables. “It’s just the food I’m worrying about.”

As Alexis kept an eye on the entrance of the restaurant, Bernard went to the next table to wash it. “Last night’s movie was a good choice for him. Do you wish he would move here at some point?”

“I guess, but it still depends if he liked the neighborhood.” He sprayed the table with clean water while wiping it down with a cloth. “If he did decide to live here, it would take time for me to get used to him. Like I found him really respectful last night, especially how he handles my brother, but when it comes to finding a job, I’m not sure if he’s willing to have this job.”

“You never know, but at the same time I hope he enjoys the food here.”

“Everyone’s a critic, even nice people like him.”

Outside of the restaurant, Steven arrived after leaving the library. He entered through the front door, with the rang from the doorbell getting Bernard's attention. As Steven looked at the restaurant itself, he didn’t expect much after the many restaurants he took during his trip.

“You’re here, welcome to Pasta La Vista.” Bernard walked up to Steven.

“Nice uniforms by the way.” He replied. “Do you think it’s okay that you give me a tour by walking once you’re done?”

“That’s fine, I can give you a map of the neighborhood if you catch on everything.”

“Don’t worry, I can catch on with navigating.”

“Good. Take a seat while I’ll give you the menu.”

As Steven sat down by the table, Bernard headed to the back to find the copies of food menus. Alexis soon placed her Alexis Special in front of Steven. “While you’re waiting, can you try my Alexis Special?” She smiled. “It's one of a kind, and improved.”

Steven looked at the cup itself, he did remember having beverages in the past, but when it comes to homemade from employees, he’s mostly unsure of the idea. “I'll take a drink of it later, I’m not thirsty at the moment.” He turned to Alexis.

“That’s fine, I just hope you would take a sip of it.”

“Be patient, like what I’m doing right now.”

Outside of the restaurant, Craig, J.P., Kelsey, and her pet Mortimer arrived after finishing at the Library. “So, you’re assisting that when Steven comes into the bathroom, Mortimor’s gonna flow in his shirt so you can take a picture from your phone?” Kelsey replied. “I don’t want Mortimor to get hurt, this is a risky plan.”

“I promise he’ll be fine.” Craig turned to Kelsey. “Besides Mortimer, Steven, and I are allowed in the boy’s bathroom.”

“And I’ll make sure that Steven will go to the bathroom by any means necessary!” J.P. added.

“Then what am I supposed to do?” Kelsey stopped her two friends. “Do you even think your brother would accept this? You don’t have any money.”

Craig could believe the only way to convince Bernard is to eat and pay for the food at the restaurant, but he’s not getting back at his brother, especially how this job means to him. “You can help J.P. to distant him while I’ll sneak into the boy’s bathroom.”

Before heading inside, Kelsey took the time to reflect on Craig’s strategy. She’s still impressed with Steven’s inspiration, but she’s not willing to harm him even by having her pet bothering him. On the other hand, she still wants to know what’s underneath his shirt with proof.

“Please make sure he doesn’t get a concussion?” She handed Mortimer to Craig.

“I’ll make sure of it.” He borrowed the bird.

Craig looked through the window, keeping an eye on his brother who just got into the bathroom. He opened the door, with the sound of the doorbell rang, Steven immediately looked at the front door.

Soon enough, Craig and his friends manage to hide behind one of the plant pots. “That’s odd.” He turned around as he finally took a sip of Alexis’s special.

Craig did the best of his skills to sneak to the other side of the restaurant. His friends checked in all of their surroundings in case they didn't get caught by Alexis. Soon they hid behind the final pot next to the restrooms.

“Okay, so once my brother comes out, I’ll come in while you distract him.” He whispered.

“Your brother is still in the bathroom.” Kelsey whispered back. “Besides there’s no way Steven’s gonna come in if it’s in an emergency.”

“Yeah, didn’t think that through.” J.P. added.

Just when they’re in a predicament of no return, Craig then sees the beverage Steven is drinking. It gave him an idea, if Steven can’t use the bathroom, he could still use the sink. He whispered into Kelsey and J.P.’s ear on their plan. Then Bernard came out of the bathroom, as Craig and his friends lowered their bodies, Bernard walked past, heading straight to Steven’s table.

“So you have made your choice?” He asked.

“I’ll just have a few bread sticks and a salad.” He handed the menu back to Bernard. “By the way, did you hear the doorbell ring?”

This only made Bernard roll his eyes, while Craig started to sweat. “We're gonna be caught!” J.P. commented.

“Uhhh, it’s just those old pranks from those eighth graders.” Bernard retorted. “Believe me, you have no idea how many times they’ve kept pulling those pranks.”

Craig took a deep breath in relief, lucky enough he got away with it for now. “Okay, I’m heading straight to the bathroom.” Without wasting any time, he sneaks inside the boy’s restrooms with Mortimer.

“Does this happen everyday?” Steven wondered.

“Pretty much, I can’t remember the last time in one day it didn’t happen.” Bernard said. “Your order will be done momentarily.” As he heads to the back with the menu, Steven as always waits for his food.

Both Kelsey and J.P. went out of the open, exposing themselves to proceed with their plan. “J.P.? Kelsey?” Steven took notice. “You finished your book cover already?”

“Yes we did.” Kelsey smiled.

This only caused Steven to look at the front door again. “Were you two the ones sneaking in here?” He turned back to the kids.

“Ummm…that’s a good beverage you have there.” J.P. changing the subject.

“Excuse me?” Steven raised an eyebrow. “Can you please tell me why you’re here?”
Kelsey refuses to tell the truth to protect Craig’s plan while J.P. grabs the beverage. “Why aren’t you answering my question?”

“Because I wanted to taste this!” Before J.P. would take a sip, Kelsey bumped into him, causing the beverage to splash onto Steven’s shirt. “Kelsey!”

“My shirt!” Steven backed away only to bumped into his chair. He took the beverage from J.P. while placing it back on the table. “You know, I would say that drinking someone else's drink is unacceptable, but…” He then took a deep breath, keeping himself under control. “...I don’t expect every neighborhood to be perfect. Please don’t take someone else’s drink.”

“Yeah, sorry I just like the beverages here.”

“We all like the beverages.” Kelsey added.

“Not surprised by that.” Steven headed straight to the bathroom while Kelsey and J.P. hid behind the other flower pots.

“You know we could just leave until Craig comes out.” J.P. replied.

“We would but what if someone hears the doorbell?” She pointed at the front door.

“Ohh…Craig didn’t think this through.”

“And I doubt his brother won’t see this.”

Inside the boy’s restroom, Craig hid himself while sitting on one of the toilets. He holds onto Mortimer, waiting for the right moment until it comes. Then he heard the restroom’s door pushed open, he looked under the stall to see Steven’s feet. It was his cue to place Kelsey’s bird on the ground, he turned on his phone, prepared to take a picture of Steven’s belly.

Steven took some paper towels and soaked them with water from the sink. As he wiped them on his shirt, Mortimer hoped his way behind Steven from a few feet. Craig slowly opened the bathroom door, while holding onto his phone, slowly making his way to take his picture at the right moment.

Just when Steven threw the paper towels away, he turned around as Mortimer flew in the air, catching his attention. “Wow! A bird.” He reacted while Mortimor landed on his hand. “How did you get in here little fella?” He checked around only to notice no windows in the restrooms. “Seems Bernard didn’t check the bathroom before opening.” Just when he heads straight out the door, Mortimer immediately flows out of his hand, thus flying inside his shirt. “Ahh!”

Mortimer flowed underneath the bottom of Steven’s shirt, he then pulled on it which was the cue for Craig to come out to take the picture. Unfortunately, Steven moved to the sink, trying to get the bird out of his shirt. While Craig moved back, he laid down on the ground to take the picture, while making sure Steven didn’t spot him. But then Bernard came in, after hearing pounding from the back.

“Craig!?” He reacted which caused Steven to turn around as Mortimer flew out.

Craig then took a picture just before Steven’s shirt came down. “Bernard!” He reacted upon standing up while putting his phone away.

“What are you doing here!?” This only caused Bernard’s memory to come back to him. “You were the one who opened the front door and sneaked in!?”

“You were?” Steven exclaimed, getting the feathers out of his shirt. “Wait, that would mean his friends did sneak in here.”

“What!?” Bernard soon got out of the restrooms to spot Craig’s friends hiding behind the flower pots. “Get away from that!” Soon Kelsey and J.P. got out in the open, caught without any way to escape. “Craig, you could’ve broken something and I’ll end up paying for it.” As Steven came out of the bathroom, Mortimer flew back onto Kelsey’s head. “Okay, you three are banned here for the day.” As Bernard grabbed his brother’s arm, Craig, Kelsey, and J.P. got kicked out of Pasta La Vista.

“Bernard, we didn’t mean to-”

“Zip it Craig!” Bernard shouted back. “Everything would’ve been fine if you didn’t sneak in here. Do you even have any money?”

Craig lowered his head. “No.”

Bernard signed as he closed the door. “I’m sorry about my brother, I didn’t think he was going to do that.” As Steven took the last feather out of the inside of his shirt, he straightened his shirt. “What happened to your shirt?”

“I had to wipe it with water because your brother’s friends splashed my beverage on me.” Steven answered.

“Why am I not surprised by that?” Bernard looked up at the ceiling. “This is what I was talking about yesterday.”

“He’s just a kid.”

“Did you even notice what he was doing in the bathroom?”

“I didn’t see what he was doing until you came in.”

“Not to mention he took a picture of you. But don’t worry, I’ll take care of this once I’m done giving you a tour of the neighborhood.” As Bernard headed to the back, Steven didn’t head back to his table. He looked straight at Craig and his friends outside the window with a straight face after what happened.

As Kelsey checked Mortimer from all sides of his body, Craig took out his phone. “Did you take the picture?” J.P. asked.

“Yes but…” When he pulled up the photo, he zoomed in on Steven’s body only to see bits of Steven’s belly button. “I didn’t get the whole thing.”

When Kelsey looks at the picture itself, despite the blur, she notices the shape of the object. “I think it looks like a pinkish orb.” She replied.

“If it was an orb, it would’ve been sticking out but it’s not.”

“It’s almost like a button in a belly button.” J.P. commented.

“But I doubt he’s a robot, there’s gotta be more than that.” Craig tries to come up with another plan but for the time being, he and his friends are banned from the restaurant. “I think that pinkish thing has to do something with Steven’s…Steven’s…”

“Steven’s what!?” Both Kelsey and J.P. replied.

“I don’t know!” Craig took a deep breath to calm himself down. “Let’s just leave.”

As Kelsey and J.P. walked past their best friend, Craig looked at Steven who’s still staring at him. He wasn’t mad, but still gave him the same straight look while noticing his phone. Craig didn’t move a muscle, giving Steven the same look he’s giving. He knows he doesn’t have much time to stick around, but he’s never going to let it go from his mind. The object inside Steven’s shirt means more if his life’s that different than his.

“Steven!” Bernard called as he placed the food on Steven’s table. “Your order is here.” Upon hearing the call, Steven headed back to his table, while Craig followed his friends.

Chapter 6: Neighborhood Creekers

Chapter Text

After Steven and Bernard left the restaurant, it took a while to get to the neighborhood on foot instead of a vehicle. More than several blocks wasn’t as far compared to Beach City from Steven’s experience, but he can tell from his last road trips in other towns, he saw a lot less than more.

“So during your time in Beach City, you had a ton of friends, even older than your age?” Bernard replied.

“Yeah.” Steven answered. “Granted you wouldn’t believe it at first but when I was a kid, I turned fourteen.”

“Well…yeah, teenagers are mostly kids before they turn into adults. And we're still teens.”

“True, only a matter of time until adulthood arrives.”

“Are you prepared for that?”

The many times Steven went from place to place, his plans of becoming an adult are slowly, but surely processing. The only roadblock that’s stopping him is what his adult life is compared to others, especially how different it’s gonna be.

“At times I am, but…let’s just say I didn’t have the best of talents at school.”

“Some people don’t have special talents, I have to disagree with you on that.”

“Really?”

“I may not gonna meet you again, but there’s a talent in you that everyone including me could witness if it’s ever out in the public eye.”

“Yeah…similar to that.” Steven makes an awkward grin, still keeping his secrets from everyone.

The two came across houses after passing another road. The houses that are close to Bernard’s with only a couple that are rentable for people like Steven to move in. “When I come over to my friends houses, the neighborhood itself is peaceful at times.” Upon allowing a citizen to walk past them, Bernard continued the subject. “Sometimes kids spend their time in the front yards but they usually go to the creek.”

“Is that the same place your brother and his friends go to?”

“Yes, if you're curious, you can go to the creek before you leave.”

“I still have little plans on that.”

“Okay then.” Bernard accepts Steven’s decision. “I barely go there unlike my brother, who sees that creek as a one of a kind to him.”

“Yeah, but I still can’t believe what he and his friends did back at the restaurant.”

“Don’t worry about it too much. Tonight, he, my parents and I will have a private meeting which is before we go to our grandparents tomorrow.”

Before Steven would consider learning about Bernard’s grandparents, a kid came out of his house while walking down the driveway. Steven took notice of the kid while wearing a scout uniform with a neckerchief.

“I am so late!” Jason heading straight to the sidewalk while running past Steven and Bernard.

“Watch where you’re going!” Bernard reacted.

“Sorry, it’s an emergency!”

“Where is he going? Steven wondered.

“Incoming!” Vanessa called while riding her dog Cheese Sticks. In time, both Bernard and Steven moved out of the way, with Vanessa rushing at full speed.

“Was she just riding on a huge dog?”

“Yeah.” Bernard signed. “And to fill you in, yes she’s wearing a teddy bear as a hat.”

The image of a young righteous girl riding on her pet instantly reminds him of how he rode on Lion, or similar to how Connie rides when she uses Lion. “Do these kids go to the creek?”

“Yeah.”

Soon Steven turned around and noticed another girl walking down the sidewalk. She wears swimming shorts, sandals instead of shoes all the while carrying a fishing net. “Hey!” He called the swimmer’s attention. “Can I ask you a question before you do your hobby?”

“What are you doing Steven?”

“Give me a minute.” As the young girl walked up to the two teens, Steven went back on topic. “Are you going on a fishing trip with your parents?” He asked.

“No, not at all.” She asked. “I’m going to the creek where all my friends are heading to the sewers.”

“Ugh…disgusting.” Bernard commented.

“You’re going to the sewers located in the creek?” Steven blinked.

“Yeah, when I’m there, I’m the Sewer Queen at the creek.” She wasted little time as she walked past the two teens.

“Wait, what’s your real name!?”

“Steven, why do you care, you just said you had little plans on that.”

“I just never knew these kids would wear those kinds of outfits just for the creek and nothing else.”

“Should that be a surprise? You have to at least meet someone who wears one outfit that feels odd.”

Steven didn’t take Bernard’s words into consideration. “I’ve seen much odder, except it used to be normal.”

Bernard didn’t expect a response that felt bizarre, but he soons to see what type of friend Steven is. “So you were a weirdo?” He guessed. “Others were once weirdos in their lives.”

“Different types of weirdos.”

“Can we please just get back to the tour?” Bernard sighed, while trying to be as nice as possible.

“Okay.”

The two resumed the tour, all the while Steven took his mind off after three kids came across him. The only thing he can’t get over is how the creek in the neighborhood is any different then the creeks he went to.

After a few more blocks, Steven saw a black boy wearing a green pilot poncho shirt. Out of all the kids, he felt he was the most normal he'd seen today. Not to mention he has a bow on his back, giving him memories of Opal when Pearl and Amethyst fuse together. Just when he paid his attention back to Bernard, he’s starting to notice that the neighborhood is a lot smaller while the creek itself could be bigger.

“So you wanna go to the other side of the neighborhood to see more houses?” Bernard asked.

“Actually, I think I’ve seen enough. You can get back to your job at the restaurant.” Steven replied.

“You’ve seen much better places than this?”

“It’s not that, I’m just seeing this much smaller than I thought.”

“Is that a problem with you?”

All that Steven did was shake his head while placing his hands in his pockets. Little did he know, the black kid walked up to him. From the way he looked at him, it wasn’t a way a kid would just walk past like the others.

“I haven't seen anyone like you before.” He spoke without hesitation. “Are you planning to move here?”

“Not to be rude, but why does it concern you?” Bernard replied.

“Bernard, please.” Steven turned to his friend then back to the kid. “I haven’t made my decision yet. Are you going to the creek too?”

“Yeah, even though there’s not a lot happening there since everything turned back to normal but better than ever.” He replied.

Steven found the way the kid talked to him normal, but for someone like the other kid’s age just a minute ago, it felt unexpected, similar to Craig. “What’s your name and what do you do at the creek?”

The kid slowly grew a smile as he answered Steven’s questions. “Omar, I used to be the Green Poncho at the creek, but even since our Capture The Flag victory happened, I’ve joined The Stump Kids on their adventures.”

After getting the answers, Steven had another question in mind. “Who are The Stump Kids?”

“Craig, Kelsey, Mortimer, and J.P.”

“Here we go again.” Bernard rolled his eyes.

The reflection Steven just received only got more complex by the moment. Just when his visit from the restaurant wasn’t the thing on his mind, now he learned that Craig is friends with someone who used to take his goals seriously.

“I used to have goals just like yours.” Steven said.

“At my age?” Omar wondered.

“Let’s just say they were harder goals, even at a young age.”

“You’re kind of overdoing it.” Bernard crossed his arms. “If you want to see the Creek yourself, that’s fine, your choice, I’m not stopping you.”

“You know, just because your brother is still a kid doesn’t mean I’m on your side.” Steven turned to Bernard.

“That doesn’t mean there’s no consequences. I’ve texted my parents about everything that happened and we’re gonna have a family meeting with Craig. He’s still coming along tomorrow regardless.”

Omar would want to know who Steven is but at the same time, he has to go. “I’m gonna go to the creek, speaking of Craig, he texted me to show me something.” He walked past the two grown teens, heading to the creek like everyone else.

“Honestly Steven, even if from what I heard about the photo he took, I’m not gonna show it in the meeting. I mean, what’s under your shirt? I won’t judge, is it a surgery scar?”

Steven wants to be honest, but refuses to blurt out his secret. “I’ve never had surgery, but I will tell you that I haven’t seen a doctor since…last year.”

“Wait, you mean to tell me you never went to the doctor before turning sixteen?” Bernard blinked. “Like never when you got sick or to a point you had cancer?” Steven nodded which only made Bernard even more dumbfounded. Just when he wanted to give his friend more of the tour, what he just learned made it difficult to think.

“Bernard, I didn’t mean to-”

“It’s fine.” Bernard taking a deep breath. “I’m gonna go back to Pasta La Vista now, I’ll meet you later.” As he left Steven all alone, Steven remained still on the sidewalk. He may not like what Craig did earlier but he’s sure he’s onto him. After he had lunch, he made the choice to confront Craig about the photo he took. And yet at the same time, he didn’t answer Bernard’s question about what’s underneath his shirt.

“Me and Craig must have something in common. Or maybe it’s because he’s not like me.” As he lowered his head, he made his way to the creek to find Craig.

Chapter 7: Homemade Cookie Cat To Trade

Chapter Text

Craig, along with his friends arrived at The Trading Tree as they sat together at the stump. With multiple kids lining up to trade in, Craig and the others weren’t really in the mood to trade in even if they have the items Kit would approve of. Then Omar arrived, noticing Craig not being in the line just when he’s about to trade in something.

Over the last two hours, Craig couldn’t get over the photo itself, despite not taking it one hundred percent. He can’t even tell if Steven’s hiding a secret that’s either bad or for his own benefit.

“You think you’ll have the chance to see it in your own eyes tomorrow?” Kelsey wondered. “Tomorrow may be all about your family, but what else can you do?”

“Being on my best behavior?” Craig sarcastically replied. “Even if I had the chance, I don’t want to ruin everyone else’s day, including Steven’s.”

Kelsey and J.P. are clueless for their best friend’s family reunion tomorrow. “I doubt your family would ever scold you.”

“My brother is still gonna talk to my parents about what we did today and I doubt getting grounded would help me at all.”

Then Omar sat next to Craig, much to their surprise. “I’m here Craig.” He spoked. “So what did you capture on your phone?”

Craig handed his phone to Omar to show him the photo. Upon looking at the blurring image of Steven himself, he became surprised with his belly button. “Do you think his belly button’s pink?” J.P. asked.

“I don’t think so, it looks real to me.”

“Can you guess what it is?” Kelsey added.

“Possibly a small pink medallion, but I doubt it would fit in his belly button.”

“And I doubt Steven is famous for buying those types of jewelry.” Craig commented. “This is gonna be harder to believe.”

At the creek, Steven went through multiple spots just to find Craig. Not only that, he came across more children enjoying their time at the creek, as if it’s the reason why the neighborhood had been too quiet.

“I really need to focus on my priorities right now.” He said to himself. Luckily he saw Craig and his friends sitting together including the kid he just met earlier. Unlike the previous spots he went to, the Trading Tree made him witness a line of children trading in items. Although it’s only the least of what the creek has to offer.

“I think I’ll just let Steven know that I’m not coming after him, but I doubt he’ll believe me for what I did.” Craig receives his phone from Omar. “In fact I don’t think he wants anything to do with me.”

“True, but you can’t say the same thing about yourself.” Upon hearing Steven’s voice, the four children turned their attention to the grown teenager. They would expect that to happen outside the creek, but inside especially by the Trading Tree felt bizarre. “Please tell me you haven’t shown anyone of that photo you took?”

“No?” Craig blinked. “I’m keeping it between me and my friends.”

“Why are you here?” J.P. asked.

“I’m here to tell you to delete that photo, trust me, it’s really really personal.” Steven placed his hand on his head. “I’m not in a good mood right now, so will you please delete it?”

Craig didn’t want to make Steven even more cross, but he refuses to let this opportunity pass him by. “Can we please make a deal or something?”

“Sorry but no, it’s not gonna happen.”

“Hey, he’s not gonna expose it to anyone, he’s not that kind of person.” Omar defended his friend.

“Yeah, what’s preventing you from revealing your belly-” Kelsey took notice of the children in line, turning their attention to Steven himself. Steven then took notice of being the center of attention, which only made him even more concerned.

“Did you really have to say that out loud?” Steven retorted. “Don’t do this to me.”

Without any option at all, Craig decided to delete the photo, all the while emptying his trash can in the process. “There, it’s gone.” He showed it to Steven.

“What we were referring to is that he still had wet sand in his belly button while swimming at the beach.” J.P. defended the grown teen.

This caused everyone in the line to go back to do their business, but Kit still couldn’t keep her eyes off of Steven himself. Steven himself sighed in relief, thankful his life is still intact. However, Craig is disappointed that he deleted the photo, but he had no choice after being confronted.

“Guys, I might as well head home for the day, I'd rather be grounded in failure until tomorrow.” As Craig gets off the stump, he leaves the Trading Tree only for Steven to grab his arm.

“No no no no.” He replied as Craig looked straight at him. “Look I’m sorry for making you delete it, but you know it’s not right.”

“Steven…” Craig couldn’t even say another word as long as there were kids around Steven. “...Teens don’t spend their time at the creek, kids do.”

“You still know why I’m here, I couldn’t let this go.”

“If you showed me what you had all along maybe I could let that go. If I was out to come after you, I wouldn't even be here right now.”

Steven can see honesty in Craig’s tone of voice. In fact, if he didn’t delete the photo, he’s bound by his word, no matter what situation it is. “I didn’t give you any credit for how you acted, didn't I?”

“He’s a kid like the rest of us.” Kelsey chimed in. “You should know what it felt like when you were a kid.”

“I would’ve seen you like everybody else if you were our age.” Omar commented. “But after seeing the photo before it got deleted…you must live farther away from us.”

Steven placed his hands in his pockets, while looking above at the sky. Omar is right about him living farther away from here, but at the same time, if he kept one of these kids in the dark, his secret could be revealed to the citizens that could spread from town to town.

“What’s this line for?” He pointed at the line.

“That’s for people to trade their items at the Trading Tree.” Craig explained. “You need an item to do that.”

When the line got much shorter over time, Steven nearly forgot about his treat he was originally gonna eat if he didn’t forget during lunch. “Wait here.” He spoke to Craig as he made his way to the Trading Tree.

“Well this could be interesting.” J.P. commented.

After the final kid did his trade by leaving, Steven stepped up to Kit who’s running The Trading Tree. Kit felt uncomfortable with a person taller than her. “Look I know this feels off, but don’t take this personally.”

“Sorry I’ve overheard what you and Craig’s friends said about your belly button but don’t worry, I won’t judge you.” Kit replied as she backed away.

Steven looked at the Trading Tree itself, it felt like an outdoor store like at a farmer’s market he’s been to numerous times. He grabbed something from his bag that had an ice pack inside in case it didn’t melt. When Craig and the others take notice, it’s revealed to be Cookie Cat with one eye and mouth missing.

“You’re trading in an old Cookie Cat?” Kit asked, looking at the sweet.

“Actually, I made this by myself.” Steven answered. “I’m not sure if anyone’s willing to like it after eating, but they don’t make these anymore, from where I live that is.”

As Kit looked at the cookie cat again, she only saw a few that had their eyes or mouths messed up. “It still looks pretty old to me.”

“Have you ever made an ice cream sandwich before? It’s always annoying to mess up the eyes and mouths. I don’t work at a factory, you know.”

Craig walked up by Steven to see the cookie cat himself. “Maybe he’s telling the truth. I had cookie cats and they never had their faces turn out like that.”

“Are you sure?” Kit asked.

“The ice cream looks different then how the real ones were made.”

“Why don’t you trade in something, so I can eat it to see if it’s homemade.”

“Okay.” Steven replied as he looked at the Trading Tree itself. “Do you have a granola bar?”

“Yes I do.” Kit taking out one granola bar from the yellow locker. “Not really my pick for trading in a cookie cat, but better then nothing.”

As Steven traded his cookie cat in favor of the granola bar, he put it in his bag while putting his attention to Kit. While the other kids stared at Kit eating the cookie cat, Kit tasted the ice cream itself. “How is it?”

“Just the same as a normal cookie cat.” Kat answered. “But I guess it’s not as old as I thought.”

“I made a couple more, but I’m saving those for myself. A granola bar seems nice to trade though.”

As Kit eats the rest of the cookie cat, Steven turns his attention back to Craig. “Craig, about what you and your friends said earlier, I’ve been thinking about it.”

“You’re gonna talk to my parents tonight?” Craig asked.

“Yes but…do you really want to know what I have under my shirt?”

“Yeah, like the rest of us.” J.P. replied.

Steven sighed, while trying to be nice to the others. “This is only between me and him.”

“But Steven…” Kelsey walked up only for Omar to stop her.

“He wants his family to keep a secret, let Craig handle this alone.” Omar replied as he headed to the Trading Tree.

“Okay, see you two after the family reunion.” As Kelsey and J.P. left the Trading Tree, Craig and Steven went back on topic.

“Tonight, you take me to a hidden spot in the creek and I’ll show it to you.” Steven confessed. “I don’t care where you pick, I just don’t want anyone to know about it.”

“Then I promise I’ll understand what your life feels like.”

This caused Steven to place his hand on Craig’s shoulder. “You need more proof to understand.” As he left the Trading Tree, Omar walked up by Craig after trading in an item.

“You think you can handle it?” He wondered.

“Possibly, but I’m definitely gonna be sleeping rough tonight.” Craig said, lowering his head.

“Keep your head held high though, at least you're getting your chance.”

“Thanks Omar.” As the two leave the Trading Tree, they all head home for the day, and a night Craig will never forget.

Chapter 8: Pink Night From The Other Side

Chapter Text

Night time fell over the neighborhood with the creek itself devoid of people. All the children went home for the day, not a single one was sticking around during bedtime. Back at Craig’s place, it took a while for his family and Steven to sort things out after what happened at the restaurant. Steven offered Craig’s parents to take his phone away for tonight and tomorrow for his punishment. After the family meeting came to an end, Steven and Craig made their way outside to settle the agreement they made hours earlier.

When they returned to the creek, Craig took Steven on a much longer hike. He didn’t have second thoughts knowing how his first choice won’t have anyone spying on him, but he couldn't take the risk. At the same time, Steven was expecting a much more private spot. Even during the night, the moon from the sky brightens the creek, giving the grown teen more insight of his surroundings.

“Is any place here more private?” Steven asked.

“Not really.” Craig answered.

“How far away are we going?”

“To the other side of the creek.”

When they came across the overpass, there were inflatable boats for anyone who wanted to go to the other side of the creek. As Craig pushed one in the river, Steven became confused. “Wait, we’re gonna need a boat to get there?”

“There are other alternatives, but this is the fastest.” Craig stepped in the boat. “Besides, do you really want your shoes to get wet?”

“Of course not.” Steven replied as he also stepped in the boat. “But this feels really unusual.”

As Craig used the paddles to move the boat, they went under the overpass. “If you knew about the creek, you would know this doesn’t feel unusual.”

“But you said yesterday that you didn’t mind me not coming here.”

“It’s not like I wanted you to be here from the beginning. It’s what you have that’s bothering me.”

As they went out of the overpass, Steven turned his head around. He did go on a boat with his father in the past, but for a small scale on a river, he thought that families only do these activities with their children, not the children themselves.

Upon arriving at their destination, the two got off the boat as they witnessed the gate to the other side. “Are we allowed here?” Steven placed his hands in his pocket.

“Yes, but like before, it’s off limits for people like us.” Craig walked up to the gate. Upon pushing both ends of the gate, Craig and Steven head inside the other side of the creek. Steven is in disbelief of what he’s witnessing, as if he expected any of this in his past.

Craig closed the gate behind him, even if there’s no way to lock it, he’ll be as sure as possible to keep this between him and the teen. As he walked up to Steven, he noticed he was distracted by the tree fronts, especially the one in the middle.

“Steven.” He spoke to the teen’s attention. “We're here, and no one’s around.”

Steven took a deep breath, he hoped it would last longer but he knew he had to keep his end of the deal after the family meeting. “I know, but there’s one thing I need to point out.” He took out his phone. “I brought my phone along because everything you see isn’t a lie.”

“Is it about your family?”

“Definitely.” As he turned on his phone, he scrolled to his image of his family. “I want you to know that I didn’t show anyone any information about my family, especially pictures.” He showed Craig a picture of himself, his father Greg, and three of his mothers.

When Craig took a closer look at the picture, the three mothers confused him. “So…who’s your real mother?”

“These are my mothers…but also my guardians at the same time.” Steven answered.

“They look like they’re cosplaying.”

“They’re not costumes, they’re the real thing. They’re gems.”

Craig became even more dumbfounded. “Okay, you’re really not making any sense.”

This caused Steven to roll his eyes in annoyance. “I have too much to explain.”

“You can’t have three mothers, just one.”

“That’s not the point Craig.” He placed his hand on his forehead. “Unlike kids like you, I never went to school, I never made friends of my age aside from one, and my old daily life as a kid…is far away from your own life.”

Craig took the time to process what Steven just said, but it made him harder to believe Steven never spent a day in school in his life. “Was it hard for you to make friends?”

“No, I was referring to friends who are human.”

“You can’t expect me to believe you had non-human friends. I know video game characters don’t exist.”

“You’re missing the point Craig!” Steven slightly shouted. “I know this is crazy to believe, but you're the first person outside of my old life I ever told.”

“Then what is your old life?”

Steven tried to stay calm as possible but at the same time, the tension only got worse. “I…was…a hero of a galaxy!” He then scrolled to another image of his youth being surrounded with the diamonds, far larger than himself, showing it to Craig. “Tell me that this is fake.”

Craig became speechless of three women right behind Steven during his early childhood. One who’s yellow, who’s part of the military, the other who’s blue who’s feeling shallow, and the last one who’s white who felt the most odd, compared from the rest.

“They’re not statues, they’re real.”

“And I doubt any of this was done on a green screen.”

“If it was then I would’ve been in high school.” Steven then scrolled to pictures of his friends. “These are the friends I had in my life.”

“Who are green and blue?”

“Yes, are you catching on?”

“A little bit.”

Steven put his phone away while trying to prove his point. “The first picture I showed you is my family. The three are Pearl, Amethyst, and Garnet.” As he stopped himself for a moment, Craig managed to catch on, but not completely. “They never intended me to be what kids are like because they’re never taken care of kids in their thousand years of living.”

“Thousand years of living?” Craig blinked.

“If only you knew about gem culture. They’ve taken me to places to stop corrupted gems. As time went on, I’ve learned more about everyone around me, the more I fixed their problems, the more I got to know them.”

“I do the same thing.”

“True, but when it comes to gems, it’s far more complicated.”

“You know, I would’ve known what gems are if I ever met one.”

Upon hearing that compliment, Steven was hoping he would say that. He decides to grab the end of his shirt, pulling them up slightly to show Craig his gem. “You’re meeting one right now.”

Craig’s eyes turn wide upon, seeing Steven’s belly button in full view. He walked up to Steven to see it closely, the pink gem itself felt so real, it made him question how it’s possible to pull it out, or how it was pushed in.

“I still can’t believe this is real. If you're a gem then…why are you a human?”

“I’m part gem and human.” Steven said. “I’ve turned into a baby and the gems raised me to be like a gem.”

“This has to be the strangest thing I’ve ever seen.” Craig backed away. “You hide that to keep your true identity? Then why are you here?”

“Moving on with my life, after turning into…a monster.” Steven lowered his head. “I would tell you but, you’re too young to understand.”

“Steven, I can handle it.”

“Craig, for how I handled my life back then, is a lot more scary when you get older. Using your imagination is not similar to doing it in the real world.”

“But that’s what everyone does at the creek.”

“Then you don’t know what it feels when it comes to you.” Steven let go of his shirt as he allowed Craig to see his powers. He lifted his arm up as his gem glowed from his belly button. Craig saw the pink sparks on Steven’s gem, all the while his shield magically activated with no effort at all.

Craig was in complete shock, he knew he didn’t have anything before this moment came. The shield wasn’t tricking him for how real its magic was, thanks to Steven’s gem. When he touches it, he can feel how real it is. Steven is thankful Craig is taking his time to see the bigger picture in all this.

“I’ve gone through a lot and if you were a Gem…you would be me and if I were you…I would do the same thing.”

Craig listened to every word Steven said out of his mouth but he is still stunned at the moment. “Actually, I would probably be gone in your life.”

“Don’t say that, you would’ve gotten used to-”

“You make it easy.” Craig interrupted. “For how I do it, I wouldn’t even last a week.”

“You don’t even know what I’ve been through to protect me, my friends and family. If you were a Gem, you would understand.”

“Yeah, but not as a human at the same time?”

Steven took notice from Craig’s choice of words. If he didn’t have the life of what he had, everything would be completely different, especially of what his friends went through. The only way he would be in his situation most of the time was if he was one of his guardians.

Craig only turned around while looking at the ground. “My grandpa told me about real life wars when he helped me with my social studies homework. While I got an A plus, he told me how terrifying it was for soldiers to sacrifice their lives. Did your family tell you about the war of the Gems?”

Steven knew he had to come clean if anyone caught on with more questions. “Yes, and it was called The Rebellion. And since you lived farther away, it would take a new social studies experience for schools to approve teaching about it.”

When the two remained dead silent, Craig didn't feel betrayed, knowing how nice Steven is. All the while Steven knew how respectful Craig was since meeting him, despite what happened during lunch time. But the biggest difference of them all is that they’re not the same age to be friends with each other.

“What would you feel if you had a life that’s like everybody else?” Craig asked.

“I wouldn’t even exist if that happened.” Steven signed. “But if I did, the Gems wouldn’t even exist. If you ever met any one of my friends who are gems, they won’t be like anyone who lives here.”

“That’s the thing that bugs me. No one here ever knew about Gems and the fact you’re the first gem I met, makes me wonder why we never knew about The Rebellion.”

Steven’s shield disappeared, then he walked up to Craig while placing his hand on his shoulder. “There are a lot of places across the world who don’t know a lot about other cultures. Connie told me about it when she was doing social studies.” This caused Craig to look up to Steven. “She’s the only human I’ve ever had as a friend.”

“What happened between the two of you?”

“We’re boyfriend and girlfriend but…I proposed to her when she was fourteen.”

Craig cringed at the idea. “Let’s just leave it at that, shell we?”

“I actually was part of a wedding…involving two Gems who are Garnet.”

Craig would try to process the meaning of Steven’s life experiences, but it really made his head hurt too much. “We don't do any of that at the creek okay? At first I would say goodbye once you leave on better terms, but now, all I’m thinking is how can Garnet be split in half!?” He then landed on the ground with his knees. “Your gem just broke me rather than making me satisfied with the response.”

“I told you you needed more proof. I never lie, especially when I say those words.” Steven crossed his arms.

“You think I brought this upon myself?” He turned around.

“Apparently…in a way.” Steven replied pessimistically, rolling his eyes while biting his lip.

“Then this night was bound to happen to you. Admit you knew this would happen when you were traveling.”

“Okay, you're right!” Steven signed. “Therapy is what helped me to prevent any of this. I just wished you would let it slide for how small it was, for you at least.”

Craig got back on his feet while turning his full attention to Steven. “I’ve gone through a lot in this creek, big and small.” He gave the teen a straight face. “You may care less about how your childhood was much, much harder than mine, but if there’s one thing we have in common, it’s honor.” He then closed his eyes, knowing how less meaning the creek is to Steven. “I went through a lot of adventures with my friends and other great experiences here. And if all of that were real…we would be farther away from each other…it would make the creek worthless to be around.”

Craig then sat on the dirt, after getting everything out of his system. He couldn’t even think of how his friends would feel knowing they would never see Steven again, with no proof of showing to them that Steven’s a gem.

Steven wanted to help, but with his final priorities on his mind tomorrow, he can’t think of a way to resolve anything that happened. His curiosity of the creek isn’t enough to make him stay for a few days, knowing the neighborhood is what's really important to him.

“Can I ask you questions for a change?” Steven asked. “Did someone take over this place?”

“Yes and…he’s a bully who pushed everyone around. His name is Xavier.” Craig answered.

“And how did you get rid of him?”

“We played Capture The Flag. My team won after that wild day.”

When Steven looks at the tree front in the middle, it reminds him of the white throne of White Diamond, who didn’t attend the party on the Gem Homeworld. “If he was a Diamond, I would never trust him. And if you lost…maybe I would’ve saved the creek.”

“Are you serious?” Craig lifted his head up.

“Yes. I don’t know what he would’ve done if he won, but even I know it’s wrong for kids like you to be pushed around.”

“Or banished from the creek.”

As Steven pulled Craig off the dirt, he continued with the subject at hand. “If that ever happened, he should be exposed to take over a place that doesn’t belong to him.”

“You don’t know how the creek works.”

“I’m just saying that there should be justice for the kids.”

“If only you would’ve known everything about the creek, you would feel what I feel.”

Steven decides to cut to the chase with Craig. “Craig, I encountered kids when your brother gave me a tour. And one of those kids spends their time in the sewers.”

“It’s not like they’re weird for their age.”

“What makes you think that? They’re gonna outgrow it when they get older .” Steven decides to kneel down to Craig’s level, while placing both of his hands on his shoulders. “I want to know about the creek, but I don’t have to, nor do I need to.”

“That’s what I was aware of yesterday, but-”

“Save it.” Steven interrupted. “If nothing is in danger, it’s not my problem. The day after tomorrow, I’m leaving no matter what. I just want to focus on your family reunion and not this night we just had.” As he stood back up, he took out his phone. “Speaking of which, we need to go back, it’s getting late.”

“I’ll just be out of your way since my cousin’s gonna be there tomorrow.” Craig made one last grasp for the night. “I just wished you would give the creek a chance somehow…after I’ve been thinking about it.”

The two left the other side of the creek by taking the boat back to the overpass. The two didn’t make any eye contact at all during their trip back. Steven couldn’t even respond to Craig’s last sentence knowing what he said earlier is true. But after showing him his gem, he’s aware if he’s ever going to be in this situation again. And yet it would never change how Craig felt when he showed off his shield.

After leaving the creek, Steven and Craig made it back to Craig’s house. As Craig headed up the front door, he only had one thing to say to Steven before going to bed. “See you tomorrow.”

As for Steven, he took out his keys to unlock his car door. “I’m looking forward to meeting your family, including your cousin.” He smiled.

“I know. But I’m looking forward to nothing.” He opened the door and headed inside, closing the door behind him.

As Steven drove back to his apartment, he looked through his phone after locking his apartment door. After leaving Beach City, he still had the phone numbers of his friends. But aside from Connie, he never called any of his gem friends. He was willing to call them eventually, but even he wanted them to know he’s feeling better than he was. Once he got into his pajamas, he tucked himself in bed while placing his phone on the counter. When it comes to tomorrow, all he can do is make the best out of it, especially where he’s gonna go next.

But as for Craig, after he got into his pajamas and tucked himself in bed, he couldn’t get to sleep. He may have got what he wanted, but all he can think of now is how he’ll explain this to his friends. Unlike before, he was mesmerized by Steven's gem, including his shield, and it will never be erased from his mind, but he knows it will be the only time he’s seen a gem in person. When it comes to his family reunion tomorrow, he’s not thrilled like the other times in the past. But he’ll try to give his cousin company once he is reunited with him.

Chapter 9: Reunion From Apart

Chapter Text

Craig, along with his parents, sister and brother, made their way to their grandparents. Bernard texted Steven right before he left and he made sure he’ll be there as soon as he can. During the whole ride, Craig remained silent, not making eye contact with any of his relatives. Last night made him lose sleep knowing full well today is the final day he’ll ever meet with Steven before he leaves.

Nicole notices her son is not happy for the family reunion, but she didn’t forget what he did yesterday. “Craig, you’re very lucky we’re only taking your phone away until tomorrow.” She responded. “If Steven had refused to come to our family reunion, we would’ve kept it for a week.”

“It was curiosity mom.” Craig responded.

“By using Kelsey’s bird to bother one of my friends, while taking a picture of it?” Bernard replied. “You would’ve made more of a mess. What’s so important about taking a picture of his belly?”

“I would tell you, but it’s really personal to him.”

As Duane focused on the road, he had to learn that he just met Steven days ago. Knowing he’s gonna be leaving tomorrow, he would worry less, if it doesn’t affect the family. “If it’s really personal to him, we shouldn't invade his boundaries.”

“Not to mention it’s probably embarrassing.” Nicole added. “The less we know about it, the better.”

“You don’t even know what I felt when I saw it.” Craig retorted.

“You always resist about everything, do you?” Bernard said, crossing his arms, while looking out the window.

Meanwhile, Steven just got on the roadway where the Williams are heading to their family reunion. He didn’t have a good morning however, with a light breakfast, preparing to pack up before leaving, he couldn’t keep his mind off of last night. The only thing he can do is to make a great impression without messing up. But he did find a way.

The Williams arrived at their grandparents house with two more cars parked on the side. Craig’s cousin, Bryson had been waiting outside for Craig and his family to arrive while the others headed inside instead. As Duane parked his car in the driveway, Bryson headed straight up while Craig got out.

“Hey Craig.” He smiled only to notice his cousin looking straight down.

“Hey.” He responded with a quiet tone.

“Is there something wrong?”

“The last couple of days haven't been the best is all I can say.”

“Long story short, he’s grounded from using his phone for today.” Bernard answered. “It has everything to do with our visitor coming over.”

“But don’t tell him any of this, we’re even lucky he’s willing to still join us.” Nicole shutting the car door.

“Bet our reunion will keep him happy enough.” Jessica added.

“As much as me and the rest of us.” Craig walked past his parents. “Let’s go inside Bryson.” He walked past his cousin as Bryson turned around.

“Come on Craig, it can’t be that bad.” Bryson replied.

“If only we knew what he knows.” Bernard added.

As Craig and Bryson head inside, Steven arrives as he parked his car by the side of the road. Upon heading out of the front seat, he took a deep breath to set his priorities straight. “I’m here.” He smiled.

“I can’t wait to see the look on your face once you meet our grandparents.” Jessica walks up to Steven.

“As long as you don’t get your hopes up, we’re all happy in our own way.”

Just when he walked past Jessica, Bernard followed next to him. “You sure you’re gonna be alright?”

“It’s only going to be for the family reunion. Although it’s also me experiencing what it’s like.”

They walked up to the front door as Bernard opened the door, inviting Steven and his family inside. Craig’s grandparents Earl and Jojo are sitting in the living room where Kimberly, Darnell, and Jasmine took notice of Duane and Nicole stepping inside.

“Duane.” Darnell called.

“Nicole.” Kimberly added while witnessing Steven. “Surprise, you have a visitor here.”

“We don’t usually have guests during reunions.” Jasmine added.

“It was Jessica’s idea.” Nicole replied. “Although he’s not entirely thrilled being here.”

“I couldn’t agree more.” Bernard said, closing the door behind him.

“Not completely true, but let’s just say I’m not familiar with these types of family reunions.” Steven said.

“That’s something I expect from homeless people.” Jojo stood up and so did Earl as he and she walked up to Steven. “But if you’re really honest, I promise it will be your best.”

“We have a lot to do today.” Earl padding his hand on Steven’s back. “You’ll feel right at home.”

“Yeah don’t say that.” Bernard replied. “I know it’s hard to believe, but we would rather not answer questions about his life.”

“How come? There’s nothing wrong with expressing family life.” Jojo giggled.

Steven refused to disagree, but not even two minutes in, he couldn’t even last ten seconds without someone asking him a genuine question. “When you say family life, keep in mind families aren’t always perfect.” Steven grinned. “Believe me, as long as my family stays together, our histories have…complicated beliefs.”

“Complicated beliefs?” Darnell wondered. “What do you mean, are you secretly a soldier?”

“He’s only messing with you.” Kimberly added.

“It’s not like we’re gonna see you as a freak.” Jasmine smirked only for Steven to bite his lip.

“Not in that way, but in a disability kind of way.” He finished as he walked away. “I need to go to the bathroom.”

“What does he mean by disability?” Earl asked.

“Maybe he could mean stage fright, in front of people like us.” Nicole answered.

“That can’t be true.”

As Steven headed inside the bathroom, he took deep breaths. While his heart isn’t pounding fast, he couldn’t spend time with the family reunion of the Willams, knowing how his day yesterday keeps coming back to him. Even if it wasn’t their fault, he failed to make a better impression.

“Hello?” Earl knocked on the door. “Are you in there?”

“Yes you can come in, I didn’t lock it.” He answered as Earl opened the door.

“Man, you just got here and you already surprised me.”

“Is that a problem?”

“No, not at all but at the same time, we didn’t even know your name yet.”

Steven signed while lowering his head over the sink. “I’m really sorry, but I had a difficult time yesterday. It wasn’t the worst, but really stressful.”

Soon enough, Jojo noticed Earl stepped aside allowing Steven to come out. Upon getting the phone call from Nicole before they left, she knew what was going on, even if she didn’t expect the visitor to join the reunion in advance.

“What’s your name?” She asked.

“Steven Universe.” He answered. “I would explain why I’m here, but I really don’t want to.”

“Yeah, I’ve always felt these types of emotions even back when I was a teenager.” She took Steven to the kitchen as she poured some coffee in her mug. “I’ve heard that our grandson Craig caused some trouble with you at the restaurant his brother works at, right?” She stopped pouring.

“Yeah.” Steven responded. “Where is he?”

“He and Bryson are sitting in the backyard. We’re not punishing him, he just needs some time alone.”

“Especially the way he said hello without giving us a hug.” Earl added.

“That’s actually somewhat my fault.” Steven sighed. “It’s mainly what I showed him last night. It’s really personal.”

Both Earl and Jojo looked at each other after listening to Steven. “Is this a personal thing of yours?” Jojo wondered.

“It’s hard to believe, but it involves my family.”

From the way of his honesty being clear, the two elderlies wished he could express what his life is like. “I think there’s a chance you could at least tell us what your family life is like.”

“Yeah like, at least tell us one thing.” Earl added.

Steven tried to come up with another way to get out of it but at the very least, he knows how little he can express as long as it’s not huge. “Okay, my dad is named Greg, he’s a guitar player and he was gonna go on a big show to perform only to give all that up for my mom.”

“Who's your mother’s name?” Jojo added.

“Rose.” Steven answered. “Let's just say, it’s impossible to believe a divorce isn’t what caused me to distance myself from her.”

Just when he tried to think of another thing to describe his father, Jojo steps in. “It’s okay, you don’t have to explain anymore.” She smiled. “All you need to tell us is your father. No further information then that.”

“Have you two ever witnessed something that’s worse than a divorce?”

“I’ve taught Craig about wars in his social studies homework. I don’t need to see how bad a divorce is.” Earl said. “If there’s one thing I’ve experienced more than divorces, it is World War II which made me dig deeper on the history of wars.”

“And keep in mind Steven.” Jojo replied. “There’s a lot of things worse that are nowhere close to this family. I may not approve of what Craig did to you, but he has never done anything worse than that.”

Even if Steven is aware Craig’s grandparents are not getting the whole story, he’s happy to know how respectful they are. “If that’s true, maybe his cousin is just like him.”

“Just because he’s close to his age, doesn’t mean he’s like him completely.” Earl said. “Believe me, his parents raised him like the people they are. He might cheer Craig up before lunch time.”

“Speaking of which, we really need to get this family reunion lightened up before it blacks out.” Jojo heading out the kitchen.

“Hope you enjoy being with us. How about you get Craig and Bryson inside to join our family activities?” Earl offered, as he headed out of the kitchen.

With Steven all alone in the kitchen, he’s feeling a little better after meeting Craig’s grandparents and how it played out reasonably well. Although the only person he has let to meet in person in the Williams family is Bryson himself. As he heads to the backyard windows, one of them is open to get the fresh air inside. He saw Craig and Bryson sitting together while Craig told him everything he did yesterday.

“So you were curious about Steven’s belly button?” Bryson asked as Craig nodded.

“I can’t tell you everything, because I promise him to keep his life a secret.” Craig sighed. “I know it’s hard to believe, but the only way to know is to see it for yourself.” Craig couldn’t even look straight at his cousin after how much stress he went through night and day in less than twelve hours.

“Craig it’s not that I don’t agree with you, I just feel you're looking way into this way too much.” Bryson replied. “You had weird people at the creek, I had weird people from where I live, Steven’s probably just as weird, even when he’s old.”

“True, but if the truth ever comes out, you wouldn’t believe anything that’s weird anymore. It’s like finishing the latest Slide The Ferret game only for a cliffhanger that raises more questions than answered.”

Craig wrapped his arms around his legs while lowering his head. Steven knew Craig would feel this way, but at the same time, there’s nothing he could do. He then reached to the backyard door as he opened it, getting the attention of the two boys.

“Craig, Bryson, it’s time to go back inside.” Steven called as Craig looked at him with a blank expression.

“Let me know if you want to play a board game with me, I’m not even in a video game mood if you consider it.” Craig spoke while walking past Steven. Judging by the tone, it really hit him hard without even scaring him.

“I guess he’s barely in the mood to do anything. Seems to me, you're the only one who could fix this.” Bryson walked up to Steven.

“Maybe there’s a way, but I can’t think of one right now.” As Steven allowed Bryson in, he closed the door.

“If only you didn’t have to hide your secret, my cousin wouldn’t be like this.” Bryson headed back to the living room, leaving Steven standing in place. He wanted to set things right for himself but on the other hand, Craig would never expose his secret to anyone, including his family. Of course he also remembered that this is his first time experiencing what a family reunion is like.

“Maybe I should’ve done this earlier than now.” Steven said as he headed to the living room.

Chapter 10: Sparks Of The Shield

Chapter Text

Steven arrived in the living room with the whole Williams family together. He noticed Craig and Bryson sitting together, while the stump kid tried to participate in the reunion, but he wasn’t helping himself.

“Okay so how about we go outside and check out my garden from the backyard?” Earl offered.

“Earl, we did that in our last reunion, where we watered them.” Duane replied.

“You know they need water to live.”

“About that, I’ve actually taken care of the gardening this morning.” Jojo chimed in. “I knew he wanted to do it again, so I’ve made the changes.”

“We always celebrate here, what’s the difference?”

“Switching jobs?” Darnell said.

This caused Steven to take action. “Have you all ever thought of the idea of doing something new every once in a while?”

“Technically, we do.” Kimberly walked up to Steven. “We did The Jessica And Small Uncle Show when we learned she acted it out in front of her brother for the first time.”

Everyone turned their attention to Craig and so did Steven. “You watch your sister’s show?”

“Yes but, let’s just say I’m not a fan of it.” Craig spoked quietly.

Steven then thought of an idea to do something similar to Jessica's idea for an activity. “My parents always did that type of activity with me when I was the same height as Craig’s.”

“You mean age, not height?” Nicole asked.

“Yes, every time at home, I always go on adventures with my parents to fight off creatures from distant places.”

The Williams family became confused at first. “What show did you watch exactly?” Bernard wondered.

“It wasn’t a show, it was all imagination. Really, they’re so many imaginative landscapes and people of two species. Humans…and Gems.”

“You make friends out of jewelry?” Darnell asked.

“Seems like a glorified world in your childhood.” Jasmine added.

Craig took notice of Steven’s handling of this. He knew Steven’s personal life more when the truth came out about his three mothers and the gems who are his friends. If only he wished it would’ve turned out better yesterday, there would’ve been something to make up for his deeds.

“If you don’t believe me, here’s what my parents made for me.” Steven heads out the door and heads straight to his van. He opened the door from the other side but he uses his powers to activate his shield. He shuts the door as he heads back to the house, entering the front door, taking everyone by surprise again.

“Is that a shield?” Jessica walked up to Steven. “It’s beautiful!”

“Yeah, that’s a really great looking shield.” Nicole commented.

“Looks like time really revolutionized shields.” Earl added.

The family walked up to Steven, amazed at the design of his shield. However the only ones who stayed in place are Craig and Bryson, who’s in complete shock.

“Is this what you’re talking about?” Bryson leaned in to his cousin.

“Yes, but the less said about that, the better.” Craig whispered back.

“I have to admit Steven, your parents must’ve paid a fortune to make this.” Jasmine felt his shield. “Most shields don’t have these accessories.”

“You'll be surprised, these would be difficult to make with my parents.” Steven smiled. He then took full advantage of his plan as he took everyone out in the backyard to showcase his shield. Craig and Bryson sat together, sitting behind the back door like last time.

With their families watching in full view, Jasmine throws some beanbags at Steven while he blocks them with his shield. With Jasmine changing her targets, Steven single handedly got into every spot to use his shield. Everytime a beanbag hits his shield, small sparkles appear upon slight impacts.

“Am I seeing things or did I just see sparks from his shield?” Jojo locked closely.

Bernard looked closer in his glasses. “It looks like it.”

After the final beanbag impacted, Steven turned to the William’s family. “Still strong without scratches.” He showed his shield.

“Well it’s beanbags, not missiles.” Duane added.

“Also, why were their sparkles on your shield?” Earl pointed.

“Well that’s a good question.” Steven awkwardly grinned. “But we would be here all day questioning logic right?”

The William's family blinked, while also giving awkward looks. Craig and Bryson on the other hand are catching on to what's going on. “Our families don’t understand cartoons unlike us, don’t they?” Bryson whispered.

“Not really, but if cartoons are really real, the creek would’ve been different.” Craig said.

“Steven, are you sure you're telling the truth?” Nicole asked.

“Mom, those sparkles are beautiful!” Jessica jumped in joy.

“If I wasn’t telling the truth, little girls like Jessica wouldn’t want an essay of how shields work.” Steven smiled.

“Just like what I felt when I did social studies essays.” Kimberly replied.

Nicole looked down at Jessica while looking back at Steven’s shield. “Seems like a wireless feature.”

“There’s no buttons on his shield.” Bernard taking notice.

“Jessica, come on up, you can play me.” Steven called as Jessica walked up. He then notices Craig and Bryson and points at them. “Craig, Bryson, come on up there.”

Craig and Bryson took notice from Steven’s voice. Craig may not have his staff, but it doesn’t change the fact he’s too depressed.

“Bryson might play, but his cousin isn’t in the mood.” Darnell added.

“I’m not gonna be here after today, it wouldn’t be as fun without him.” Steven walked past the family while leaning down to Craig. “Craig, we can at least play together, you do that right?”

“Don’t you think you're kind of pushing it?” Craig asked. “I’m not big enough to use your shield.”

As Steven turned his attention to Bryson, he agreed with Craig. “So do I.”

“You'll be surprised, just work with me.” He stood up while turning back to the family. “Can I go inside for a minute?”

“Sure.” Jojo smiled.

Steven heads inside while quickly heading to the living room. He uses his powers as his shield glows, shortening it down to the size for kids to carry. He then headed back outside from the back, surprising everyone.

“I’ve made the shield much smaller so Craig and Bryson can use it.”

“Don’t forget about me!” Jessica called.

“Okay, I’ll give it a try.” Bryson standed up while he pulled his cousin up. “At least make the best out of it.”

“I’ll see what I can do.” Craig signed while Steven followed behind. Upon heading back to the backyard, Steven handed his shield to Jessica as he headed to the other side. Upon receiving beanbags from Jasmine with Craig and Bryson by his side, he lightly throws them to Jessica as she blocks them with the shield.

“I can see the beanbags through the shield.” Jessica cheered. “It’s so stylized!”

“Just keep your attention on me more than the shield.” Steven called.

As Steven continued, Bernard took notice of the shield for every beanbag it impacted on it. The sparks felt real and had no toy effects on the shield itself. Upon two days knowing Steven personally, he may learn what Craig felt last night.

After throwing the last beanbag, Jessica gave the shield to Bryson with his turn being next. Bryson lifted the shield up as Steven threw the beanbags. Bryson moved while Steven changed his targets, reaching to every spot that impacted on the shield.

“This shield’s definitely one of a kind.” Bryson commented. “Did it ever get any scratches?”

“Nope.” Steven threw another beanbag. “Even during my childhood.”

Craig rolled his eyes, unsatisfied. The final beanbag hit the shield as Bryson walked up to his cousin. Steven looked at the way Craig held onto his shield, he didn’t forget the way he touched it last night. He felt even less impressed knowing how all of this isn’t fake.

“Craig.” Bernard placed his hand on his hip. “Go back over there and please…use his shield.”

“Don’t you mean play with his shield?” Nicole wondered.

“Yeah.” Bernard shook his head.

As Craig went into position, he lifted his shield up while sighing again. Just when Steven’s about to throw his beanbag, he then comes up with an idea to cheer Craig up. “Bryson, why don’t you throw the beanbags.” He handed them to Bryson. “I’m gonna help out Craig.”

“Okay.” Bryson replied while carrying the beanbags. Steven went behind Craig as he leaned down, whispering in his ear.

“I know you're down, but even when I’m leaving, I’m not leaving you empty-hearted.”

“What do you mean?” Craig whispered back.

As Steven looked at Craig’s family, he pointed up at the sky. “Look, a phoenix!” The family turned around up in the sky as he grabbed Craig from his shoulder. He licked his finger while inserting it in Craig’s ear plug.

“Ah! Steven!?” Just when Craig was about to react in frustration, he felt sparkles in his body. But then Bernard took notice as he saw his brother shaking. He witnessed the sparks, similar to how the shield reacted, as if what Craig behaved yesterday wasn’t part of any imagination.

“I don’t see any phoenix?” Kimberly replied.

“Oh my bad, it must have been a red bird flying past.”

Craig’s eyesight became magical while his body felt no emotion. As he looked at Bryson, he then smiled while lifting the shield up. “Give me everything you got!” He cheered.

“Alright then.” Bryson smiled as he threw the first beanbag. Craig holds onto the shield real tight, he uses it to bash the beanbag, causing Bryson to dodge in the nick of time.

“Wow, that beanbag really bounced back.” Craig took notice.

“Make sure you don’t hit hard.” Steven replied.

Bryson threw more bean bags at his cousin in different directions as Craig moved and hit the beanbags repeatedly. Soon he did cartwheels upon landing in spots to hit more beanbags. The family were speechless from the way Craig did gymnastics but Bernard knew he wasn’t capable of doing that. After one more beanbag being thrown, Craig hit it one last time as Bryson grabbed it, satisfied with his cousin’s happiness.

“That was awesome!” Craig smiled. “My body had never felt so alive.”

Steven then lifted Craig up from the ground while placing him on his shoulders. “Craig is definitely the shield apprentice alright.” He turned to the family as they applauded.

“I don’t know how it’s possible for beanbags to be launched back but I’m not complaining.” Duane commented.

“And it’s wonderful that Craig is back in a good mood for our family reunion.” Nicole smiled.

With Steven and Craig smiling at each other, Bernard on the other hand, didn’t clap, in fact he can tell something isn’t right with Craig at all. After the past two days he spent with him, his curiosity started to get the better of him, just like his brother.

Chapter 11: Glowing Truth

Chapter Text

After the day with the Williams family, Craig and his family left their grandparents. They were more than happy to see Craig enjoying his time, rather than how he acted this morning. As if he appreciated the value of Steven himself. Unfortunately that’s far from the truth. Steven parted ways with the family as he headed straight back to his apartment to pack up. However Bernard, throughout the entire day wanted to see Steven one last time before he left. But it’s anything but positive that he’s been showing to him since meeting him several days ago.

Right when he got home, he texted Alexis to meet him in the front yard to pick her up. Upon doing so, he also took Craig along to where Steven is staying which is in a different apartment to where she lives.

“Bernard.” Alexis spoke. “Not that I want to say goodbye to him, but you never told me why you wanted to meet him.”

“It’s hard to believe, but my brother Craig turned into a happy person even though he wasn’t like that this morning.” Bernard answered.

When Alexis turns to Craig, he holds onto his head, getting a headache ever since he returned home. “I don’t even remember how I got happy at first.” Craig retorted. “I still have something in my ear.”

“I wish he was crazy since Steven got here, but since he couldn’t communicate with me all day, It had something to do with Steven.”

“Steven wouldn’t do something bad to your brother.” Alexis replied.

“That is…if my brother wasn’t shaking with him from behind. If you were there today, you would know how empty he was before it happened.”

All that Alexis remembered of Craig over the past couple days is the incident at the restaurant yesterday. Her boyfriend told her everything other than the reason why Craig did it since he didn’t understand until today.

“Well we can agree what happened yesterday wasn’t Steven’s fault.” Alexis replied.

“Yes, but what happened today had something to do with him that made Craig different.” As he looked through the indoor car mirror, Craig looked straight at him.

“All I can tell you is that last night, he wanted to keep it a secret from everyone, including you.” Craig answered.

“Well tonight, we’re gonna find out since he showed it to you.”

Craig sighed, since he can’t take control of protecting the truth of how his brother caught on as quickly as he did. Bernard found the apartment Steven is staying at as he parked his car next to Steven’s. After he got out along with Alexis and Craig, he took a look at Steven’s van from the inside. With many personal belongings, he has a lot of questions, but only the biggest ones of them need to be answered.

Inside the apartment itself, Steven washed up his dish after having supper. Bernard walked up to the apartment door and knocked on it, catching Steven’s attention. Upon putting his dish away, he made his way to the door and unlocked it. He witnessed Bernard and Alexis standing in place, without saying hello for the final time, but also noticed Craig still getting a headache after the sparkle effect wore off.

“Bernard?” He spoke.

“Can we please come in, we need to talk.”

Steven invited the three in as they all sat in the living room of the apartment. “Is this mostly a goodbye before I leave tomorrow morning?”

“Technically yes, but this is serious.”

“It’s between you and Craig.” Alexis added.

“Oh.” Steven took notice while sitting down.

“Last night after we had the family meeting to sort things out, you took him out.” Bernard replied. “At first I didn’t care and defended you, but during the whole bean bag thing, you did something to his ear.”

“What makes you think that?” Steven giggled.

“You were behind him the whole time? What’s so funny?”

“I think you're really overthinking it, sometimes kids have mood swings from time to time.”

“Oh no…” Craig whispered to himself.

“Then why was he shaking? I saw him when you thought you saw a phoenix.” Benard said, staying on track. “Please, I’m not mad at all, but please be honest.”

Steven wished he could get out of this with him having the rest of the day to himself, but since Craig’s brother caught on, he has no choice but to tell the truth. “This isn’t gonna change anything but…I have gem powers.”

This only raises more questions from Bernard, not forgetting what Steven did during the family reunion. “What about the shield you showed me and Craig? You said your parents made it for you.”

“I’m not the only one with powers.”

“You seriously expect me to believe that!?” Bernard reacted. “I’m sorry, but sparkles from your shield? I’m starting to not buy on the idea that your parents made it if it had all of those accessories. Nor having powers like you do.”

“No offense, but I actually agree with him.” Alexis added.

This causes Steven to become worried, knowing how catched on Bernard is. “I know my brother more than you, not a lot but still.”

Craig wanted to help out his brother, but he promised Steven to keep his secret from anyone. Bernard told him before he took him to let him do the talking while understanding what he’s dealing with. If he told him before he left, he still needed to see the whole deal to prove that he’s telling the truth.

“If your shield can sparkle with gem powers, does that explain why it was shrinked?” All that Steven did is nodded. “So it only appears…”

“When he activates it of his own will.” Craig answered to which Bernard turned to. “I’m not lying.”

“Yes, I activated my shield.” Steven confessed.

“So you're like a magician?” Alexis added.

“Yes, but it’s not like what you're thinking about.”

“If you're not really a magician, why do you take magic lessons?” Bernard replied.

“I don’t take lessons at all.”

This caused Bernard to lay his back head on the couch. “You're not making this easier for me to believe Steven.”

“You can’t expect me to answer a lot of questions okay.” Steven replied, which caused Bernard to lean forward.

“I’m the person who trusted you the most by giving you a tour around the neighborhood and spending more time with you. You can’t make me believe you're not a magician if you can activate your shield.”

“There are a lot more ways to do magic tricks than being a magician, you know.”

“Then what do you do for a living other than traveling?”

Steven’s heart begins to pound hard with no option to avoid his predicament. “It doesn’t involve money, okay?”

“Then how can you affo-”

“Just tell them the truth!” Craig reacted after getting off of the couch.

“I can’t Craig!” Steven also gets off of his couch.

“Steven you can’t hide this from me, you did something to my brother and I wanna know that as much as yourself.” Bernard getting up.

“Bernard.” Alexis piqued up, also getting up.

“Alexis, I got this.”

“Okay, I insert my saliva from my finger in his ear.” He pointed at Craig.

“Your saliva!?”

“I’m not a tester of science, but I wasn’t trying to hurt him mentally!”

“You gave him a headache!” Bernard walked up to him. “Side effect or not, you told me you only went to the doctor once.” He then looked at Steven’s body which is where his brother’s been suspicious. “What's underneath your shirt?” He almost grabbed his shirt only for Steven to move out of the way. “Steven!”

“Please, boundaries may have nothing to do with this but-”

“I’m not leaving until you show me what’s under there!” Steven continued to lose more breath which Bernard is catching onto. “You're not setting an example of how you acted two days ago.”

“Bernard, you're actually going way too hard on him.” Alexis spoke from behind.

“I got this!” He turned to his girlfriend.

“Bernard, when I talked to him last night-” Craig turned to his brother only for him to interrupt him.

“I want the whole answer!” Bernard turned around his brother. “Right now, I’m not against you and if everything you did yesterday is really in the right, then I’m in the right.”

Craig looked at Steven again and noticed his gem underneath his shirt is glowing. With his heart pounding faster, he then glowed pink, catching him and Alexis by surprise. Soon Bernard took notice from the pink light from behind.

“Steven?” Bernard turned around, backing away from Steven. “Are you sure the doctor saw everything in your body?”

“Yes!” He panicked. “I have gem powers to activate my shield,” He activated his shield in front of them. “My saliva can heal people even when they’re down and-”

“You're starting to creep me out!” Bernard continued to back away.

“I did what I could to protect myself!” Steven walked up to him.

“Without the family you lied about?”

“I’m protecting them too!”

“By making up a story!?”

After that rhetorical question, Steven glows brighter as he tripped onto Bernard. Bernard can feel the vibration and sparkles from Steven himself. With a look of fear on his face, he had no time to crawl out, with Steven looking down also in fear.

“I’m so sorry.” He spoke as he lit up. The building of the apartments shook like an earthquake with the four still inside. Then the explosion happened, imploding the furniture and everything else inside. As Alexis took cover, Craig covered his ears while watching everything around him collapse on itself. He knew Steven had powers last night, but didn’t know he didn’t have full control all the time.

With the explosion all done, Craig let go of his ears while witnessing Steven’s apartment torn down to practically nothing. But what catches his attention is his brother with his hair, glasses and clothes ruined. After Steven glowed down, he got back up while witnessing Bernard, who’s still shaking with Alexis getting back up. Steven sighed, knowing he can’t hide anything anymore as he lifted the end of his shirt, showing Bernard and Alexis his gem.

When Bernard slowly got up, he slowly headed close to Steven’s gem. He didn’t want to touch in case something bad could happen, but he finally saw the whole deal in his eyes.

“Bernard…” Steven spoked. “I didn’t mean to-” He stopped himself, noticing Bernard rushing out of the apartment. “Bernard!”

He didn’t respond back as he rushed back into the car, inserted his key and drove away as fast as possible, just after Steven and the others got out of the apartment. Even without picking up Alexis and Craig, he made up for his mistake of going against and disbelieving his brother while making Steven his friend.

Alexis had no words to describe what she experienced and Steven as a person now. “I’ll take you home Craig.” She reacted as she grabbed his arm.

“Alexis.” Craig took notice.

“Forget about him, let him leave tomorrow.” Without a chance to talk to Steven one last time, Alexis pulled him away from him, leaving Steven all alone.

Steven felt broken after the explosion he caused. He can tell it wasn’t Craig who convinced his brother to come over, but all he wanted was to end on good terms with him before it’s too late. He sat on the porch with the clouds from above, sprinkling a bit but he didn’t care. In fact, the moment he saw Craig in the distance who looked back at him disappearing from the objects, made him realize his closure with him is wrong. He wanted to leave first thing tomorrow but now, with a broken apartment, he can’t get some sleep unlike last night, just like Craig who didn’t.

Chapter 12: Azurite Annihilation In The Stormy Creek

Chapter Text

Steven immediately drove out of the parking lot, leaving his broken apartment behind. However his intention at the moment isn’t leaving, it’s mainly getting away from the explosion that happened. He wishes he could find a place to eat ice cream, but he isn’t in the mood. The only thing he could need is getting some fresh air outside after going from place to place since arriving.

He parked his van by the end of the road, next to the creek itself. When he got out, a bolt of thunder struck down from above. However he ignored it as he waded into the creek itself. With his situation getting more complicated, he rather be alone in the rain to keep all of his stress and pain from anyone.

Alexis took Craig back to his place as they managed to get inside his house before it started raining. “We’re here.” Alexis closes the front door.

“Alexis, we can’t just leave him.” Craig replied.

“He caused an explosion around my boyfriend, who’s also your brother. He’s probably in his bedroom right now.”

“Look, just because he caused an explosion doesn’t mean he’s dangerous.”

“But did he ever show you he can do that?” Craig remains silent, not knowing everything about Steven himself even from last night. “If he can do more like that, then he is incredibly unstable.”

“He wasn’t like that when he hung out with you and Bernard.”

“Please Craig, Bernard didn’t pick us up because of him, I didn’t forget the last two days, but now it was all a mistake.”

Craig sighed while lowering his head. As Alexis headed up the stairs to check on her boyfriend, she stopped while closing her eyes. “Your brother doesn’t always believe you when it comes to times like this. We’re not doing this to not believe you since we are.” She continues to walk upstairs to give comfort to her boyfriend.

Craig, on the other hand, had no other option knowing he can’t come back to Steven’s now broken apartment to settle things. If only he wished Steven would’ve stayed a little longer, there would’ve been a chance but now, it’s over. He heads upstairs in his room, closing the door behind him. He laid on his bed, thinking of what he’s gonna do with his friends in the creek tomorrow and his side of the story in all of this.

In the Creek, Kelsey, J.P. were walking with Omar, Stacks, Eileen The Sewer Queen, Sparkle Cadet, Cannonball, and Wildernessa who’s riding Cheesesticks after telling them everything that happened between them, Craig and the visitor over the last two days.

“I found it hard to believe a grown teen would have a pink dot on his belly button.” Wildernessa said.

“Like was it crystal or something?” Sparke Cadet wondered.

“We don’t know.” J.P. answered.

“Craig knows from last night, but he was with his family all day today.” Kelsey added. “He couldn't text us since his parents took his phone away.”

“I’ve only met him twice and by the looks of it, last night would’ve been the only chance to see the truth and Craig’s the only one who knows. Through granting his family being part of his secret, I don’t know what he’s gonna say.” Omar finished.

“This may sound crazy but after going through the war of Capture the Flag, what do you think Steven would do if he’s part of the war?” Eileen asked.

“What makes you think that?” Cannonball turned to the Sewer Queen.

“He may be older, but he could’ve been different then the rest of us.”

“It’s not like he’s that kind of different.” Stacks replied. “He was really nice to me and Kelsey back at the library.”

“Sometimes I believe that was the case, but we’ve only met him for one day. And now, we can only rely on Craig’s words even if he can’t…tell us everything.” Kelsey finished.

Most of their friends haven’t seen Craig since Steven arrived, not that they didn’t mind but learning about Steven a little more would show Craig’s side of the story crystal clear. Soon the whole creek is continuing to sprinkle with raindrops falling from the sky. They immediately took notice as they searched for the closest exit in the creek to go home.

Meanwhile up above the thundering clouds, two gems flow out of them underneath as they lower themselves over the trees. “Uhh, I couldn’t see through the dark clouds again, when are we ever going to get away from this?” Aquamarine retorted.

“No matter where we go, it’s always rain, rain, and thunderstorm rain!” Ruby also retorted. “Couldn't we just go back to Gem Homeworld instead?”

“You know it hasn’t been the same since Steven ended everything. We lost everything!” Aquamarine and Ruby landed on the ground in the creek while she stomped on the dirt. “We can hate Steven all we want, but we’re still outcasts with no one to rely on!”

Ruby also stomped, causing a flame on the dirt bursting from her foot. “I would do anything to end Steven once and for all! But we can’t beat him!”

“He’s probably still with the Crystal Gems who may stomp on us again! Though I’m not surprised since he’s family to them, if that never works if he’s ever alone.”

They then heard walking from behind, they immediately hid behind the tree to keep their identity from anyone. They saw a person in a red poncho outfit with goggles walking all alone. With the storm continuing to get worse, his hike in the creek is nearly coming to an end. He couldn't get over losing everything after Capture the Flag, to where he remained solo for his own good.

He stopped while looking around in the creek itself to which the gems hide themselves from getting caught. With everyone leaving the creek, he can only imagine having the creek to himself even if it’s not what he wanted if he won. With the goggles on, he continued his hike as the rain continued to pick up.

“Who is that guy?” Ruby popped her head from the tree.

“I have no idea.” Aquamarine added. “We’ve come across a lot of weird people. Let’s get out of here.” She grabbed Ruby’s hand as they lifted themselves above the creek. “Less we get into trouble, the better.”

Just when they flow higher, Ruby sees a vehicle that’s really familiar. “Wait!” He pointed at the distance. “Look over there!”

When Aquamarine flowed closer to where Ruby pointed, they saw Steven’s van parked on the end of the road. Just one peak of it gave them the idea that Steven is around. “What are the olds of that?” Aquamarine grinned.

“Maybe there’s a chance that we can beat him.” Ruby said. “If he’s all alone.”

“We'll just see for ourselves.” Then they fuse together as their teamwork will give them the advantage like before.

Back at the creek, Kelsey and the gang are close to finding the way out to head home but the rain continues to get worse. “Man it’s raining hard!” Cannonball said, trying to focus on what's in front of him.

“Was it really a good idea to only have Craig keep the map?” Wildernessa covering herself.

“He’s better at navigating than we are.” J.P. answered.

“The creek may be big, but we’re never lost.” Eileen commented.

“Don’t worry, I think I can see where we are.” Omar looked closely at his surroundings. But just when he found out where they were, he saw Steven in the distance. “Wait…”

“What?” Kelsey responded only to see Steven in the distance. She became speechless witnessing the same teen Craig has been encountering in the creek rather than in his apartment.

“Is that the guy he was-” Sparkle Cadet started, before getting cut off.

“Shhh…” Stacks covering Cadet’s mouth.

They slowly made their way, quietly to prevent getting caught. In a matter of time, they hide behind one of the trees right behind where Steven is at. Steven is sitting alone in front of a pond with raindrops pouring in. Without an umbrella, his hair and clothes are soaked, his skin would get soaked by the minute but no matter what, it didn’t bother him. His heart became more empty with the plans of going to his next destination felt so low, something he never thought he would feel at the moment.

He stood up while looking at his reflection from the pond. He was nowhere near as bad as before, but with unfinished business he can’t do, he can’t get any better. After sitting back down, he decides to take out his phone to make a phone call.

“Do you think we should head to a different spot to see his face?” Sparkle Cadet offered.

“We’re not risking it, okay?” Omar replied. “He needs his space.”

“I would’ve been more respectful of his privacy if we knew what’s underneath his shirt.” J.P. wondered.

After Steven put in the phone number, he placed his phone up against his ear, waiting for it to respond. In no time at all, it immediately answered.

“Hello?”

“Garnet…” Steven spoked. “...it’s Steven.”

“Steven…it’s…been awhile since we last talked.”

“I know but…this is important.”

As he continued to express the situation, the kids behind the tree remained hidden. Even if they can’t hear the person from the other line, they might be able to hear what Steven said to Craig last night.

“He has a friend named Garnet?” Eileen whispered.

“I doubt he or she is his friend.” Cannonball added.

“There’s a lot more to why he’s here.” Wildernessa being suspicious. “Garnet might be more than a person.”

“And then last night, I showed Craig my gem.” Steven stopped himself while trying to calm down. “I didn’t know what to do but he promised me to keep this a secret between us.”

“Anything else…?” Garnet responded.

“I accidentally made an explosion in my apartment where…I was above his brother…and that’s where everything turned upside down.”

After expressing almost everything that happened, Garnet from the other line took time to process. She knew it was a matter of time Steven would get himself in a predicament but she still wasn’t happy about it.

“Steven, I know this won’t be easy, but you know for a fact you're not done with this kid.”

“Garnet, even if I try to make up for what I did, what can I do for Craig?”

“Before you left, Greg told me about you wanting a normal life. We didn’t know how to handle the situation, but we agreed that moving out of Beach City is best for you.”

“True, it’s just…I didn’t think anyone like Craig would be this curious of me when no one else would.”

“You can’t escape people’s curiosity. You’re always gonna deal with obstacles along the way. When the time has come, you may be able to work things out with him.”

Knowing how Garnet can only see the future if she knew what Craig looks like, Steven can assume the most of his chances being minimal. “I’ll try to think of a solution, but it won’t be easy.”

“I know you can do this.”

“Okay, I’ll call you later when I get the chance.”

Meanwhile, Aquamarine and Ruby have been fused into Bluebird Azurite. They flew above the pond with Steven hanging up his phone call with Garnet. “There he is.” She grinned.

Steven put his phone away while standing up. “Okay, first thing I’m gonna do is go to Craig’s house, work things out and hopefully his parents will allow me to sleep over.” As he took a deep breath not forgetting what he did to his brother, the only thing he could do is focus on setting things straight with Craig. But before he turned around, Bluebird appeared out of the blue.

“Here’s Bluebird!” She shouted, causing Steven to fall on his back.

The kids behind the tree couldn’t believe what they’re seeing. A floating unaligned gem with a sword in her hand wasn’t possible, but it is. “That looks amazing.” Sparkle Cadet commented.

“Her wings are made out of water.” Eileen added.

“Look at her face.” Kelsey replied.

“Maybe this is what Steven told Craig about last night.” Omar said.

“Can this get any bizarre?” Wildernessa asked.

As Steven got back up, he couldn’t believe he encountered Aquamarine and Ruby again after they left Beach City in defeat. But then again, they cared less whatever consequences happened to them. “You…” He reacted.

“Yeah duh!” Bluebird replied. “What are the odds that we would meet again?”

“One in a million. But seriously, I’m not in the right mood, I had a rough afternoon.”

“A rough afternoon? That only gives me the advantage.”

“No!” Steven reacted. “I’m not the same savior of the universe from before.”

“Why? Because you lost your touch on saving all of the gems to the point you leave your family behind?”

Steven’s fist clinch which causes his gem to glow. “I’m telling you, you got it all wrong!”

“I still love where this is going.” She stared at his gem. “You can make excuses all you want but you know you’re never gonna stop us from hating you. In fact, I’m surprised you're more of a smelly baby with his three mommies.”

Steven glows pink, catching the attention from the kids but the moment Steven activates his shield, they’re mind is blown forever. “Leave…me…alone!”

“Make me!” She flowed towards Steven as he got out of the way.

“Man she can fly!” J.P. took notice.

Steven immediately ran towards Bluebird as he jumped in the air, hitting her with his shield but she dodged. She uses her ice cutlass to throw ice projectiles at Steven. The kids saw the cryomancy magically appear, not fooling them in the slightest.

“I thought I’ve seen everything but this…defies all logic.” Cannonball replied.

“They’re getting away!” Stacks pointed as Steven chases Bluebird through the Creek. As the kids followed the two, the rain poured harder with thunder strikes becoming more common. The leaves from the trees moved rapidly with the wind blowing harder. It wasn’t stable for any child to be outside but the group refuses to leave until the battle is over.

Meanwhile the guy in the red poncho heard the ground being sliced in. When he turned to the direction of the action, it was hard to see with the amount of trees in the way but he saw a flying blue person despite that. He immediately ran on the trail, heading to where the action’s taking place.

Steven holds onto one of the branches after dodging more ice projectiles. He threw his shield at Bluebird only for her to dodge again, just when Kelsey and the others tried to catch up, Stacks noticed the shield being thrown at them. “Look out!” She pushed Kelsey down on the ground as the shield flew above them and back to his location. The shield went through the branches and back to Steven’s possession.

“You’re making a huge mistake!” Steven continued to glow pinker.

“What mistake?” Bluebird flew right at his face. “You have no one to go to, what’s stopping me?” She sliced the branch with her ice cutlass that Steven held onto. Steven hit the ground on his side, giving him a bruise on his arm.

“Ehhh!” He grimaces in pain. “I do have somewhere to go, I’m traveling!”

“Then maybe you should’ve traveled with your family like a family’s little cry baby.”

This caused Steven to look up as he got back on his feet. He launched himself at Bluebird up against the tree really hard. The impact was so hard, it caused the kids to trip down, similar to what happened back at the apartment, only this time it was more powerful.

The sound of the impact was heard all over the neighborhood of Herkleton, they assume it was the thunder strikes creating collision to the ground, but the destruction isn’t anything what they thought. Craig in his bedroom remembered that noise as he got out of bed. He looked out his window and saw a flying blue person far in the distance.

“A Gem?” He blinked only to remember what Steven told him last night. “A GEM!!!” He immediately ran out of his bedroom and headed straight downstairs. However, from the sound of his voice, it caught the attention of Bernard and Alexis who popped their heads out of Bernard’s bedroom.

“Craig!?” Alexis reacted. When they got downstairs, they saw Craig putting his rain jacket on.

“Craig!? What are you doing!?” Bernard panicked.

“I’m going to the creek to see what’s going on!” Craig opened the front door.

“Craig! It isn’t safe outside!”

Craig ignored his brother as he headed out just before Alexis grabbed him. “Craig!” She shouted as Craig ran across the street.

“Alexis, I have to stop my brother!” He put on his shoes and rushed out to chase his brother.

“Bernard!?” She called.

“Just stay inside where it’s safe!!!”

Back in the creek, the person wearing the red poncho finally made it to where the action’s taking place, but he still distanced himself to prevent getting hurt. When he watched the action, he took out his phone to record it. Through his screen, he witnessed Bluebird’s cryomancy launching at Steven, who blocked it with his shield. His glowing pink skin took him by surprise, as if it gave him the impression that he isn’t human like he is.

Steven landed on the ground again, but he continued to get weaker with the rain getting in his way. He sneezed while the cold got to him. Soon, Bluebird bumped into him just when he lost his balance.

“What’s the matter Steven? Has the weather driven you away?” Bluebird taunted. “You’re getting more drained by the second.”

“I…just…” Steven panted. “Want…to make…things better here.”

As the red poncho continued to record the moment, Kelsey and the others from the other side of the area witnessed Steven slowing down as Bluebird pushed him to the ground. Meanwhile, Craig ran as fast as he could in the creek while wearing his hood. However Bernard managed to follow him just before he lost him in the creek.

“Craig, come back to the house!” He shouted.

“No!” Craig responded as he got close to the noise. Thankfully, he came across the ice projectiles that were sliced through the ground. When he looked at what was in front of him, he’s in complete shock to see Steven on the ground, defending himself with his shield while witnessing another gem, but way more different.

“You can’t always make everything better without the help of The Crystal Gems.” Bluebird lifting her ice cutlass at him. “What’s left that you can possibly turn anything around?” As she uses Hydrokinesis with the raindrops gathering together, Craig rushed to the Gem just before Bernard grabbed him. He jumped onto Bluebird, causing the Hydrokinesis to collapse.

“Leave him alone!” He grabbed her ice cutlass.

“Get off of me!” Bluebird losing her position.

“Craig?” Steven slowly gets back up.

All of his friends were shocked to see Craig come to the rescue out of nowhere. He can’t be able to put her down with the strength of the gem lifting her back up. “Why you little-!”

Steven hit Bluebird with his shield after throwing it at her, just when Craig took notice by getting out of the way. Bluebird crashed in the branch, landing in the puddle, causing Aquamarine and Ruby to unfuse. Craig landed on the ground on his knees, with mud on his pants while almost getting hit, he didn’t need any more proof of what a Gem is.

When he turned to Steven, he didn’t expect to come to his aid after the separation. But then again, he didn’t separate him by choice. He walked up to Steven as he stared at him even in pink. Bernard saw the whole thing, he feared his brother was about to get hit but is in relief that it didn’t happen. But he still keeps his distance from him in case he explodes like last time.

Steven after walking up to Craig closely, his pink glow went away. With tears in his eyes, he picked up Craig and gave him a hug. “You…saved me.” He responded.

“That’s how I do it in the creek.” Craig replied.

Steven took notice of the kids who saw everything. When Craig also took notice, they broke the hug as he landed on the ground. “Craig…” Wildernessa spoked.

“Is this what you’ve been feeling all this time?” Sparkle Cadet asked.

“Yes.” Craig nodded as he showed everyone Steven’s gem. “But there’s more to it than what you saw.”

Steven couldn’t hide his secret from anyone anymore, and during the fight in the storm, he gave up. It got darker in the creek as it caught everyone’s attention. “Can I sleep at your place?” Steven wondered.

“Sure.” Craig let go of Steven’s wet shirt. “You can sleep on the couch in the living room.”

“Thanks.”

Steven and Craig walked together to find his van while Bernard slowly backed away. He decided to walk home rather than taking Steven’s van in case something bad happens. “It’s gonna be a long time until we know him more.” Omar commented.

“Yes.” J.P. added. “Let’s get out of here.”

With the kids heading home for the night, Aquamarine and Ruby got out of the puddle while dealing with the defeat, due to a kid they’d never met. Of course that also means their profile is no longer low. “I can’t believe that brat of a kid stopped us!” Ruby exclaimed, getting the mud off of her.

“We would’ve defeated Steven for good!” Aquamarine added. “If Steven finds more reinforcements other than his family, he may outnumber us again!”

Little did they know, the red poncho was standing right behind them after he put his phone away. When the two gems looked at him face to face, it didn’t phase him nor afraid of what he was, in fact, he was impressed.

Steven parked his car in the driveway of Craig’s house. They rushed to the front door with the thunderstorm staying around through the night. Craig closed the door as he took off his rain jacket. Steven had never felt this soaked in such a long time. His shirt, pants and his socks, not a single spot in those areas was dry.

Craig takes Steven up to the bathroom for him to use a towel. Bernard and Alexis saw what’s happening in the bathroom. They saw Steven drying himself up with his towel while Craig took out his pajamas from Steven’s luggage. Even if his clothes are still dirty, he’ll clean them up during the laundry tomorrow. As he’s all dried up, Steven gets into his pajamas, they head out of the bathroom, heading back downstairs and entering the living room. Craig took out a spare blanket for Steven to sleep in as he laid himself on the sofa.

“Here you go.” He hands Steven the blanket.

“Thanks.” Steven responded. “So…what do you think we’re gonna do?”

“Probably need more time to work this out. There’s a lot to take care of.”

As Steven smiles, he covers himself with the blanket. “That’s fine, I’m not leaving anytime soon.”

Craig also smiled as he left Steven alone in the living room. Just when he heads back upstairs, Bernard and Alexis stop him from heading back in his bedroom. “Were you out of your mind!?” Bernard whispered.

“He can’t sleep here, he’s gonna explode like earlier!” Alexis added.

“It’s gonna be alright.” Craig said. “I know it’s crazy to do, but I couldn’t just leave him all alone.”

“We don’t even know who he is inside.” Bernard panicked. “This is nowhere near what we expected from him.”

Craig remembered his brother didn’t get all the answers during the meeting. However he’s not gonna pressure him like his brother did. “True, but maybe you should stay away from him for a while. He needs me more than you and I’m not saying that to get back at you.”

“He’s right.” Alexis commented. “Though the last two days haven’t been the same.”

“Everything hasn’t been the same.” Bernard replied. “But yeah, I need some space from him, so I’m probably gonna hang out with my friends.”

“Should we tell them that Steven’s staying?”

“I’ll make up my mind in the morning.”

“Okay, I should probably leave.”

“I’ll drive you back.” As Bernard offered to his girlfriend, Alexis headed straight down by the front door. Before he headed down, he looked at Craig. “Craig…I’m sorry for not believing you.”

“It’s fine.”

As Bernard takes Alexis back to her apartment, Craig heads straight to his bedroom to go to bed. He doesn’t know what his first goal is for Steven, but he’ll make sure he’ll do whatever it takes to work things out with him, especially learning more about his life as a Gem.

Meanwhile, the red poncho took Aquamarine and Ruby to his place. After entering his bedroom, he placed Aquamarine and Ruby on his bean bags. “Finally some shelter of some sorts.” Aquamarine relaxed herself.

“Who are you?” Ruby crossed her arms.

The red poncho took off his hood while taking off his mask, revealing his face with a lightning strike from his window. “I’m Xavier. The former king of the other side of the creek. And Craig’s worst enemy.”

“That kid who attacked us…is Craig?” Aquamarine responded as Xavier nodded.

“I’ve got a feeling this is the beginning of a new friendship.”

Chapter 13: The New Day Of Fruition

Chapter Text

The sun rose above the creek after the rainstorm from last night. It stopped raining at about three thirty in the morning, while the clouds drifted away in short order. Despite the outdoors being wet with the dirt in the creek having turned to mud, kids are still gonna come over to hang out.

Craig woke up and immediately got himself out of bed. Even if he had more sleep than last time, he still needs to clean Steven’s clothes, even if he’s willing to come out right away. After he got out of his bedroom, he headed to the bathroom where Steven took off his clothes to put it in the dirty laundry basket. He heads downstairs to the washing machine in the kitchen where he put all of Steven’s clothes in. After putting the detergent soap in, he closed the lid and turned on the machine.

In the living room, Steven slowly opened his eyes while yawning. Even resting under a roof, his body is still shaking from the events that happened last night. He was too concerned about thinking about his current problem rather than encountering two gems, who are probably still around in the neighborhood.

After Craig poured his cereal in his bowl, he entered the living room just to notice Steven waking up from the couch. “Steven?” He spoke to which Steven turned around.

“Good morning.” He shyly smiled. “It stopped raining, are you thinking about going to the creek?”

“Well…” Craig headed back in the kitchen to the refrigerator while opening it. “Is there anything else you wanna do?”

“No, not even a bit.” As Steven heads straight to the kitchen table, Craig just poured milk into his cereal while sitting with Steven face to face. “I see you just started the washing machine huh?”

“Usually my parents do the laundry and they taught me how but…” He took a bite from his cereal.

“You don’t want to do it?” Steven guessed as Craig nodded. “I’ve been through that.”

“Maybe cleaning the laundry just to clean the clothes even if it’s important…wasn’t as important as you.” Craig continued to eat his breakfast while taking in the peace around him after the storm from last night, despite the noise from the washing machine.

“You know…you saying that I’m more important than laundry was the last thing I would expect to hear from a kid but…nothing’s too crazy anymore.” Steven commented.

“Well if you wanna go to the creek, I don’t even know where to start to be honest.” Craig replied. “I know I didn’t mind that when we met for the first time, but I wasn’t thinking about you. Just your gem.”

Steven didn’t forget that Craig’s friends saw his gem last night and if he wanted to set things quickly, he needed to find Craig’s friends even if he never got to know them unlike Craig. “When we go to the creek, do you want to know a little more about me and my life?”

“That’s fine, there’s a lot going on after seeing you glow pink. Especially those…gems.”

“Aquamarine and Ruby? Trust me, even if they’re my problems, they don’t compare to anything else I’ve gone through.”

After Craig finished eating his cereal, the washing machine took its time to clean everything through Steven’s clothes. Steven put on his clothes despite how they were a bit too warm. While Craig was washing his dish, he got out of his pajamas and changed into his regular clothes. He and Steven headed out and walked into the creek itself.

The leaves from the trees dripped down water after the storm from last night. Steven and Craig needed the fresh air in order to get along better. Even if they have to deal with the creek still being wet, the sun will manage to dry things as quickly as possible.

“So Aquamarine and Ruby who attacked you, are they your enemies?”

“They’re the only enemies I have at the moment. But compared to other enemies I’ve had in the past, they're more annoying than dangerous.”

“Yeah, they were smaller than me, but way more powerful.” Craig responded, keeping his hands in his pockets. “But when I saw them, they were a different gem.”

“True, but in reality, they’re the same person. It’s called fusion.”

“Fusion?”

“Long story, but one of my mothers is actually a fusion…who I just talked to last night who told me to work things out with you.”

“Do you mean…Pearl? Amethyst? Garnet?”

“The latter.” Steven answered. “This may be hard to believe, but there are more Rubies aside from this one. And the Ruby who’s on my side is fused with Sapphire, they’re Garnet.” He stopped himself while showing Craig a picture from his phone. The picture itself showed Ruby and Sapphire at the wedding at the beach, then he scrolled to another picture of him hugging Garnet after she fused back.

“Ohh…I completely forgot that you told me about the wedding, and the fusion two nights ago.”

“I didn’t feel the need to tell you, since it was the day before yesterday.” When he put his phone away, they resumed their walk. “But then again yesterday was the day we didn’t expect to turn out terribly.”

“You know Steven, things don’t turn out the way I wanted at the creek, but compared to yours, it’s much smaller in scale.”

“Did you remember what I said about the Gem war?”

“Yeah. And about you…turning into a baby…I never saw a TV show that did that.”

This causes Steven to sigh, knowing he has so much work to do. “When I showed you a picture of Yellow, Blue, and White Diamond, there’s another Diamond…who’s my real mother.”

Craig stopped himself, thinking that a Diamond far bigger would be Steven’s mother of all things. When Steven took notice, he wasn’t surprised, but knew Craig would catch on, even by a little. “How??”

“She turned into Rose Quartz, who was the mother I remembered the most in my childhood, only to learn, just like Ruby, there are more Rose Quartzs. She’s Pink Diamond.”

“Pink Diamond…that explains why you were glowing pink last night…and about you turning into a monster.”

Craig had more questions than necessary, but he didn’t know where to start. Rose Quartz, Multiple Rose Quartzs, and Pink Diamond turning into Rose Quartz, he can’t even think of one thing without getting confused or overwhelmed.

“Craig, you don’t wanna know everything about Pink Diamond, but it’s hard for me to be mad when I lose it.”

“But how is Pink Diamond the reason you glow pink?”

“Because I can’t control myself forever. You can’t be the nicest and self-controlled person when you're a gem at the same time.”

“So, Pink Diamond was the biggest enemy in all this?”

Steven lowered his head while answering his question. “Yes.”

“Then it’s best if we leave it at that.”

“Pearl would tell you everything if she was here right now.”

When Craig thought about Steven’s guardians and his downplay stories from his family reunion, it became clearer as day that whatever he’s downplaying is always the other way around. But when it comes to Pearl, Amethyst, and Garnet who’s a fusion, he never understood how important his life was with the three.

“Steven.” Craig came up with a new question. “When you put saliva in my ear, all I saw was pitch pinkness in my eyes. Not only did I feel sparkles, but the old emotions I had between you were gone. Do you do this with people?”

“Yes.” Steven answered. “You see, my saliva heals corrupted Gems when they are damaged. I helped with Connie’s eye vision when he took a sip of my juice box years ago.”

This causes Craig to come up with another question. “Do they get powers like you do?”

Steven shook his head in response. “Would you expect other people to explode like yesterday at my apartment? I don’t know if that’s true, but it’s probably best that it didn’t.”

“I don’t even know what it would feel like if it's true.”

Steven could imagine what a human would do if they had powers like this, but on the other hand, Gems require gems for powers regardless of them being different from one another. “The chances of you having powers are one in a million. And even if you’re a gem like me, you have to cooperate because it’s still dangerous.”

“I know, Aquamarine and Ruby felt powerful together just by seeing their powers.”

“That’s mainly because of the fact that they’re in a fusion. And there are many more fusions that are bigger and stronger than them.”

Craig wondered what fusion would feel like inside of the mind with others, but cooperating with another person would be harder than he thought. “It seems that this type of specialty is a huge custom to Gems.”

“Well, I can fuse with my dad and Connie, but it’ll only work if one of the two are a gem. I’m not gonna explain a lot about it because it’s too complicated for you at your age.”

In a moment of realization, Craig wouldn’t experience fusion if he found a gem similar to Steven. Not to mention he still has a lot of understanding of Steven’s life as a gem. Then again, he needed to set things straight by having his friends be part of it.

“I think we should have my friends be part of this. Let’s save some of the details when we go to the stump which is where my friends are waiting.”

“You're right. Besides, the amount of kids that I saw last night, you have almost the same amount of friends that I have back at Beach City.”

“You really want to meet them?”

“That and more by chance, because I doubt I’m leaving anytime soon.”

Craig smiled from Steven’s eagerness to give the creek a chance by starting somewhere and he’s more than thankful to start off with his friends. “Okay let’s get Kelsey and J.P. to catch up with us.”

“That’s the spirit.” They return to their walk while heading to where Craig spends most of his time with his friends. The following step of getting to know each other to resolve their newborn friendship.

Chapter 14: Eyes Of Redden Astigmatism

Chapter Text

Steven and Craig went to the stump where Kelsey, J.P. and Omar were waiting. They agreed to speak inside the stump itself to catch up on who Steven really is. Even while feeling uncomfortable with his size being bigger than the kids he’s with underground, it wasn’t hard to get used to it thanks to the beanbag Craig offered him to sit in.

“Last night was the most surreal night I’ve ever witnessed.” Kelsey said.

“And the whole Ruby and Aquamarine thing felt more like a fever dream.” J.P. added.

“But to tell you the truth, when you told us about your call with Garnet, I can’t really believe in fever dreams anymore.” Omar added.

“Though since my friends aren’t human, they probably don’t know what fever dreams are.” Steven said, scratching on the back of his head.

“I think what really makes me surprised is the fact that gem in your belly button,” Omar pointed underneath Steven’s shirt. “has a history.”

“He told me about the gem war with Pink Diamond and Rose Quartz.” Craig added. “Or The Rebellion that happens every five thousand and three hundred years from where he goes to.” His friends became more confused and even dumbfounded with the idea. “I know, it hurts my head too.”

“I’m more shocked that this whole Rebellion thing took place where the Iceman was more brought up in school.” Kelsey commented.

“The thing is, there’s no such thing as gem culture, even if we make it out to be.” Steven confessed. “I’ve spent my life without going to school, which would’ve made me be like you kids. But at the same time, I would’ve been in high school instead of elementary school.”

“My brother would've given you a tour at his school…if he wasn't hiding from you right now.” Craig lowered his head.

“Did it have to do with that big boom from yesterday?” J.P. wondered. “I swear, it wasn’t like how I pictured it when hearing it.”

This caused Steven to sign while looking above from the stump’s exit. “If you picture it, was it pink?”

“No.”

“Was last night more than enough to prove it wasn’t anything but pink?”

“Pink just isn’t my color.”

“Even when he was glowing?” Craig pointed at Steven.

“I’m just saying, I would love to glow, just not the color pink. But I did understand the whole Ruby and-”

“Look, I’m not saying you’re wrong, it's just there’s so much going on, I can’t process all the information.” Steven replied, taking a deep breath. “Ruby and Aquamarine could still be around but if I wasn’t here today, they would still track me down.”

“Hey, I’m aware how hazardous they are, especially when they fused together, like you told us.”

“So what makes you think staying with us is a good idea?” Kelsey wondered.

“Because I know they won’t hurt you or any kid in this creek. The adults will find out and it will cause them to be banned from town.” Steven replied. “But that’s just me looking at the positives.”

“We can still help you.” Omar offered. “I wanted to do what Craig did when he saved you.”

“Trust me, I appreciate your loyalty, but you saw how powerful they are.”

“I know, I’m not blind. But even if they somehow get banned from town, they would still catch you if they’re the last enemies you have.”

Steven couldn’t disagree if he left Herkleton right now. No matter where he goes, he won’t be able to be free from any danger from the gems he can’t change. “You know with so many kids here, I don’t know if they see the difference between a human or a gem.”

“Well, we and some of the people with us knew the difference, even if we didn’t get all the answers.” Kelsey replied.

“True but if the people are spreading the information from last night, they won’t get the full idea.”

Craig can tell Steven had been overthinking the situation, but at the same time, he still didn’t start off with which place he wanted to go to in the creek. “How about we start doing activities in the creek?”

“Yeah, we shouldn’t stay here all day.” Steven stood up from the beanbag. “When we get out of the stump, you can give me the map.”

“No problem.” With everyone standing up, Craig pulled the rope that’s tied to his chair as he lifted himself off the ground. Upon getting out of the stump, he helped the others to get out with Kelsey and J.P. being the final ones. He gave Steven the map of the creek, which gave him options on where he wants to go.

“Let’s go to Ramp City.” Steven offered.

“That’s where Cannonball’s at, who was with us last night.” Omar replied. “With your size, you won’t be able to ride a bike though.”

“Yeah but, since he saw what happened, I’m sure he’ll be alright by seeing my gem powers.”

“I don’t have a problem with that.” J.P. said. “Can I pick the next location after that?”

“Okay. Let’s get moving.”

The group headed to their first destination, leaving the stump to begin their new friend’s journey. Meanwhile, Wildernessa and Cheese Sticks took notice of Steven and the others from behind. Wildernessa remembered the gem on Steven’s belly button from last night. She wanted to get to know it as much as Craig, but she knew Craig is dealing with a lot right now.

“That…flying creature from last night really has something against that Steven guy.” Wildernessa spoke quietly. “We need to make sure Steven doesn’t get attacked.” Cheese Sticks growled, agreeing with his owner.

While they slowly followed them, Steven caught on to where he and the group were in the creek. He paid attention to the directions from the map, but as soon he and the others followed that direction, Craig slowed down. The headache he had from yesterday returned, but it had a big effect on his eyes. He stopped himself while the group continued without him, his vision getting worse.

He got on his knees, rubbing his eyes to make it stop, but to no avail. “What’s wrong with my eyes?” When he opened his eyes, he saw pitch pinkness everywhere. The headache slowly went away, but his vision caught him off guard. Outside of his vision, his eyes turned pink just like Steven’s powers, as if his saliva did more than expected.

“I see, so much pink, it’s not even annoying.” He said to himself. He looked at his hands that were the same glow Steven had. When he clapped, sparks came out, but only in his vision. He clapped three times with sparks getting bigger from each clap. He got up from his knees to witness his friends from a distance, a bright shade of pink, then gradually changed back to normal colors. When he turned around, he saw Cheese Sticks right in front of him with Wildernessa right next to him. With so much pink closer to him, he fell back onto the ground.

“Craig!” Wildernessa took notice of his friend’s eyes.

“Vanessa!” Craig getting back up. “I just saw you and Cheese…Sticks?” After rubbing his eyes again, he opened them to see all colors again. “In pink?”

“You saw me and Cheese Sticks in the color pink? I saw pink in your eyes.”

“You did?”

“Yes, my eyes don’t lie.”

Craig looked at his hands in normal color. “I saw everything pink like, pure pinkness everywhere.”

When Wildernessa noticed Steven coming back, she backed away with Cheese Sticks from him in self defense from his gem powers. “Craig, why did you stop? I was worried for a second.”

“Sorry, it’s just I ha-”

“He tripped!” Wildernessa chimed in. “He just tripped, but he was clumsy today.”

When Steven took notice of Wildernessa, he remembered she’s one of the people who witnessed the mayhem from last night. And then he turned to Cheese Sticks. “I saw him when Bernard gave me a tour in the neighborhood.” When he looked closely at Cheese Sticks, his size was almost the same as Lion’s.

“You do realize he was with me last night right?”

“There was too much to handle.” Craig replied. “But I’ve did sa-” Wildernessa covered his mouth while Steven placed his hand on Cheese Stick's face.

“I’ve seen bigger dogs, but not like this.”

“Do you have a pet?”

“Yes, his name is Lion who’s pink.”

This made Wildernessa awkwardly grin. “Pink…you don’t say?”

Craig moved Wildernessa’s hand out of his way while walking up to Steven. “Steven, I know you're giving everything a chance, but shouldn’t we go to Ramp City now?”

“Just give me a minute.”

Craig wanted to tell Steven what he just had experienced, but with the way Wildernessa prevented him from telling the truth. He would’ve confronted Wildernessa, but she wasn’t messing with him, meaning she’s catching on to who Steven is. As Wildernessa looked at Steven, Steven turned his attention to her.

“I’ve noticed you were riding him just like Connie does.”

“Who’s Connie?” Wildernessa asked.

“She’s my girlfriend, when we were young, we rode Lion together, but we went through portals when we needed it.”

Craig and Wildernessa looked at each other from hearing Steven’s story. Craig may enjoy portals, but Wildernessa managed to know Steven a little, even if it had nothing to do with his gem. “Is Lion as gem?”

“Yes. He’s with the Crystal Gems, but I haven’t heard about him since.”

“I wouldn’t leave Cheese Sticks all alone. But if the Crystal Gems are taking good care of him, it shows he’s not alone.”

Despite the gesture, Steven let go of Cheese Sticks. “Lion’s not that type of pet, you know, not eating, sleepless, doing missions.”

“He has a huge history.” Craig turned to Wildernessa.

“Anyway, we should go.” Just when Steven’s about to go, he immediately notices that Craig and Wildernessa looked similar to him and Connie. “The more I think about it, you kind of remind me of what me and Connie did before she became my girlfriend.”

Both Craig and Wildernessa blushed which caused Craig to grab Steven’s arm. “Okay, let’s head to Ramp City now!”

“Craig.” Steven let go of him. “I’m not saying you two should be boyfriend and girlfriend, I’m just saying you two remind me of my past.”

“I have a past with Cheese Sticks and animals.” Wildernessa responded. “Do you take care of animals?”

“Not really but for gems, kind of.”

This caused Wildernessa to come up with an idea. “Maybe later can you go on my mission with Cheese Sticks? There could be an animal trapped.”

“I don’t know about today, but if there is an animal trapped, I’ll remember that before I’ll consider leaving the creek.”

“There’s always tomorrow. I can still do the mission with just me and Cheese Sticks.” She then lifted her hand up in front of Steven. “I’m Wildernessa.”

Steven accepted the handshake while smiling. “Happy to meet you. I have to say, I like your pet, Cheese Sticks.”

“Thanks, he’s not a lion, but still a good pet.”

“Trust me,” Steven breaks the handshake. “If you meet Lion, he’s more than just a lion. Let’s go Craig.”

“Bye Vanessa.” Craig waved as he and Steven made their way to Ramp City. Wildernessa had her chance to meet Steven even if she didn’t get the chance to see his gem again. But if he’s willing to help her out with her mission, she might tell him something about what he can do with his gem. Of course she hasn’t forgotten that Craig’s eyes were pink and she made sure Steven doesn’t have too much to handle.

“I don’t think a doctor can handle someone like Craig with pink eyes.” She got on top of Cheese Sticks. “I just hope he’s alright.” She headed in the opposite direction to search for animals for the safety of their nature, and so of her nature.

Chapter 15: Steven And The 10 Speeds

Chapter Text

Steven and the group arrived at Ramp City where they witness Cannonball riding his bike on one of the ramps. Upon witnessing Cannonball’s skills, Steven remembered his time riding his bike when he met Connie for the first time. But he was riding on sand on the beach and not in the forest, or creek in this case.

“When you said something about gem powers, what kind of powers do you mean?” Omar wondered.

“I can turn into a fourteen year old…mainly the same size as you all.” Steven answered.

“Did you have that power the other way around?”

“Yes, but it hurts. I’ve turned into a baby after holding it for too long.”

“It really shows that growing tall needs more time.” J.P. commented.

When Steven looked at Cannonball again, his bike was smaller than his old bike. Even if he didn’t bring along his bike after leaving Beach City, he may be able to borrow his or his friends' bikes for permission. After Cannonball went past the finish line, he stopped right away with his group, 10 Speeds walking up to him with their leader.

“Awesome.” Handlebarb smiled while looking at the timer on her phone. “You’re almost close to breaking your record from last time.”

“Just a couple seconds behind.” Warpspeed added.

Cannonball smiled as he got off his bike. He didn’t need to try hard like last time but he couldn’t keep his mind off of what happened last night. “Hey!” Omar called to the attention of 10 Speeds.

“Oh.” Cannonball took notice of Steven. He made his way out of the ramp track once Craig’s group walked up to them. “You’re that guy from last night.”

“Was he that guy you mentioned earlier?” Todd replied.

“He doesn’t look like anything I’ve had in mind.” Warpspeed commented.

When Handlebarb put away her phone, she went with the group to witness the person who was in the storm from last night, and that creature who fought him. “I can’t say he’s that bad, but the whole shield thing appearing from thin air…I’m not buying it.” She spoked.

“You know, just because you didn’t see what happened last night doesn’t mean it didn’t happen.” Steven took it well.

“That's true.” Cannonball agreed.

“This is Steven.” Craig introduced his new friend to 10 Speeds. “He wants to get to know the creek and he’s gonna stay for a while. He wants to check out Ramp City.”

“Huh, a newcomer and a tourist?” Handlebarb smiled. “While I’m not buying about his…shield, but for a tourist, we should give him a first try.”

“Extreme stunts?” Steven wondered.

“And dangerous ones as well.” Kelsey added.

“We do a lot of stunts at Ramp City.” Warpspeed filled in, as he pointed at the course. “There’s a lot of ramps to perform stunts, each bigger than the last.”

As Steven and the group looked at the course itself, Steven found it impressive. “You all do a lot of stunts. I’ve seen bike olympics during my travels.”

“But do they do stunts if they have ramps?” Handlebarb added.

“No.” Her and 10 Speeds said.

“Then again, the Olympics forbid extreme stunts…and ramps.” Steven awkwardly giggled.

“Where’s your bike?” Handlebarb asked.

“Sorry but I don’t have a bike.”

“Not to mention that he’s too big enough to ride any of your bikes.” Omar added.

This gave Cannonball an idea for what he can do for Steven. However he had to remind Steven that there’s a set back. “You all wait here, I’ll be right back.” He went back to his bike to head back to his house to get something for Steven.

While the two groups wait for Cannonball, Handlebarb keeps her attention on Steven himself. She looked straight at Steven’s shirt after what Cannonball mentioned about his gem. “Can you show me your gem?”

“Yeah, we wanna see it.” Warpspeed added.

“Okay.” Steven replied. “Then again people are gonna ask me for that.”

“We just started to get used to it.” J.P. said.

Steven lifted his shirt up slightly to show 10 Speeds his gem. They looked closely at it but it still doesn’t convinced Handlebarb. “I found it hard to believe this…gem would be magical.”

“It feels like it’s shoved in there because you have a big belly button.” Todd commented.

“There are so many things you don’t know about me.” Steven recalled. “Granted I don’t blame you for not believing it, but there is always more than what meets the eye.”

“Trust me, it will change your mind forever.” Craig added. “It changed my mind.”

“Yeah.” Steven giggled while letting go of his shirt. “I’ve changed a lot of minds, but it had nothing to do with my gem.”

“We'll see about that.” Handlebarb replied. “When Cannonball comes back, you’re gonna race with us.” She lifted her hand up for a handshake to which Steven reciprocated.

For the next five minutes, they waited for Cannonball to come back. Craig didn’t expect Steven to be in a race with the 10 Speeds. Granted it’s not for competition, but he’s aware that the leader wants more proof of Steven’s gem.

Soon, Warpspeed noticed Cannonball biking through the trees but slowly with another bike that’s attached to his. “He’s almost back.” He pointed to everyone’s attention.

When Steven looked at what Cannonball had from behind, it was a bike, but a tandem bike for two people to ride on. As he arrived back at Ramp City, he presented everyone with his bike he borrowed back at home.

“This is my tandem bike that my dad and I ride on from time to time.” He replied. “However I couldn’t find a normal bike for one person.”

“Cannonball, even if tandem bikes can do more speed, It isn’t possible to perform stunts.” Handlebarb replied.

“Especially lifting a bike that size.” Omar pointed.

“I can still make it work.” Steven walked up to the bike while turning to Craig. “Craig, can you take the second seat?”

“You want me to ride with you?” Craig also walked up to the bike.

“It’ll be our first activity together.” When he looked at the 10 Speeds again, he whispered into Craig’s ear. “Let’s show them what speed really is.”

“Ohh…” Craig catched on. “Okay.”

In the starting line, Steven and Craig in their tandem bike are next to 10 Speeds with their bikes. J.P., Kelsey, and Omar waited next to the finish line to witness the bikers passing them by.

“I don’t know how you’re gonna do it, but don’t get your hopes up on reaching first place.” Handlebarb replied.

“We can still beat you even if you work together.” Warpspeed added.

“I would probably reach last place, cause I know I’m not faster than all of you.” Todd added.

“Don’t worry at the very least, you at least tried.” Cannonball added.

Steven didn’t take those as compliments. With him handling the handlebars from the front, he can’t wait to blow them away once the race begins. However Craig placed his hand on his head with the effects from before returning.

“Craig?” Cannonball looking straight at him. “Are you feeling alright?”

“A little but I can still do this.” He responded.

Meanwhile, a drone appeared from the sky with a camera attached from the bottom. It was further away from Ramp City to prevent any attention while the camera lens zoomed in on Steven and the others.

“Ready.” Handlebarb preparing to pedal. “Set.” Right at the moment, Steven’s gem glows, preparing to use his gem powers. However Craig’s eyes turned pink when he opened them again, witness pinkess again. “GO!”

Steven turned himself pink as he pedaled. With his super speed, he pedaled past 10 Speeds right after leaving the starting line. Craig somehow manages to be part of Steven’s powers but mainly his eyes that change his perspective.

“Craig, we're gonna be jumping out of a ramp, be prepared to do a stunt.” Steven and Craig jumped off the first ramp of the track as Steven spread his legs apart right before he landed on the track. Craig couldn’t react in time with his eyes being part of the problem. With them reaching another ramp, they jumped off while Steven lifted his hands up. However he didn’t turn to see Craig from behind, who’s still holding onto his handlebar at all times.

They landed on the ground as they reached the last ramp before the finish line. Craig moved his head to see what's in front of him. But with the pinkness, he kept holding onto his handlebar to keep himself from falling off. Even while using his pedals from behind, Steven’s power is what’s controlling his speed despite not being a gem himself.

When they jumped on the final ramp, Craig accidently lifted his body up in the air while Steven did the same. He didn’t jump however, as if his body was made out of air like blowing a balloon. “Whoa!” He reacted while witnessing his perspective upside down in pink. The drone captures the two lifting themselves higher in the air.

They finally landed on the ground after they sat down from their stunt. They went past the finish line while their friends were stunned in disbelief. “Holy cow.” J.P.’s jaw hung open.

From the starting line, Cannonball, Handlebarb, and Warpspeed didn’t move an inch after what they witnessed. They even saw Steven and Craig up in the air with Steven’s gem powers come into play. “Now do you believe it?” Cannonball spoked.

“Yeah, definitely believe it.” Handlebarb responded.

“He definitely beat my record.” Warpspeed added.

As Steven got off his bike, Craig’s vision went back to normal the moment he stopped. “It really felt like we were speeding like Slide The Ferret but at pink speed.”

“That’s because it was my gem powers.” Steven smiled. “It really comes into use whenever I’m late to something.”

As Craig got off of the bike, his friends walked up to them. “That was awesome!” Kelsey cheered. “You two were up in the sky!”

“To tell you the truth, if you were in extreme bike sports, people would have to rely on replaying what you did eighty five percent of the time.” Omar commented.

“You're right. If there’s one thing I have than bike stunters is more speed…but I would be disqualified if they find out about my powers.”

As the group laughed at each other from Steven and Craig’s bike performance, the drone flew away, capturing everything that happened but it was far from done. “So can I pick the place we should go next?” J.P. wondered. “It’ll be really fun.”

“No problem but we should probably let 10 Speeds know about my speed power.”

“Yeah, they’re definitely not gonna sleep knowing that their records have been broken forever.” Omar commented.

But before they headed to the starting line, Todd passed the finish line. “I made it in second place!” He cheered. “I’m no longer in last place!”

As he went past the group, it took them by surprise. “You definitely made one biker happy when it came to hope.” Craig smiled.

“Guarantee this is the first time one of them will experience last place.” Steven finished. “But then again, first time for everyone and everything.”

Chapter 16: The Wild Star Child Grazer

Chapter Text

J.P. took the group to the open field of the creek, which took Steven by surprise. “There’s an open field here?” He looked in his surroundings.

“Yes.” Kelsey replied.

“I assume you’ve gone past multiple fields during your travels, right?” Omar commented.

“Well in the car on highways, but I’ve only gone to one field on foot.” Steven responded. “I still find this place small, but still relaxing.”

“This field is called Horse Girl Meadow, but there’s no actual horses.” J.P. said. “There’s a girl who wanted me to be part of her herd, but I wanted to be a truck rather than a horse.”

After listening to J.P. Steven witnessed four girls running in the distance. With the meadow itself completely empty aside from the four, he may find a way to do something with not only the location itself but also with Craig. “Are those?” He pointed to which J.P. catched on.

“They’re the Horse Girls.”

“I want you to know…I’m not much of a horse person.” Craig filled in.

“Thanks for letting me know, because I might be able to find a horse for you to ride on.” Steven looked back at Craig, which took the child by notice. They made their way to the Horse Girls who’ll just stop in the center of the field. It didn’t take long until they saw them after they jumped over the barricades like they do everyday.

“That girl with the white hair and cat headband is Maney.” J.P. said. “She’s the girl I was referring to.”

As Steven made his way to the herd, the leader of the herd took notice with J.P. and the others by his side. Unlike her encounters with the other kids, she’s witnessing a grown teen in her eyes. “What the hey?” She reacted.

“What is it, Mackenzie?” Marie wondered to which she immediately paid attention to the teen.

“Is that…a teen?” Melissa added.

“Seems they didn’t get the news about you last night.” J.P. commented.

“Perfect.” Steven smiled.

Soon, Maney turned around to witness J.P. again, to which she blushed. “J.P.” She responded with the group walking up to the Horse Girls.

“I have a special friend for you all to meet.” J.P. presented The Crystal Gem. “Steven Universe.”

When Mackenzie and her herd looked up to him, she wouldn’t expect a teen spending his time at this area of the creek. “How did you manage to have a teen as your best friend?” She looked directly at Steven.

“Last night had a lot of danger.” Craig answered.

“Literally.” Omar added.

“Hmm. If it’s dangerous when horses won’t make it out from a thunderstorm, you must be brave to save one horse.” Mackenzie replied.

“Yeah, last night was really scary.” Melissa commented.

“If a small horse was stuck to something during a storm, he or she would catch a cold, or have nightmares forever.” Marie added.

Both Steven and Craig looked at each other, but knew the Horse Girls got the wrong idea. “Well, small horses can still be brave, even during thunderstorms.” Craig awkwardly grinned.

“Not to mention there are more ways for a horse to be out in a storm.” Steven smiled. “Mainly stopping a terrible animal who could take over the meadow.”

“Oh so there's…a mean horse?” Maney wondered.

“A brown and mostly blue mean horse.”

The Horse Girls felt puzzled, even if their leader still had questions despite not as much as others who received the news involving Steven. “What kind of horse are you?”

“Let’s just say, a special breed of horse.” He lifted his shirt up to reveal his gem in front of the Horse Girls, taking them all by surprise.

“Oh my goodness!” Maney looking straight at the gem.

“That looks beautiful!” Marie added.

“Where and how am I gonna draw that on a horse.” Melissa’s eyes sparkled.

“That can’t be rare for a horse to have.” Mackenzie looked straight at it.

“Believe me, if it wasn’t rare, it would’ve hurt if it’s stuck in there.” J.P. added.

“If you wanna know how rare I am, one of the horses in the herd I’m in has a gem similar to this, and she’s purple.” Steven replied.

“Purple?” Maney reacted. “That’s incredible if your herd has different colors.”

“It is. Her name is Amethyst. Ruby and Sapphire ride on her when they go to the mountains.”

“Amethyst the purple horse?” Mackenzie said while still staring at Steven’s gem. “What other horses do you have in your herd?”

“Pearl who is…mostly the same color as a white horse. Garnet who’s a Red and Pink color, Lapis who’s a blue horse, and Peridot who’s a green horse.”

“Wooow.” The Horse Girls responded.

Despite Craig knowing who the Crystal Gems are, he wanted Steven to have his chances in the Horse Girl Meadow. Even if it was J.P.’s idea to come here, from the way he’s handling it, it’s way better for his health than the events from yesterday.

“Would you be willing to join our herd?” Marie offered.

“Only for a while, since you just got here?” Melissa added.

“Horse Girls.” Mackenzie turned her attention to her herd. “As much as I lay off the rules, having a grown teen ride with us isn’t natural.”

“Yeah, I have to agree.” Maney replied. “J.P., don’t you think this is unusual?”

J.P. agreed with her, but at the same time, he knew they were on a wild ride from Steven’s Gem powers. “Yes, but have you ever played an online game where you can shorten your horse?”

The Horse Girls looked at each other while turning to J.P. again. “Yes, I’ve always wanted to shorten my horses.”

This gave Steven an idea, thanks to where J.P. is going with this. “I may have never played an online horse game, but shortening, that’s my secret of being a horse.” He glowed, taking everyone’s attention around him. His body got shortened with Craig and the others somehow taller than him, aside from Kelsey and Mackenzie’s height. As the glow faded, Steven opened his eyes with a smile on his face. “Steven Universe is here to be part of the herd.” He spoke with his young voice.

“Holy ranch!” Melissa reacted.

“He just became a kid in a matter of seconds.” Mackenzie added.

“This has just gotten better.” J.P. wrapped his arm around Steven, while witnessing his pink coat and pants unable to fit him due to his small size. “Do you want your coat and pants to be placed on the side while you ride with the Horse Girls?”

“Sure.” Steven got out of his pink coat and pants while J.P. placed it by the tall grass. Craig along with his friend’s jaws dropped from behind. They knew Steven told him about his powers but they couldn’t imagine what it would look like in front of their eyes. When Steven turned around, he couldn’t hold his laughter from his friends' reactions. “I guess you can see what I look like at fourteen years old.”

“Fourteen years old!?” Maney reacted while blinking.

“You can’t expect me to believe that!” Mackenzie said shockingly.

“Really, that was the last thing I would expect.” Marie added. “I thought you were like ten or eleven.”

Steven turned back to the Horse Girls, still smiling. “Believe me, Connie couldn’t believe it when she was twelve. What are we waiting for? Let’s go!” Steven went past the Horse Girls as he ran while lifting his arms up in front of him.

“Should we follow him?” Maney asked with J.P. by her side.

“Sure, it’s no longer unnatural.” Mackenzie smiled. “Let’s go girls.”

The Horse Girls and J.P. followed Steven in the Horse Girl Meadow. Craig and the others on the other hand are still stunted in place. “I can’t believe…he wasn’t joking when he had the ability to be younger.” Craig replied.

“If only we had that ability when we all enter our teenage years.” Kelsey smiled.

“Okay don’t go nuts on that, because I wouldn’t even spend my life as a kid forever.” Omar said.

Craig continued to watch Steven running with the Horse Girls and J.P. but as a truck. He hopped over the sticks right before the Horse Girls, he made a horse sound while J.P. made a truck noise, soon they both raced each other around the Horse Girls.

“We’re protecting you all from any danger of menacing animals!” Steven cheered.

“Like the brown and mostly blue mean horse.” J.P. added. “I’ll take her back to horse military school!”

The Horse Girls lifted their heads up in the air, making a squeal noise when Horses were excited. “I have to admit though, he’s way more happy when he’s a kid…despite still being fourteen.” Craig smiled.

“He’s probably enjoying this place because it’s an open field.” Omar added. “You can’t get enough when horses come out in open fields.” Craig and Kelsey both looked at Omar, not forgetting about what Steven stated upon arriving. “Okay, especially Steven himself.”

“Well you're not wrong about horses in open fields, I’m mostly impressed that he’s more happy than he was back at Ramp City.” Kelsey replied. “Hey Craig, why don’t you have Steven carry you?”

“I would but I don’t like being on horses. We only did that for J.P. when Maney wanted to hang out with him.” Craig turned to Kelsey.

“But Craig, that was a long time ago. I’m sure Steven would like to carry you.”

“This is much for J.P. since he chose to come here, I want to give him his time with Steven while you two can have…your…” Craig took notice of Kelsey moving to the left side and Omar moving to the right side. “What?”

“Welcome to the herd.”

Out of nowhere, Steven went under Craig’s body, lifting him up from the ground while landing on Steven’s back. Steven grabbed his legs just in time while Craig held on to him. “Steven!?” Craig reacted.

“Come on, I can still carry you. Be a cowboy like Ruby is!” Steven turned around to head back to the Horse Girls and J.P., he went past them and they followed him immediately with Craig trying to handle being on Steven.

“Whoa! I would be a cowboy if I was ready for this.”

“Expect the unexpected, that’s who Steven is.” J.P. called while running by Steven.

As the Horse Girls are next to Steven and Craig, Craig tries to focus on the moment while Steven’s still caring for him. Even from the weight of Craig, Steven had no problem while still running. He may be in his young self body but he still has strength from his grown teen self. He makes his way to the hill of Horse Girl Meadow, reaching up the hill while stopping on top of it.

The Horse Girls stop next to them with J.P. stopping next to the right. As Craig kept his balance, he looked at the field while Steven had a better view of Horse Girl Meadow. “This is the best spot when the whole herd is together.” Mackenzie said.

“Especially for new horses.” Maney smiled.

“I can tell.” Steven taking the view. “I had a bigger hill that showed the whole area, not just the beach where I lived.”

“If only the meadow was much bigger.” Marie commented.

“We could see what you mean from your childhood.” J.P. added.

Craig looked at Steven from the left who he took notice of. “I’m not gonna lie, you do really feel like someone who goes to the creek like we do.” He responded.

“Thanks.” Steven smiled. “Granted I want more people here to see my true self, but I can change back when a location makes me appreciative like this place.”

“That’s fine, it’s good that this doesn’t hurt unlike the other way around.”

“What’s wrong with the other way around?” Mackenzie wondered.

“Let’s just say…a glitch will happen where a bigger horse turns into a baby horse.” Steven filling in.

“It could happen.” J.P. replied.

“I really don’t want to see that.” Melissa added.

As they all looked in the distance, Craig thought about what he and Steven can go to next once they’re done here. Many options he can choose, but he’s hoping Steven would enjoy it as much as he did with Horse Girl Meadow and Ramp City, all the while also having more moments with him.

Chapter 17: Shades Of Diamond Depicted Deeds

Chapter Text

Steven turned back into his normal self and he and his friends left Horse Girl Meadow. Craig looked at his map to find a place where he and his new friend could go to. “You know, the more I follow you guys, the bigger the creek really feels.” Steven smiled. “Maybe it’s because of the trees themselves since I don’t have a lot of trees back at Beach City.”

“If there weren’t any trees here, I would see what you mean.” Craig replied. “But without them, the creek wouldn’t be a creek.”

“It would be a wasteland.” Kelsey added.

“Or a flooded nightmare.” J.P. commented.

“For me personally, it would’ve made this place a park more than anything.” Omar said.

“I agree.” Steven looking at the trees. “If I had this life, I would’ve found trees satisfying.”

Craig then remembered one place that Steven would enjoy however it’s one of the last places he wants to go due to the person he trusted the least. The sad thing is, they’re close to the location that’s next to Horse Girl Meadow. As Steven turned to his left, he noticed a huge tree close in the distance.

“Hey, what’s over there?” Steven made his way.

“Darn it!” Craig stopped. “I hoped he wouldn’t see it.”

Steven went out of the trees to witness the big tree in person. The tree had lights coming in and out from the long thin leaves, without an open view on the inside. He couldn’t describe how beautiful it is, as if he wonders who spends their time here. Craig and the others walked up with Steven, witnessing the tree, but they’re familiar with the people who'll be inside.

“Craig, I can’t believe this creek has a big tree.” Steven said. “It’s impressive you have something like this during your free time.”

“Well…this tree would’ve been everything to me…if it wasn’t owned by rich people and a leader who wears a tiara…” Craig replied.

“Rich people?”

“Has the tiara caught your mind on what we're dealing with?” Kelsey added.

“We did have a moment in there but…only one moment with…them causing people at the creek to fight each other over cardboard cake.” J.P. added.

Steven wanted to believe his friends, but he can’t get over how beautiful the tree is. If the creek only has one tree like this, it would have more value then he expected. Then, a rich girl came out from the entrance of the tree. But the moment Steven laid his eyes on her, he was shocked to witness her pink hair, similar to Rose Quartz and Pink Diamond.

“George, Jane, we better get ready for my daily walk while going to the Candy Bar for…” She stopped herself when her eyes stared at Steven. She heard the news about him from others this morning, unlike some kids, she believes what happened last night including the gem underneath his shirt. “Oh…what do we have here?” She smiled.

“Eliza, should we get going?” George coming out.

“Yeah, why are we-” Jane stopped herself after also coming out, witnessing Steven himself.

“Is that…him?”

“Yes, it seems Steven Universe has arrived at our tree.” She walks up to Steven, introducing herself. “My name is Eliza.”

“I’m George.”

“I’m Jane.”

“We’re the Tea Timers.” They all replied, greeting The Crystal Gem. Steven on the other hand couldn’t get over Eliza’s look, as if she’s a younger daughter of Pink Diamond if she was a diamond. But the image itself made him more distressed.

“Umm…Hi Tea Timers.” He waved. “So you own…this tree?”

“A true one of a kind may you add.” Eliza smiled. “Especially a wealthy person with a fancy pink gem.” She grabbed the end of his shirt, lifting it up slightly to see the gem in person, admiring the beauty of it, despite Steven looking away, being uncomfortable without his permission.

“I don’t like the look of this.” Omar whispered to Craig. “Is he gonna glow up like last night?”

“I’m hoping he doesn’t, but at the same time, this is Eliza we’re talking about.” Craig responded.

Meanwhile, the drone returned, flying above the sky, recording Steven’s Gem after zooming in on it. “That gem of yours is gorgeous. Pink is my favorite color.” Eliza looked up at Steven.

“You don’t say.” Steven replied while grinding his teeth.

“I was thinking. How about you come inside our tree…for you to see the tree from the inside.”

“Well…” He scratched on the back of his head. “I found the tree mesmerizing. It’s worth checking inside.”

“Good.” She smiled as she turned to George. “George, open the entrance for Steven to come in.”

“Yes Eliza.” George responded as he moved the long thin leaves. Eliza takes Steven’s hand as she takes him inside the tree. George and Jane went inside, closing the entrance leaving Craig and his gang alone.

“She’s too attached to his gem.” Craig said. “I have to get inside.”

“Craig, they’re not gonna invite you in.” Kelsey replied.

“I don’t think Steven’s gonna take it well for how terrible Eliza is.” This caused Craig’s eyes to shoot wide open, remembering what Steven is capable of, from last night. He rushed to the entrance only for George to stop him.

“You’re not allowed inside Craig.”

“But this is an emergency!”

“How is it an emergency?”

“Because Steven’s gem is supposed to stay in him, you don’t understand it’s not stuck in there…in a jewelry way.”

George wanted to believe him but after hearing the news, he unlike Eliza, doesn't believe it. “Eliza told me upon meeting her, she’ll be at her best tone towards Steven. We won’t cause any trouble.”

“And you expect me to believe that?”

“He’s serious, we really really need to be inside for him.” Omar added.

George moaned in annoyance but he saw Craig and his friends with Steven, unlike Eliza. “Okay but Eliza won’t be happy about this.”

“Her bias is what I’m afraid of.” Craig replied as George invited him and his friends inside. The drone from the sky lowered close to the tree. It landed on the ground from the other side, there was a small opening from the inside as the lens captured everyone inside, camouflaging with the wings turned off.

Steven looked everywhere at the inside of the tree. He became impressed with how open it was, not to mention the lights glowing from above made it better. “Welcome to the Tea Timers’ Club.” Eliza smiled. “We host a lot of tea parties here.”

“Do you invite guests here?” Steven asked.

“Sometimes, we throw a dance for everyone to come.”

“It was a splendid dance.” Jane added.

“Well that seems…an appropriate way to celebrate here.” Steven replied.

“Of course it is, what else is better than a dance?” Eliza said.

Steven wished he could be honest, but from the way she’s talking to him, he’s not buying it one bit. “An in…tree garden? Like with open sunlight to give plants sunlight?”

“What? You don’t like it this way?” She retorted. “I adore plants when my parents take me to a garden show filled with flowers.”

“I’m just saying, I don’t…dislike it, I like it, I just think it could’ve been better.”

Eliza didn’t like his disapproval, not to mention she witnessed Craig and his friends inside who George allowed them inside. “It seems your friends showed you the less popular of the creek.”

When Steven took notice of Craig and his friends, he couldn’t believe Eliza said that to them.
“Hey, they took me to two places and I enjoyed them.”

“Trust me Steven, if you want to know more of the popular places in the creek, we'll give you a tour.” Eliza leaned close to him. “Trust me, we know alot about the creek.”

“Liar!” Craig reacted in anger. “You spend most of your time here rather than outside.”

“We still go to the Trading Tree, stupid.” Eliza retorted back.

“Steven, don’t trust her.”

“I wasn’t going to.” Steven replied.

“Craig!” Eliza shouted. “My interest has been through the heavens about this guy!” She marched her way towards him. “I’m not missing my opportunity.”

“No offense, but do you think he wants to have a tea party with you?”

“Of course he would, I wasn’t gonna do anything devious like the other times I’ve done to other kids.” This caused Steven to open his eyes after hearing Eliza. “In fact, the only thing I really want him to do is be a fashion model for people to see his gem.”

“Almost everyone at the creek is gonna see his gem, it’s valuable, but it’s not what you think it is.”

This caused Eliza to grab Craig’s shirt, causing Steven to shake slightly. “I know what value is when it comes to fancy jewelry. And if it’s true he won’t stay here, NO one’s coming in my way! I’ll get what I want by any means necessary! George, kick them out!” She ordered her servant.

Steven shook in anger with both of his fist clenching. He remembered how Pink Diamond acted and the way Eliza is acting towards his friend, he wished he never experienced it in person. Soon, his body glowed in pink again, catching everyone’s attention except Craig and Eliza.

“Hello! I said to kick them o-” She got cut off the moment Steven grabbed her arm, catching her and Craig’s attention immediately. The moment she saw Steven in his mental state, she felt scared from Steven’s anger with the sound from his gem.

Steven couldn’t control himself as his powers got the better of him, he lifted her up from the ground with her dress after she let go of Craig. “I DON’T WANT TO BE YOUR FASHION MODEL WHEN ALL YOU TO REMIND ME IS ROSE QUARTZ!!!” He shouted, causing the long leaves to blow with the sun shining through in a second.

“Who’s Rose Quartz!?” Eliza reacted in fear.

“Steven put her down!” Kelsey called.

Steven didn’t listen as he prepared to lift his fist up, activating a pink bubble but Craig, head behind him, grabbed his fist after jumping from the ground. “Steven, you need to stop!” He prevented him from punching Eliza but then his eyes turned pink again with his surroundings pitch pink. However, he saw Steven in his monster form and Eliza as Rose Quartz.

“Craig, your eyes turned pink.” J.P. took notice.

“Yeah his eyes turned pink.” George added.

“He’s probably intertwined with Steven’s Gem!” Kelsey added.

“Come on, let’s help him!” Omar called as he, Kelsey, and J.P. went towards Craig, pulling his legs as Steven got stronger and stronger.

“Please, let me go, I won’t have you as my fashion model!!” Eliza cried.

Just when Steven used his strength, he turned to Craig who caught him off guard. In Craig’s vision, the monster in Steven's rage went away in a second, he didn’t roar, instead he felt shocked and concerned to witness four kids on his body, similar to what his friends and family did to turn him back to normal. The only difference is, in Steven’s vision, he witnesses Craig’s pink eyes.

He let go of everyone, but due to his gem powers, it caused Craig’s friends to fall down while Craig landed up against the tree. The velocity was too much, he was that close to have the back of his head bruised with only his bag breaking the impact.

Steven’s glow went away as he dropped Eliza to the ground. Eliza breathed heavily, thankful she didn’t get punched from Steven’s powers. “Eliza!” George came to her aid and so did Jane.

When Steven witnesses Craig up against the tree, he places both of his hands on his mouth “Craig!” He rushed towards him, leaned down while witnessing Craig opening his eyes. He became shocked to see his pink eyes in close view. In Craig’s vision, he saw Steven’s monster form up close to him, sad that he almost hurt him the moment he let go of his anger. And then when he closed his eyes, he saw Steven in his normal form, no longer a monster with no pitch pinkness around.

“Steven…” He spoked.

“I didn’t hit her but…I saw your eyes turn pink.” He responded. “I don’t know how it’s possible.”

“I’ve been having that since coming to the creek today.”

“Oh no.” He gave Craig a hug, lifting himself from the ground from his normal strength. “How am I gonna fix this?” A tear came down on his face, afraid of what effects it could have on Craig.

Craig’s friends walked up to Steven who’s hugging Craig tightly, giving him comfort as much as he can. Eliza slowly walked up to Steven from behind with Craig taking notice. As much as she’s lucky the Tea Timers’ Club didn’t get destroyed, she would’ve ended up in the hospital for the first time in her life.

“I…don’t know what to say.” George said, shaking in fear.

“Most of the lights are loose from the branches.” Jane looked up at the lights. “I don’t want to know what would’ve happened if he glowed more.”

“I…don’t think…I want to go to the Candy Bar, I really need a therapist.” Eliza shaked hyperventilating more than George.

“Steven, should you talk to Eliza because…it’s really important to let her understand…even if I don’t always believe in her.” Craig replied as Steven turned around. Even after letting her go, he still can’t get over her look and attitude. But he refuses to keep her in the dark just like he did with his friends and family.

After letting go of Craig, he signed, and walked up to Eliza who’s scared to come near him. “Look, I didn’t mean to hurt you but…” He couldn’t say it to offend her but she still doesn’t under Rose.”

“But what!?” She reacted.

“You remind me of my mom!” He shouted to get the truth out. “With your hair, your dress, everything pink, to me, you’re Rose Quartz, who’s one half of Pink Diamond!”

After he lowered his head, Eliza, along with the Tea Timers, still didn’t catch on to what he meant. “Craig, can you elaborate on what he means?” She turned to Craig.

“Steven, just show him the photos or we're gonna be here forever.” Craig looked up, placing his hand on his head.

Steven took out his phone and clicked the image of his mother. She showed it to Eliza who looked at the image closely. She doesn’t look like her face but her hair, made her realize the truth a bit. “I would show you who Pink Diamond is, but I don’t have a photo of her.”

“Your mother really is…something else if she isn’t that sweet.” George commented.

“Trust me the only thing I can say to you is as a Crystal Gem, it's not fantasy from your imagination.”

Eliza processed from what Steven expressed, but the moment she also saw Craig’s pink eyes and the glowing incident that occurred, it’s better for her to not find out. “On second thought, why don’t you all just leave?” She pointed at the exit. “If your mother was that horrible to you, I don’t want to be part of it. I only thought about your gem more than yourself.”

“Considering your…thirst for greed and attention, you would probably have a miserable time running a colony, unlike Pink Diamond.”

“I just wanted to do a fashion show okay, I don’t even think I’ll ever find someone else who has a gem in their belly button.”

“If you really think my gem is profitable, imagine what everyone would feel when they see the power in it.” Steven leaned closed to Eliza to make sure she paid attention to him. “They would be hungry for power, making the creek a battlefield.”

“It is true.” Craig added.

“Yeah, we’ve been through too much of what people did in the Creek.” George replied.

“I totally agree, we don’t want another Capture The Flag battle…or a pirate invasion.” Eliza signed. “I’m gonna head home right now to stay in my bedroom for sanctuary.”

“I’m sorry for…” Steven tried to finish only for Craig to grab his hand.

“Let’s just get out of here.”

As Steven lowered his head in disappointment, he and his friends headed out of the Tea Timers’ Club, heading to the next place Craig’s picking from his map. The Tea Timers would never be able to forget this day for the rest of their lives.

“If Steven did something to Craig’s eyes, I’m afraid Craig might become a pink freak without a gem.” Eliza commented.

“Be thankful we don’t find out, otherwise pink won’t be your favorite color anymore.” Jane replied.

“Hey, you see a person with a purple gem glowing purple and see how you feel!” Eliza retorted.

“We really need to never underestimate a person like Steven to prevent our club from getting destroyed.” George signed. “The important thing is, we at least know who he’s capable of.”

“Fair enough.” Eliza signed as she and the Tea Timers left the club, heading home after postponing their plans for the day. Meanwhile, the drone captured everything as it flew out from the spot and back to the sky. It didn’t follow Craig’s group since their visit to Ramp City. It flew back to the neighborhood as it recorded all the evidence it needed. Except the person behind the drone is far from done with Craig and his new friend.

Chapter 18: The Bluebird Poncho Alliance

Chapter Text

The drone landed on the driveway in front of the garage. Xavier came out to pick up his drone while coming back to his house. He spent most of the day inside his bedroom, controlling his drone thanks to his remote control, which still maintained a wireless signal even over long distances and behind closed doors. He headed back inside his bedroom where Aquamarine and Ruby had been staying inside since meeting Xavier last night.

“It’s about time you finally got some evidence.” Aquamarine sitting on the bean bag.

“We’ve been waiting all morning.” Ruby added.

“Oh don’t you worry, you should’ve seen what I captured.” Xavier placed his drone by his computers while taking the memory card out of it. Aquamarine flew out of her bean bag with Ruby heading next to Xavier.

“Xavier…” Aquamarine trying to remember the former king’s name. “We heard everything about you last night, but you have no idea who you're dealing with.”

“We can handle that Craig brat, but Steven is a whole level of unstoppable.” Ruby added.

“I recorded him last night for a reason.” Xavier said, setting up his video player on his computer. “Yesterday, I witnessed a damaged indoor apartment in the neighborhood to which I have proof.” He pulls out the photo, showing the two gems inside of an apartment destroyed, despite the building staying intact.

“This has Steven all over it.” Ruby crossed her arms. “And that Craig kid has something to do with it.”

“From the way he’s hanging out with Steven, he could be a trap.” Aquamarine added.

“Ohh trust me, from what I saw, he’ll be more of a trap.” When Xavier played the video of Steven and Craig racing against the 10 Speeds, Aquamarine and Ruby witnessed Craig’s pink eyes in a brief second.

“Oh my stars.”

“He looks creepy with those pink eyes.” Ruby cringed. “Steven seriously did something sick to him.”

“The moment I saw that, I’m eager to know more about this Steven dude.” Xavier smirked. “Especially when he turned into a kid while carrying Craig.” He then played another video showing Steven lifting Craig up in the air while landing on his shoulders. The drone was farther away from Horse Girl Meadow with the location being an open field. He was lucky enough that no one spotted him, but it was still a risky tactic.

“He has shapeshifting powers, one of his Crystal Gems friends do it all the time.” Aquamarine flying close to the screen. “When he was small, Steven saved the galaxy two years before he left his home.”

Xavier looked closely to Steven with Craig on his back while on the edge of the cliff. He believed what Aquamarine said, he didn’t want to drop his chance if Steven could follow up on his plan if he met him face to face. “I’ve got to find where he lives if he has all of these powers.”

“Good luck because even if you found out, he actually lives far away from here.” Ruby added. “He lives in Beach City where the Crystal Gems are still at.”

“The only way to get there in the fastest way is to use his Lion when he goes through a portal.” Aquamarine replied. “And it’s not the lions from the zoo, it’s a pink lion.”

“No need to explain, we’re not gonna get to Steven just yet.” Xavier then pulled out the video of Steven preparing to punch Eliza with Craig and his friends stopping him. “The only way we’re gonna get the information of the destination he left is to form a strategy. I’m sure Craig did tell him who I am.”

“But he never saw your face right?”

“You have that outfit right?” Ruby pointed at his mask and red poncho displayed by the door.

“He can still be suspicious, and don’t forget about Craig.” Xavier and the gems saw Steven hugging Craig with a tear coming down his face. “If he went though the impossible by saving lives all over the galaxy, his family has to be more valuable to him than anything else.”

“Even if we can’t stand him, we can’t deny his family won’t approve of a stranger like you if they find out immediately.”

“And if you say you couldn’t stand the creek after you lost half of it, you wouldn’t even qualify as a student in Little Homeworld.” Aquamarine replied. “This is gonna be impossible for us.”

Just when Xavier, Aquamarine, and Ruby try to think of a plan, his brother and sister just come inside from the front door of the house. “Xavi!” She called. “We’re back!”

“Oh great, you two, hide in the closet!” He pointed at his closet while turning off his computers. The two gems took Xavier’s order as they rushed to his closet. Xavier slid his closet door just the moment his brother and sister came in. “Hey Kenneth and Cheyenne.” He turned to them.

“What have you been doing? Playing more video games?” Kenneth wondered.

“Yes, It’s the only thing I've done ever since I lost my reign as king.”

This caused Kenneth to sigh. “Xavier, can you please drop that already?”

“Look I was upset I had to drop my reign as ruler when I got older but seriously, you don’t expect older people to be a ruler at the creek.” Cheyenne added. “Which is why I’ve spent time hanging out with my friends at school.”

“I don’t have any friends.” Xavier sitting on his bean bag. “I used to have one, but now she’s not ever since Capture The Flag was over.”

Kenneth didn’t forget the last time his brother’s only friend came over last week for pizza night. She didn’t even talk to him and only appeared just for the pizza. During that time, his brother wanted her to make the move rather than him, but it proved to him he hasn’t let go of Capture The Flag despite losing fair and square.

“If you can’t get your friend back, just find a different friend. It’s not that hard.” Kenneth offered.

“Oh like what, the kids at the creek who refuse to be my friend after I almost bossed them around?” Xavier said sarcastically.

“Look I haven’t been to the creek in a long time, if it has something to do with your power, that’s on you.” Cheyenne added. “You should at least be thankful I handed you the throne in the first place.”

“And another thing, if the creek is getting better, try some nuance to be a better person to get new friends.” Kenneth replied. “Now please, tonight we’re gonna see a music concert so afterwards, take my advice soon and try.”

Xavier lowered his head after thinking about his brother’s advice, but it only showed how unwilling he is. “Just as I thought.” Cheyenne rolled her eyes. “Let’s just go Kenneth.”

“There’s got to be something to work out.”

“Let him play more of his video games if that’s all he needs.”

Kenneth followed his sister after she left his brother’s bedroom. He wanted to help his brother, but his refusal made him disappointed, as if taking him to the concert tonight wouldn’t make a difference. The moment he closed the door, he got back up while opening his closest door, releasing Aquamarine and Ruby out in the open.

“It looks like your family is anything but loving.” Ruby replied.

“Expect my brother Kenneth.” Xavier turned his computers back on. “He tells me what’s right and wrong, I always end up doing the right thing just to make him proud. And now,” He sat down on his bean bag again. “I have to make a new friend at the creek, which is the last thing I’m willing to do.”

“Ughh!!” Ruby retorted. “Your brother’s just like Steven if I actually saw what he looks like.”

“Ruby!” He shouted back only to cover his mouth, making sure his siblings didn’t hear him. “I still love my brother and sister to no end.”

“You should know we’re disgusted with love, that’s who Steven is.” Aquamarine flew next to Xavier.

“Do either of you have brothers or sisters?”

“No.” Both Aquamarine and Ruby replied.

“Mothers or fathers?”

“No.”

Xavier became speechless learning that gems didn’t have families of their own. It only made him question the origins of Steven from the moment he almost punched Eliza. “What kind of blood does Steven have if he’s part gem?”

“He still eats, showers, and acts like a human, the only difference you need to learn is that his gem is what forms his powers.” Aquamarine informed. “If you push his limit of being in rage, you would’ve ended up in the hospital forever, unlike that pink lady who was luckily spared.”

“I’m not stupid okay!” He reacted. “I’m trying to rethink our plan, it’s just most of Craig’s friends saw you two and they’re spreading the information all over the creek.”

Little did they know, someone opened the bedroom door after she arrived the moment Xavier’s siblings invited her in. She couldn’t believe she saw a gem flying in the air, all the while a red gem sits next to her former friend. “Uhhh…hello?” She spoked causing Xavier’s eyes to shoot wide open, as well as Aquamarine and Ruby.

“Maya?” Xavier turned around.

“Oh no…” Ruby panicked, while revealing her one gem eye to Maya.

Maya entered the bedroom, looking face to face to two gems. She also noticed Steven hugging Craig from one of Xavier’s computers. She then looked at her former friend with a serious look. “What’s going on right now?”

Xavier sighed while not fooling Maya like he does with Craig and his friends. “I’m planning to take over the creek with the help…” He pointed at Aquamarine. “Of Aquamarine.” And then pointed to Ruby. “And Ruby…who are gems.”

“What about that guy who’s hugging Craig.” She pointed at his computer.

“Steven, who I’ve been spying on thanks to my drone.”

Maya placed her hand on her face. After all the crisis her former friend caused while being ruler, she wished he just moved forward in life. “I’ve only come here so we can at least restart our friendship by burying the hatchet of Capture The Flag but…” She sighed. “...why do I even try?”

“For your information, we’re just like Xavier, what did you expect?” Aquamarine flows close to Maya.

“Well you should expect that I’m not joining your crusade like last time.” Maya pushed Aquamarine to look straight to Xavier. “This is why I’d rather jog with the other kids from the other side of the creek rather than be with you.”
“It’s not like I need your defense from before, that’s why these two are my new defense system.” Xavier smirked. “Just wait until they fuse together into Bluebird, they’re unstoppable while they fight as one.”

“I don’t even know what you’re talking about. You’re seriously lost.”

“Looks like somebody didn’t get the memo.” Ruby retorted.

“I have my own plans, I could care less of this Steven person. Besides from the way he’s hanging out with Craig, I rather give Craig his space.”

“You know, if you really wanted to give Craig his space with Steven, you'd be missing out on the revolution that should’ve happened if we won against them.”

Maya placed her hand on her hip, looking away from Xavier. “Your revolution sucks away. Even if you gave me an open invitation with your reign being more powerful, I would rather get to know Steven since he’s more promising than you.”

“Yeah, I know that.”

“Yeah duh, you will never have him as a friend once he sees the real you.” Maya turned around as she left Xavier’s bedroom, heading out of the house in a flash to get ready with her jog.

“What a betrayer.” Aquamarine retorted.

“I’m not wrong that you two have a more powerful defense system than her.” Xavier replied.

“But don’t call us a defense system.”

“At least come up with a team name to make it feel like we’re more of a threat.” Ruby said.

“I’ll think of that later, for now, I have to think of a better plan in order to get Steven’s personal information.” Xavier took the time to think about his new form strategy before taking action. When he turned around to see Steven hugging Craig again, he looked at him closely from the way he’s tearing out. It didn’t fool him for how real it is and knows he’ll never be able to have that fondness at all. But then, an idea came to his head, with a devious smile on his face. He went straight to his computer to take a screenshot of Steven hugging Craig, editing the picture while it prints from the printing machine in the hallway in the house.

He gets out of his room to get the picture while entering the kitchen. Kenneth and Cheyenne while sitting by the kitchen table while they took notice of their brother. “What is it Xavier?” Kenneth spoked. “Does it have anything to do other than getting friends?”

“For me, no but trust me, I found someone you might be able to make another friend out of.” Xavier presented the picture to his brother, which surprised him.

“Oh.” Kenneth commented. “He looks promising since that’s the same kid I met before.”

“He must have saved him from danger.” Cheyenne added. “I guess it’s a good idea to bring you more drones.”

“I’m not gonna be a journalist but I’m still a realist.” Xavier smiled.

As Kenneth kept the picture, Xavier headed back to his room with Aquamarine and Ruby waiting. “Did he accept it?” Ruby asked.

“Big time. Steven’s gonna have a new friend, for our strategy to get to Beach City.” Xavier grinned and so did the two gems. They know in advance Steven won’t judge Kenneth from his healthier behavior, but most importantly, Kenneth’s willingness of making a new friend close to his age. And they will make sure their plan won’t be exposed in front of Steven until the time has come.

Chapter 19: Perilous Sewage To Lazurite Sewage

Chapter Text

Steven placed both of his hands on Craig’s head, looking straight into his eyes. He spent the last two minutes trying to see his eyes turn pink again, after the incident from the Tea Timers’ Club. Luckily, Craig’s eyes did turn pink, catching Steven by surprise along with the others.

“They’ve turned pink again.” Kelsey reacted.

“Okay, just don’t move.” Steven responded. In Craig’s vision, he saw Steven as a monster again. However it felt like he was talking to him, despite what the Crystal Gems did back then. “It had to be my saliva going through his ear.”

“It all makes sense now.” Craig replied.

“Did you give him that when you were at his grandparents house?” Omar asked.

“Yes but I wasn’t in a good mood when he showed me his gem two nights ago.”

As Steven let go of Craig, his pink eyes went away, returning back to normal. “I didn’t think my saliva could affect someone like that. It’s gonna be permanent since it happened to Connie when I helped her with her eyes.” This caused Steven to cross his arms. “There isn’t much more I can do to help.”

Just before Steven looked into his eyes, Craig put on his water shoes with him officially picking the location for Steven. “The good thing is, it’s only happening in my mind and not out in the open.” Craig replied. “But you're right, we have to do something to get rid of it.”

“As if calling Garnet wasn’t enough.”

“I was thinking of how cool it is to have pink eyes but…you won’t see things the same way after drinking pink lemonade.” J.P. commented.

“If you actually drink the straw that I used so…it’s not the lemonade itself.”

“We can figure this out later before it’s too late.” Craig turned around to show Steven the next destination of their activity. “Welcome…to the sewers.” He pointed at the sewers. “This is where the Sewer Queen’s at.”

This caused Steven to smile a bit. “I actually saw her when she and other kids headed to the creek when Bernard gave me a tour in the neighborhood.”

“Not to mention she was with us when…the whole battle you had happened.” Kelsey added.

“I didn’t forget but…it’s still awkward there’s a sewer queen…in the sewers.” Steven looked at the sewer itself.

“It’s just a visit, we won’t do anything inside.” Craig jumped in the river. As his friends also jumped in, Steven slowly stepped into the water. As they walked up to the sewer itself, the pink and blue noodle guards came out like they always do, but with the events that occurred last night, it affected everyone in the sewers more than what Craig, Steven and his friends thinked.

“The sewers are on lockdown at the moment.” The pink noodle guard explained.

“On lockdown?” Craig wondered.

“Shouldn’t there be caution tape if it’s on lockdown?” Omar added.

“It has nothing to do with the water.” The blue noodle guard then walked up to Omar straight in the eye. “It’s what Bluebird can do with the water.”

This caused Steven to catch on, knowing that Aquamarine is dangerous in her fusion with Ruby. “Is it okay if we can go inside? We could work this out.” Steven offered.

“The Sewer Queen did want to meet you after last night’s events.” The pink noodle guard replied. “Luckily enough, the sewer kids don’t view you as the enemy.”

“That’s a relief.”

“But for Bluebird…it may make them scared.” The noodle guards invite them inside the sewer.

When they entered the main area while the throne of the Sewer Queen took place, the sewer kids all over the place were panicking. Craig and Steven saw drawings of Bluebird hanging on the wall, with the kids trying to understand what she can do with her powers, despite not witnessing what The Sewer Queen saw.

The Sewer Queen didn’t sit on her throne due to the sewer kids screaming without fun in their systems. “Craig.” She smiled while noticing Steven. “I’m thankful you’re here. Everyone here has been freaking out after I told them about Bluebird.”

“Yeah, I knew something like this would happen.” Craig said. “I just didn’t think a lockdown would take place.”

“I had no other way to calm everyone down. They refused to leave with a couple going through the pipes for more protection.”

“It seems it may cause a possible war in the eyes of the sewer kids.” Kelsey commented.

“I’ve been telling them there’s no war, but I don’t even know if I’m right.” Scuba chiming in with Frisboy by his side.

“They’re afraid that one flying water…thing could overcome us all.” Frisboy added. “By using water against us.”

“I like the water the way it is here. She would turn the water into something scary!”

Steven tried to respect the sewer kids in their way of having fun, but with his experiences of fighting Bluebird from last night isn’t anything of what they think. However, it did give him an idea to calm them down, even if it’s by telling the truth about Bluebird.

“Sewer Queen.” Steven walked up to the queen and sewer kids. “Allow me to handle the situation. It won’t be much, but it will stop the lockdown.”

The Sewer Queen gave him a chance with a small suggestion. She whispered into Steven’s ear, with him accepting her suggestion as it will show the sewer kids how safe they are. Steven climbed the throne while jumping over the fence where the entrance with two pipes on both sides are at. While looking down on the sewer kids, The Sewer Queen whistled with her hand through her mouth, catching the attention of the sewer kids.

“Everyone, calm down.” She spoked. “I know my story caused a distress signal, but I didn't mean it in that way.” She then pointed at Steven as it caught the attention from the sewer kids. “I want you all to welcome Steven Universe, the warrior who fought Bluebird.”

The Sewer Kids felt relief as they paid attention to Steven. “Thank you Sewer Queen.” Steven smiled. “Now to make this clear about Bluebird, she doesn’t control the water. Including…the sewer water.” He looked at the sewer pipes. “And trust me, I doubt she would ever come here to harm all of you.”

The Sewer Kids slowly smiled after the word came out. He then lifted his shirt up to reveal his gem to everyone. “I don’t control the water, but my powers are still worth protecting the people when needed.” He activated his powers to form a bubble with him inside. “Including me.”

“Wow.” Scuba responded.

“Not what I expected, but protection is important.” The Sewer Queen added.

Steven let go of his powers to get back on topic. “I’m a Crystal Gem along with my friends and family who are Crystal Gems.” Steven went through his pocket to take out his phone. When he reached the photo he’s looking for, he looked at Craig. “Craig! Heads up!” He threw his phone as Craig grabbed it in time.

“Got it!” He raised Steven’s phone up.

“Perfect!” J.P. smiled.

“Show it to the Sewer Kids.” Steven called.

Craig went to the sewers by each pipe and showed them the picture of the Crystal Gem who’s blue. “Her name is Lapis Lazuli.” Steven called. “She actually controls the water, more powerful than you think, but she isn’t like Bluebird.” When Craig showed the picture to more of the sewer kids, Steven continued his speech. “She was mean years ago, but let’s just say she wouldn’t use her powers in a way Bluebird would do.” He then took notice of one of the sewer kids raising their hand. “Yes?”

“If she enjoyed herself in the sewers, do you think she would spend her time with us?” A young girl asked.

Steven wanted to tell the truth but he doesn’t want to hurt the Sewer Kids feelings. “Yes…but she would like it better if we’re all at a river in the creek, or a waterfall of some sort.”

“She likes the outdoors more than the indoors.” Craig filling in.

“Okay.” The Sewer Queen walked up to Craig, looking at the photo itself. “If she ever comes here, we could play a water gun war with her.”

“Trust me.” Steven making an awkward smile. “If she was on her own and playing hard ball, she would come out victorious in less than ten seconds.”

“I would definitely forfeit the moment I saw her powers.” Frisboy commented.

“Nobody can blame you.” Omar replied.

As the Sewer Kids panic mode went down, it pleased the Sewer Queen. She climbed up her throne, sitting down to give the kids her announcement. “Now since that everything is in order thanks to the Bluebird warrior Steven.”

“I would prefer Crystal Gem, but warrior still makes sense.” Steven scratched on the back of his head.

“And so, the lockdown has been lifted!”

The Sewer Kids cheered as The Sewer Queen lifted her pool skimmer net in the air. Just when Craig and his friends cheered, Craig’s eyes turned pink again only this time, she saw the Sewer Queen as Lapis Lazuli, even with the wings. He also witnessed the net being the mirror with Lapis’s gem on the back. Unlike the last time, this wasn’t severe, in fact, he was surprised to witness the Sewer Kids as other Lapises with different hairstyles.

The Sewer Queen got off her throne while walking up to Craig. “I wanted to thank your friend Steven for helping out with my problem.” When she got close to him, Craig looked up in the air, as Lapis looked down in his vision. “Umm…Craig, I’m in front of you?” He did look down but only her net, as he saw his reflection from the mirror.

Steven immediately took notice as he went over the fence and landed on the ground. “I’m so sorry, it mostly happens when I’m around him.” Steven walked next to The Sewer Queen.

“Did you give him eye drops…” She looked at Craig’s eyes. “That made him go blind?”

“Yes.” Kelsey smiled.

“Trust me, if there’s one thing Steven’s bad at is making eye drops of his own.” J.P. wrapping her arm around Craig.

“...Yeah, I didn’t have the best talent of helping people’s eyes.” Steven responded. “But to be fair, it worked only once...on my girlfriend.”

“Okay.” The Sewer Queen smiled. “I just hope it’ll go away.”

“We all can hope.”

Craig and his friends left the sewers as it returned to its normal state. The Sewer Queen offered to give Steven a reward, but she decided to make one before he leaves. As they got out of the sewers, Craig’s pink eyes went away. “What did you see?” Omar asked.

“I saw The Sewer Queen as Lapis Lazuli and she was holding a mirror.” Craig answered.

“Ahh the time I freed her from that.” Steven remembered. “Was there anything else?”

“The Sewer Kids were also like The Sewer Queen, but nothing seriously bad. I don’t even think I can take a break without my eyes turning pink.”

“Hey, look on the bright side.” Steven placed his hand on Craig’s shoulder. “I’m not leaving until you’re back to normal otherwise, you would have those pink eyes forever.”

“Finding the way to get rid of it is what I’m worrying about.”

Then bubbles appeared out of nowhere, catching everyone’s attention. She appeared on the left by the river, as she lifted her pink bubble wand. “I am the champion of feeling and positivity. Foe of bad vibes throughout the galaxy. I am Sparkle Cadet!” She poses with more bubbles coming out of her wand. “And nobody can dull my sparkle.”

When Steven and Craig looked at Sparkle Cadet, they both smiled from her performance. Which gave them the same and right idea. “You thinking what I’m thinking?” Craig turned to Steven.

“Yes.” He responded. “She’s gonna have another hero by her side, saving the galaxy.”

Chapter 20: Defer Fusion

Chapter Text

Sparkle Cadet used her wand again with more bubbles coming out, floating around her friends and her new friend she made in an instant. After Steven and Craig agreed to hang out with her, Steven decided to turn into his little kid form again. From the way he saw Sparkle Cadet’s performance, he didn’t hesitate, wanting to experience her style that he’s taking a liking to.

“You know, just because you’re free to turn into a kid whenever you want, doesn’t mean we’re your coat rack.” Kelsey said, holding onto Steven’s coat.

“I don’t mind being a coat rack.” J.P. replied. “Even though I still need my eyes so I can see where I’m going.”

“You just want to smell his cologne, do you?”

“That’s why he agreed to have you carry it.” Omar replied. “But still, this has to be the happiest I’ve seen him so far.”

In front of them while more bubbles appeared from the wand, Steven used his bubble powers to seal multiple small bubbles, while popping them with multiple sparkles coming out from them.

“So beautiful!” Sparkle Cadet commented, with sparkles in her eyes.

“I didn’t think you could actually do that.” Craig added.

“There are more ways for my gem powers to create magical perceptions.” Steven smiled. “I have to say Sparkle Cadet, you really know how to spread joy in the same ways like I used to when I was a kid.”

“You're technically a kid right now, after you turned into one, but I’ve been thinking about your gem since the moment I saw it last night.” Sparkle Cadet said.

“Were you also thinking about Aquamarine and Ruby in the same ways the Sewer Kids once did? As in fear?”

“A little bit. The battle you had with them last night wasn’t a lie, it felt almost dangerous if they decided to battle against me.”

“They will never face you in a battle unless you have something they need, which you don’t.”

“We’re also lucky there’s no Gem war going on, especially here, otherwise you would actually train if you were a gem.” Craig replied.

Sparkle Cadet wanted to know more about the gems as much as some of the kids at the creek but at the same time, she wants no part of Ruby and Aquamarine by avoiding them at all cost. “Steven.” She asked for Steven's attention. “By any chance, would you be willing to bring a few kids like us to go where your friends and family live?”

Steven bites his lip, knowing at least one kid in the creek would want to head to his old home. “Sorry, but no. It’s become a very private part of my life and calling them, I don’t think they’d approve of it.”

“Ahhh…” She lowered her head. “It would’ve been amazing to go there.”

“Sparkle Cadet, even if he’s willing to do it and from what he told me, everything there is in good shape, but he wants to move forward for himself.” This caused Craig to look away. “Even though we still need to fix my pink eye problems.”

“Maybe if he didn’t turn out the way he is, I’m sure he would’ve accepted your offer.” Omar said from behind. “But then again, we still saw what he almost did to Eliza soo…”

“Maybe it’s best we just have fun rather than thinking about the worst parts.” Kelsey responded.

“Yes.” Steven agreed.

“But I'm the champion of goodness and positivity.” Sparkle said.

“Sparkle Cadet, I like your style, but if you really want me to have positivity, let’s try to find something similar to that.”

“Which has nothing to do with the events from last night.” Craig filling in.

“If only we can find negativity to get positivity out of it.”

The group made their way to the biggest boulder of the creek. Craig and Steven spend most of their time hanging out with Sparkle Cadet, they didn’t bother to look into the map, nor pick which place they want to go next. Steven took notice of the boulder with a small entrance underneath. As for Craig, it was only a matter of time he’ll show Steven the only grown kids in the creek.

Upon stepping in front of the boulder from a distance, Steven turned to Craig. “What’s this place?” He pointed.

“Elder Rock.” Craig answered. “Me and my friends actually went here for Elder Con earlier this year. I was in a trivia game involving my favorite video game character, Slide The Ferret.”

“He also cosplayed the character.” Kelsey added. “But for a heads up, the Elders of the Creek…never shower or have even decent hygiene.”

“Especially when they spent most of their time there.” Omar replied.

Steven looked at Elder Rock itself. “It looks really…interesting to say the least. If I did go to school, I would get to meet these people, as long as they showered and at the very least brushed their teeth.”

“You'll be surprised.” Craig said. “You would meet them in high school.”

This caused Steven to look at Craig yet again. “You actually mean that?”

Inside the entrance, the leader of Elder Rock, saw Steven through the entrance. He didn’t miss the news involving what happened last night, in fact, he’s far more impressed to believe Steven himself.

“Yes, he actually meant it.” Omar added.

“These people are the only teenagers in the creek.” Craig filling in.

“So much weird stuff happens in the creek, but at least people are in the same grade as us.” J.P. replied.

“Why do I get the feeling these elders remind me of someone back at Beach City?” Steven placed his hands on his hips.

“There was someone back at your place who’s like the Elders of the Creek?”

“Is he worse than them?” Craig spoked.

Steven looked up at the sky while giving the kids his honest answer. “Let’s just say he doesn’t live under a boulder but…he takes any weirdness he finds seriously in his blogs online.”

Craig also placed his hands on his hips. “They also show…activity online but…not weirdness.”

The Elders came out from underneath the boulder, revealing themselves to Steven which took him by surprise. The outfits weren’t something the person back at Beach City would wear, but that’s because he never went to a convention involving teenagers, especially any teenager in high school.

The leader of the Elders, walked up to Steven, looking down in his childlike form with a smile on his face. The reflection from the sun towards his glasses went away the moment he took one more step, closer to Steven who took a step back after smelling his breath. “I knew you would inevitably come here.” He replied. “I’m Elder Mark.”

“I’m Elder Barry.” Barry standing next to Mark.

“And I’m Elder David.” David spoke on the other side.

“We’re the Elders of the Creek.” Mark presented him and his friends. “I’ve heard that you had a battle against…Bluebird right?”

“Yes? You knew that-”

“Ruby and Aquamarine were in a fusion? Yes!” Mark answered immediately.

“Oh boy.” Omar spoked quietly.

“We’ve been catching up on the details of their powers, the cause of the rain, and your shield!” Barry added.

“To think anime was all a lie, it turns out, all anime is real!” David commented.

“No, anime still doesn’t exist.” Steven slowly leaned back. “If you’re thinking of joining me in stopping them, you will definitely regret it, it’s never that easy.”

“Also.” Craig chiming in. “It wasn’t in this form, it was his regular form. His teenage form. Even through…” He closed his eyes. “He’s fourteen like this.”

“I don’t believe you.” Mark retorted. “If you think for a second we would regret joining his team, you wouldn’t even last three seconds in a battle with him.”

“Oh no.” Steven signed. “It’s all coming back now.”

“What do you mean?”

“Look, back at my old home, there was a guy named Ronaldo who joined my team…and he was bad.”

“How bad?” Sparkle Cadet asked.

“Arrogant, close minded, and lazy levels of bad.”

Mark didn’t like what he heard from Steven, in fact, it made him slightly furious on the inside. “Me and the Elders are none of those things. We practice all day from any fight or war that comes our way.”

“Oh like what war? The war of Capture the Flag where you three didn’t take part of our team?” Kelsey guessed.

“We were having our family reunions!” Mark retorted loudly.

“We couldn’t even use our technology when our parents took them away.” David added.

“They really wanted us to communicate with other family members, it was too awkward.” Barry added.

“I could think of more reasons of how awkward it would’ve been but I’m more convinced you wouldn’t contribute a lot.” Kelsey replied.

Steven couldn’t disagree with Craig’s friend, but as for the Elders of the Creek, he knows they won’t leave him alone just like Eliza from before. But then he remembered it almost turned into disaster, especially with Craig’s eyes turning pink at any time.

“Can we try to settle this with something?” Steven asked. “Elder Mark…can we make a deal?”

“What deal?” Mark paid attention.

“If you beat me in a battle, I’ll hang out with you and your friends for the rest of the day.”

“But what about Wildernessa’s-” Craig spoke, but he got cut off.

“I’ll skip it.” He then looked back at Elder Mark. “If you prove to me you can contribute in battle, then I’ll reconsider having you three on my side to defeat Bluebird.”

“So it’s a battle between the Elders against your team?” Mark liked the idea. “And what if we lose?”

“Not only will you leave me alone…but you’ll be like Ronaldo.”

This caused Mark to flinch his fist. “Fine! We’ll meet you on the battlefield momentarily. Elders! Let’s get our armor on and weapons equipped. Let’s show Steven Universe what warriors we are.” He and his friends enter back inside Elder Rock, while Craig and his friends stare at Steven.

“You seriously offered a battle against the Elders of the Creek!?” Kelsey reacted. “Even by yourself, you could put them in the hospital!”

“Don’t worry, I’m gonna go easy on them, but we’re still gonna win.” Steven replied.

“Who do you want on your team?” Omar asked.

“You two.” He pointed at Craig and Sparkle Cadet.

“Us?” Both Craig and Sparkle Cadet said.

“This will be something we can work together all the while pretending to save the galaxy.”

“Ohh, that’s right.” Sparkle Cadet catching on. “We should be called…Bubble Galaxy Trio.”

“That’s a great team name.” Craig agreed. “That would also mean me and you are part of two trios.”

“You two are also in another trio?” Steven blinked.

“Yes.” Sparkle answered. “With Cannonball, we were called The Ice Pop Trio. It was an unforgettable summer we had last year.”

“Man if only Cookie Cats were still a thing to this day, you would’ve been called the Cookie Cat Trio.”

“That is, if we actually like Cookie Cats.” Craig replied. “Just saying, we prefer ice pops.”

“Fair enough. I’m willing to stay as a kid a little longer to make it feel like we’re a trio of kids.”

“This is gonna be exciting!” J.P. cheered. “Bubble Galaxy Trio to victory!”

They head their way to the battlefield to prepare against the Elders of the Creek. Meanwhile, from the other side of the battlefield, Wildernessa, while still riding on Cheese Sticks, is looking for Steven after searching for animals who haven’t been trapped.

“Okay, today wasn’t the best day with no animals trapped, but I had no other choice.” She talked to Cheese Sticks. “All I’ve been thinking about is what he said about Lion…who we’re never gonna meet.” When she turned to her left, she saw Craig, Sparkle Cadet, and Steven, but in his younger form. “He didn’t tell me he had a younger brother. Where is he?” As she and Cheese Sticks watched them, the Elders of the Creek arrived with their weapons of swords from animes they watched along with the armor from their favorite heroes on their bodies.

They went into position, facing Steven, Craig and Sparkle Cadet from the other side of the battlefield. Elder Mark walked up to Steven, looking down with a serious look on his face while lifting his sword up. “This battle will end with one team victorious, while the other team falls from grace.” He replied. “Show me your weapon.”

Steven closed his eyes as his gem underneath glowed. While Barry and David were fazed, Mark on the other hand didn’t. Steven’s shield appeared on his arm, which catched Sparkle Cadet in bedazzle.

“Such sparkling powers!” She thought.

“A Shield.” Steven replied. “It’s the only weapon I always use in battle.”

“So you always defend yourself?” Mark replied. “I would’ve preferred something better than that.”

“I used to have allies who had a sword. That ally’s also my girlfriend.”

“Ehh!” Mark reforted. “Don’t make it too personal.”

“Says the guy who has crushes on multiple anime shows.” Craig replied.

“Not to mention making out with one of the body pillows with anime girls on it.” Kelsey added.

“Huge difference!” Mark pointed his sword at Craig’s friends. “Craig, Sparkle Cadet, show off your weapons.” Craig lifted up his wooden staff while Sparkle Cadet lifted up her bubble wand.

“While our leader will always be in defense in battle, I’m his offense buddy.” Craig replied.

“And I’m their power bubble magician.” Sparkle Cadet added. “Whenever they’re at a disadvantage, I’ll cue them with my bubbles.”

“I…seriously don’t see how that’s an advantage.” David commented.

“Not a problem with us.” Mark replied. “We'll make sure we watch your every move.”

Both Mark and Steven’s teams went back from separate sides of the battlefield. They went into battle position until Omar lifted his hand up, preparing the signal. As two teams paid attention to each other, Steven whispered into Craig and Sparkle Cadet’s ears, preparing the first offense.

“Battle commenced!” Omar called as the Elders ran to strike attack. But then Steven grabbed Craig and Sparkle’s hands, he jumped up in the air just before the Elders attacked.

“Wow!” Sparkle Cadet reacted as she saw the creek from above.

“I knew you were gonna do that!” Craig cheered.

“HEY, THAT’S CHEATING!” Mark yelled.

“Hey, you wanted to see my powers, and I’m showing them right now!” Steven smiled as he and his team landed on the ground.

Mark rushed to Steven, striking with his sword as Craig and Sparkle Cadet got out of the way to face the other elders. The moment he strikes, Steven protects himself with his shield. He uses his strength to push Mark back which only made him more tense. “I’ll let you know I can still beat you without any powers you have.”

“You don’t even know what it’s like being a Crystal Gem, Elder Mark.” He smirked. “I don’t blame you since my life wasn’t a cartoon, nor an anime, but you don’t have all the knowledge of who I am!”

Craig used his staff against Barry and David while Sparkle Cadet stood behind him. As David swung his sword, Craig pushed him back while dodging, rolling by him while bumping him off balance. He bumped into Barry which caused him to fall on the ground. Not only this caught the attention from Steven and Mark, but it impressed the Crystal Gem.

“He, at least, is catching on.” He pointed at Craig.

“Does he know how to do fusion?” Mark replied. “If you wanna know how I know about it, it's because fusion’s the only description of people combining together.”

Steven agreed with Mark but there’s a detail he’ll never understand. “Even if you knew what Fusion is about, you still don’t know what it’s like towards the person you’re close to that makes the Fusion work.” He made his way to Craig just when Barry got back up to strike along with David. He protected him with his shield while Sparkle Cadet blew bubbles from her wand, distracting Barry and David. He took Craig’s hand, pulling him away from the two.

Mark couldn’t catch on from what he heard as he focused back into battle. While the two teams continued to fight, J.P. Kelsey, and Omar watched from the sidelines. Wildernessa continued to watch, while still hiding in the distance. She was impressed with Craig’s offensive abilities and Steven’s jumping defense, but Steven has another trick to surprise everyone.

“Wow, even as a kid, Steven still knows how to fight.” Kelsey commented.

“Did we actually expect his team to lose?” Omar replied.

“No, but like he said, he’s going easy on them. It is kind of disappointing there’s no gem war going on. We would’ve seen what he’s really capable of.”

“He did say that one of his allies uses a sword.” J.P. added while still holding onto Steven’s shirt. “I bet his…Crystal Gem buddies are more capable than him, if we met them in person.” Then he felt Steven’s shirt pocket vibrating, he took out his phone and it’s revealed to be a message from his girlfriend. “Uhhh…should we call a time out?” He showed the message to his friends.

Kelsey and Omar read the message but it wasn’t a phone call request, in fact, it wasn’t even a voicemail being sent. “I don’t think so.” Omar replied.

“But someone will.” Kelsey added.

Back in the battlefield, Steven allowed Craig to jump onto his shield, lifting himself up in the air while hitting Mark with his staff, only for Mark to strike back with his sword. He landed on the ground, while rolling out of the way just when David’s about to strike with his sword. Sparkle Cadet went back to her team’s side of the battlefield just when Barry prepared for another attack, but he couldn’t keep up with the quickness.

“Okay, I’m sure they’re gonna end up victorious.” Barry said, taking deep breaths.

“This is not over yet!” Mark yelled. “You’re making a huge mistake if you win!”

“Elder Mark!” Steven called back. “I can prove to you right now that you would’ve been the one making a huge mistake.” With confidence in his voice, he took Craig’s hand, taking him by surprise as he’s preparing to show the Elders of the Creek everything they’ve thought about all day. “Me and Craig, despite some hiccups, can still do this all thanks to my gem.”

“Wait, you mean we’re gonna…” Craig turned to Steven as he witnessed his gem glowing. Then his eyes glowed pink but Steven knew it was gonna happen.

“Get ready.”

As the Elders were taking a back from Steven and Craig glowing up, they also witnessed a portal appearing from behind. Just when the two were close to fusing, Sparkle Cadet also took notice of the portal, she saw what’s inside and the moment an animal’s coming out, she pulled Steven and Craig out of the way, preventing the fusion from happening. The glow from Steven and Craig dissolved after getting interrupted, they both landed on the ground as the animal came out from the portal, along with Steven’s girlfriend.

“Incoming!” David called as he and the Elders jumped out of the way for the animal to land in the battlefield.

“Steven!” Connie called as she got off of Lion. “Steven!”

The moment Steven saw Connie in full view, he immediately changed back to his current form. “Connie?” He spoked while getting back on his feet. “Lion?”

Craig’s friends and the Elders couldn’t believe what they saw, but the person who’s more shocked was Wildernessa who witnessed Lion from her own eyes. Not to mention Cheese Sticks flinched the moment he saw a pink Lion in full view.

“Steven, what happened? Garnet called me and told me you needed support, so after finishing my college assignment, I had to get Lion to come over to Herkleton.” Connie replied with Lion by her side.

Steven had no words to describe the surprise that happened. Just when he’s preparing to fuse with Craig, he witnesses J.P. and the others walking up to him while showing him his phone. “She texted that she’s coming over.” J.P. replied.

“I’m just as speechless as you are.” Omar added.

“Another surprise, is this gonna be a thing with you from now on?” Kelsey wondered.

“At least it wasn’t severe.” Steven said, taking his coat and phone from J.P. “Connie, this may sound crazy, but you interrupted a battle that’s meant to be…”

When Connie turned around, she saw the Elders of the Creek getting back up while taking a back from Lion. “You mean…those guys?” She pointed. “They're not really enemies.”

“Meant to be for a deal that wasn’t that big.”

When Craig went back up on his feet, his pink eyes went away. He didn’t have the chance to see what was in front of him but he noticed Connie looking at him for the first time. Steven allowed Connie to walk up to him, meeting him who’s the source of her boyfriend's staying. “You must be Craig.”

“Yeah, didn’t expect to meet like this, not to mention me and Steven were about to…fuse.”

“Hello!? We’re in the middle of a battle!” Mark yelled only for Lion to roar at him and the Elders as they jumped back.

“Fuse?” Connie turned to Steven. “You were planning to fuse with him?”

“Yes but it was mostly for fun…if I had another way of resolving his pink eyes problem.” Steven being honest.

“Why couldn’t you tell him ahead of time?”

“I don’t know, I have little to fix the problem.”

“It is true.” Craig added. “What about the battle against the Elders of the Creek?”

When everyone turned to the Elders of the Creek, they refused to step foot in the battlefield in fear from Lion himself. “Elder Mark, I’m sorry this happened, but I wasn’t a kid fighting Bluebird, I’m seventeen years old right now.”

“What about the fusion you were planning all the while-” Barry asked only for Steven to cut him off.

“I didn’t plan for Connie and Lion to appear out here. When it comes to the fusion-”

“Stop.” Elder Mark interrupted. “Just stop! I may have never talked about the rules, but you seriously were way too unfair.”

“I was still taking it easy on you.”

“Trust me, you don’t want to make him mad.” Craig added.

“That wasn’t the point!” Mark retorted. “I didn’t want to see you and Craig fuse. The thought of that still makes me sick.”

Steven sighed, while trying to be nice towards the Elders. “Did you want me to fuse with you?”

“No!” Mark answered only for Steven and the others to give him glaring looks. “...Yes.”

“That would take days, possibly weeks of work and…connection.”

“Trust me, you and your friends are way out of his league.” Connie filled in.

Elder Mark sighed, admitting he can’t deny the facts against him. “Fine, your team wins, by way of forfeit. Good luck with your time here while it lasts. Let’s go back guys.” Mark left the battlefield to head back to Elder Rock. Before his friends followed him, they had one thing to say to Steven.

“We really didn’t expect much if we did win.” Barry replied.

“Besides, we wouldn’t stand against Bluebird knowing…” David added, trying to find the answer.

“Mark is way over his head?” Steven guessed.

“Yes.”

“Yep, he’s Ronaldo, but fully aware he’s a jerk.”

“You two really need to find better friends.” Connie commented.

“We’re still thinking about it, we’re really not enjoying being around Mark.” Barry finished as he and David followed Mark.

Steven took a deep breath after his girlfriend and pet came in the worst timing. “I have so much to fill you in on.”

“Don’t you think we should go somewhere less problematic?” Craig offered. “We can’t even catch a break with people here demanding something from you or panicking.”

“There has been a lot from that lately.” Kelsey added.

“And now we have to deal with a pink lion following us. We're drawing too much attention here. No offense.” Omar looked at Lion who groaned.

“This is just as important to me as much to all of you.” Connie replied. “Besides, it's been awhile since I last talked to Steven. Can we at least get to know each other?”

“Yeah, I would’ve wanted her to be here if I called her.” Steven replied while turning to Kelsey. “Not to mention, she’s a sword fighter.”

Kelsey’s eyes shot open as she took out her sword. “I volunteer to have Connie stay!”

“You'll get some sword lessons if we have time.”

“I’m starting to like these kids, especially that girl.” Connie pointed at Sparkle Cadet.

“Then I’m willing to spread more positivity.” Sparkle Cadet smiled. “I really like your lion.”

“If we’re gonna try to spread more positively, the most appropriate way is to check up on my sister who my brother’s unable to take care of.” Craig taking out his map.

“Let’s prevent negativity by heading there right away.” Steven replied.

“Agreed.” Craig took his group to their destination where his sister is at. Just when Lion left the battlefield, he turned around to see if anyone’s spying on him. Wildernessa and Cheese Sticks hid themselves, preventing any contact from Lion, but they couldn’t resist. They wanted to jump out but Lion barely knew the kids in the creek and could view anyone as an enemy. Luckily, Lion followed the group, not alerting them at all.

“Oh good.” Wildernessa sighed in relief. “Don’t worry, we’re gonna follow them. I wouldn’t miss the opportunity and I wouldn’t have you miss yours.” She and Cheese Sticks followed them while taking a different route in the creek, ready to meet the animal that helped Steven from his past. “It’s our first and probably only time we’re ever gonna see him in our lives.”

Chapter 21: Jam Buds In Creek Daycare

Chapter Text

The group arrived at the Creek Daycare, where Jessica was playing on her own without the other kids. Angel Jose had been keeping an eye on the kids since they’d arrived at the daycare this morning. He heard everything from Jessica’s point of view of what happened to her brothers, even if she didn’t go out into the storm last night. When the owner of Creek Daycare took notice of Craig and his friends, he immediately took notice of the pink lion by their side. He rushed up to the group in a microsecond which took them by surprise.

“Craig.” Angel Jose walked up to Craig. “No pets allowed in the Creek Daycare.”

“Thanks for informing us but…he’s not my pet.” Craig pointed at Lion.

“He’s my pet.” Steven filling in. “But sure, we'll keep him away from the daycare.”

“You must be Steven Universe.” Angel Jose smiled. “Jessica told me about you along with the spread of information going around in the creek.”

“If you’re worrying about him turning pink, don’t worry, it won’t happen here.” Connie added.

“We’re only here to check up on Craig's sister.” Sparkle Cadet said.

“Today was a wild turn of events.” Kelsey replied.

“Seems you had a marathon of episodes today.” Angel Jose placed his hands on his hips. “I’m sure there won’t be an episode of chaos here.”

“We'll make sure of that.” Steven replied as Angel allowed the group inside the daycare.

“Jessica.” Craig called as he witnessed his sister playing with her stuffed animal, Small Uncle.

“Craig?” She turned her attention, while noticing Steven and his girlfriend by his side.

“You’ve been playing with your stuffed animal alone?” Steven wondered.

“Yes…” She lowered her head. “Though I knew you were staying. Bernard told me when I woke up.”

Steven wishes he would try to patch things up with Bernard later, but he’s unsure if he’s gonna handle being around him if he’s willing to spend a day with him. Especially since he has a big pink lion which could scare him by chance. “Do you want me to play with you?” He offered.

“I would, but it feels awkward that you’re here instead of being a hundred miles away.”

Connie then walked up to Jessica which took her by notice. After listening to Steven’s story upon arrival with Lion, the only option she has is to give comfort to the ones who are involved in the situation. She leaned down to Jessica’s level, placing her hand on her face.

“It’s never a bad thing though.” She smiled. “I’m Connie. I was Steven’s Jam Bud when we were children, stopping corrupted gems.”

This caused Jessica to smile a bit. “I guess it’s not really a bad thing to have company from him.”

Connie then took notice of Jessica’s stuffed animal. “I didn't really have company before I met Steven. Your stuffed animal’s good.”

“Thanks. He's my favorite stuffed animal.” She handed Small Uncle to Connie as she got back up on her feet.

“Do you always play with it?”

“Yes, I always take it with me almost all the time.”

“I had stuffed animals when I was young, mainly when Garnet, Amethyst, and Pearl weren't around.” Steven added. “Believe me, I never knew I was that lonely back then.”

“You were also lonely?” Craig asked.

“Them being the protectors were more important than taking care of me unfortunately.”

“Seems you being alone is almost how I’m feeling right now.” Jessica replied. “Minus my family stopping corrupted gems. If I knew what a corrupted gem is.”

“Don’t worry Jessica.” Craig smiled. “If there were a corrupted gem here, the creek wouldn’t be safe for any of us.” He then placed his hand on her shoulder. “Then again on the plus side, you would’ve seen what Steven’s really capable of. Including Connie.”

As Connie gave back Jessica’s stuffed animal, Kelsey continued to eye Connie's scabbard on her back. She really wants to see her in action with her sword, but in a time like this, very unlikely.

“You know that shield that he showed you yesterday?”

“Yes?” His sister nodded.

“He actually teleports it out of thin air!” J.P. smiled as Steven used his powers, revealing his shield, catching the attention of not only Jessica, but also the other kids, including the owner who reacted the moment he saw the shield.

“Oh no! No! No!” Angel Jose jumped into the daycare. “No weapons allowed!” Just when he took the shield from Steven, it disappeared in a flash. “What the?”

“Sorry, it was part of my powers but I wasn’t gonna harm anyone.” Steven replied.

“Just because I agree with others that you’re less harmful, doesn’t mean you’re allowed to show kids weapons.”

“He’s right.” Sparkle Cadet said. “Not really a great idea to do that here.”

“Hey, is that a sword?” He pointed at Connie’s sword. “I draw the line of that, give me that sword!”

“NO!” Kelsey jumped in front of Connie which took her and others by surprise. “She won’t use it here at all, don’t take it away!”

“Kelsey, the kids would see that. They never ignore curiosity.”

“Please, her sword’s a one of a kind!”

“She didn’t even show it to us.” Omar replied.

“It’s still one of a kind!”

“She’s right but don’t worry, I’m not gonna use my sword here.” Connie replied.

“No weapons involved.” Steven filling in.

“We’re keeping the kids safe.” Craig added.

Angel Jose took a deep breath while being as nice as possible, despite the rules he made at the Creek Daycare. “Okay, just make sure you don’t say anything when they ask you about it.”

He went back outside of the daycare as Connie looked down at Kelsey. “Thanks for helping me out but…you’re getting a little too excited.”

“She’s that into you being a sword fighter.” Craig replied.

“Maybe after we’re done here, can you give me sword fighting lessons?” Kelsey asked. “I would really appreciate it.”

Connie bites her lip, remembering she didn’t come over for sword fighting lessons. “I don’t know about that.”

“Connie, we didn’t know you would be coming but, it’s probably gonna be the only time you’re ever gonna be here.”

“Craig, even if I’m willing to stay longer, it’s only for an emergency for Steven. With you having pink eyes, I don’t know what’s gonna happen next.” She then leaned down to Craig’s level. “Also, giving a kid sword fighting lessons won’t make a difference. I may know how to fight with a sword, but I’m still in college studying.”

“I would probably stay in college rather than being a sword fighter.” Jessica replied.

“True, but the point I’m trying to make is there was always a serious situation which always involved a battle.” She then turned to Kelsey. “If we had our enemies that involved the gem war itself, maybe I would train you.”

Kelsey looked down on the ground. She didn’t want to be greedy, but on the other hand, she may never get another chance to be trained with an actual sword fighter. Craig saw the disappointment in his friend, but with everything he went through over the last night, she wouldn’t resist if it was Connie out there fighting.

“Steven will be around for the next few days.” He turned to Connie which she turned back. “The thing with that is, we don’t even know if he’s ever leaving due to…what you said about pink eyes.”

“Obviously.” J.P. commented.

“But my friends had fun hanging out with him and Kelsey didn’t get a chance to do an activity with him.”

“I’ve been thinking about what place I wanted to go since we’ve been doing that today but since you’re here, I couldn’t help myself.” Kelsey replied.

Connie admitted she grew a liking to Craig’s friends, which is always the price of checking up on Steven. “If you can find a place that feels like we’re practicing, I might reconsider.”

“Thanks.” Kelsey smiled. “I would show you my Super Secret Book Club but-”

“We have a few hours left Kelsey.” Craig replied. “I might want to take Steven to at least one more place before we head home.”

“How about I pick the next location?” Omar offered. “Or at the very least, have Steven met one person I’m aware of?”

“Okay then.”

“I was gonna say if she was interested…and willing to come over tomorrow.” Kelsey lowered her head.

“I saw her doing a book cover at the library days ago.” Steven smiled. “But that’s up to you.”

“If I have the time tomorrow night, I’ll come over.” Connie smiled. “Then again, I missed what it’s like being in a book club before I headed to college. Been working on my studies triple time, and I haven’t read a book since.”

“You will like my book, Fire & Ice. I just finished the cover yesterday.”

“I would think of something to take you but, let’s just say Small Uncle doesn’t want to come back to the specifics of the Creek.” Jessica said.

“Big time.” Craig agreed. “Is there anything else going on with Benard when you last saw him?”

“Her girlfriend took him to her place along with friends to calm him down. He might be back home at sunset.”

“We still need to inform the parents…who didn’t notice me staying there overnight.” Steven remembered. “As if it wasn’t enough for me, making sure everyone’s okay with me around.”

“Hey, at least there’s no negativity here.” Sparkle Cadet smiled.

“But I can’t avoid it tonight.”

“I’ll make sure they won’t take it hard.” Craig replied. “We should probably go now to where Kelsey wants to go.”

“And after that, we should do my thing.” Omar added.

“Yeah, I’m gonna go out spreading more positivity. It was nice knowing you.” Sparkle Cadet said, lifting her hand up.

“Make sure you check on anything suspicious. That’s the least amount of positivity we need.” Connie said.

“As in, preventing negativity.” Steven shook Sparkle Cadet’s hand. She left the Daycare as the group’s ready to leave with Kelsey taking the lead.

“I’ll also help tonight if you need it!” Jessica called.

“Thanks!” Steven called back.

“You’re not gonna help out?” Craig turned to Connie.

“I would, but I really need to sleep on time to get ready for tomorrow. Plus.” She pointed at Lion. “They won’t allow him inside.”

“And I’m sure Bernard would have a panic attack if he saw him.” Steven added.

“Okay, just me, you, Jessica, and my parents in my house tonight.” Craig replied. “We need to have you stay for at least a week.”

“You think that’s enough?” J.P. asked.

“I don’t want to go too far, he may have to find another apartment.”

“Let’s not focus on tonight, let’s just enjoy what’s left of the day.” Steven said. “Is the place we’re going to feel more wisdomic?”

“It’s what I need when it comes to swordsmanship.” Connie added.

This gave Kelsey an idea for what location she and Connie can go to. “Maybe there is a place full of wisdom.”

Chapter 22: The True Swordsmanship Wisdom

Chapter Text

Kelsey took Connie and the others to the only place where they can find wisdom for swordsmanship, especially with the learning experience that follows it. Out of nearly all the places she and her friends went to, the location was the least they’ve been from time to time. Steven, Connie, and even Lion took notice of the pink flowering trees from the distance.

“I’ve known about these trees.” Steven commented.

“You were by these trees when the Crystal Gems trained you?” Craig asked.

“Mostly for advice, but yes, I was by at least one of these trees.”

“There was one time where Pearl took me to a forest like this, but much bigger, every pink flowering tree around me to communicate with her in peace.” Connie replied.

“Good to hear.” Kelsey smiled. “Because the Ninja Kids do that at the Ninja Garden Waterfall.”

“The Ninja Garden Waterfall?”

“It’s not a big waterfall, but it’s the perfect place for wisdom, hopefully.”

Lion kept his sight straight ahead as he and the group got closer to the waterfall. The moment they arrived, he, along with Steven and Connie witnessed the Ninja Kids, meditating on the borders with the leader on top of the waterfall. When they opened their eyes, they looked down on Craig’s group, but what they didn’t expect was the pink Lion right behind them. The leader jumped off from the border, landing in front of the group which took Steven, Connie, and Lion by surprise.

“Foe!” Yustice shouted.

“We’re not doing anything suspicious!” Kelsey said, protecting Steven and Connie.

“I’m not talking about them, that animal!” She pointed at Lion. “He could take over our waterfall just like Xavier did!”

“That lion looks more intimidating!” Zatch commented.

“How did you even get a lion as a pet?” Prynda added.

“I knew something like this would happen.” Craig placed his hands behind his back.

“He’s not gonna hurt anyone, even though lions are dangerous, this one isn’t hazardous!”

“Believe her, expect he’s not her pet, it’s mine.” Steven chimed in. “We’re only here to do some sword training.”

“Sword training?” Yustice slowing getting out of her position. “You mean, with actual swords?”

“It’s hard to believe but, if you haven’t seen a sword fighter, your day has come.” Connie reached behind her shoulder to take her sword out of her scabbard. The kids stared at her sword, including Kelsey’s whose eyes sparkled. Her surroundings turned to black with a spotlight glowing above her with another above Connie and her sword.

“It’s the most beautiful sword Kelsey has ever seen!” She then took out her sword as Connie found her sword cute. “It’s destiny for Kelsey to be the most skilled master from the Crystal Gem’s sword fighter! The waterfall itself has more wisdom to succeed in swordsmanship…”

In reality, Connie and Steven saw Kelsey standing in place as they looked at each other. “Does she usually do this?” Connie asked, turning to Craig.

“Yes.” Craig answered. “Let her have her moment, she doesn’t take that long to snap out of it.”

“She really wants this badly.” Steven commented.

As Connie turned to the Ninja Kids, she got back on topic as they still stared at her sword. “That sword looks legendary.” Zatch said, eyeing it.

“I didn’t think they made swords like that.” Prynda added.

“Ninjas will never have a sword, this prestigious and beautiful.” Yustice added.

“Technically I never used this blade as much as the last one but, in a way, it does look like those things.” Connie replied. “Can me and Kelsey be on top of the waterfall?”

“Of course, you two are allowed to practice up there.”

“You just want to see what she can do with her sword right?” Omar guessed.

“Let them live their dream as much as Kelsey is right now.” J.P. added.

Kelsey and Connie both got up on top of the waterfall, swords in hand. Lion jumped in the air, landing behind Connie which surprised Kelsey. “I didn’t know he could do that.”

“He’s mostly with me at all times, it’s not the only thing he can do.” Connie smiled as she lifted her sword up. Kelsey looked at Lion as it stared back at her. He didn’t express any emotion, as if he wasn’t afraid that something could happen at any moment.

“He’s not really dangerous when he’s like that. It seems he convinced them he’s welcome here.”

“He’s always welcome when he’s with me and Steven.” She then lifted her sword in the air as Kelsey followed her movements. “By the way, I like your sword.”

“Thanks, my dad gave it to me. If only you stayed just a little longer, I would be happy to see you meet him.”

“You just don’t limit yourself, do you?” Steven called.

“She can’t help herself when the moment’s that good to her.” Craig replied.

“Let’s focus on the training for now.” Connie said. “Parry your opponent by blocking yourself like this.” She placed the hilt of her sword in front of her face as Kelsey followed her movements.

“Like this?” She looked at her position.

“Yes, it’ll give you a chance to turn it into an attack.” When Connie looked at Kelsey’s sword, she knew she would break it with her sword being more powerful than hers. “Is it better if we don’t fight each other?”

“Are you kidding? It will feel like we’re teaming up together! I never see you as the enemy.” Kelsey cheered as Mortimor flew off of her head, landing on Connie’s head.

“From the way your pet’s feeling, he can agree with you.” Connie smiled. “Okay so our next technique is to pose before battle.” She lifted her sword up with her hand, pointing it over her head with Mortimor looking at it closely. She used her other hand to reach, with only two fingers up.

Kelsey has always felt brave whenever she’s prepared for battle, but Connie’s pose became more epic. She memorized her pose with the same arm gestures. She lifted her sword above her head, while reaching with her other arm along with her two fingers up. As the group and Ninja kids watched her, she grew a smile on her face. With her and Connie being above the waterfall, she imagines herself in her warrior outfit she had in her fantasies with Connie, being in a swordswoman master outfit with their hair blowing in the wind. Petals of pink flowers from trees blow by them, with Mortimor by Kelsey’s side, while Lion is by Connie's side.

“You’re doing it.” Connie smiled.

“I am.” Kelsey replied. “Did Pearl give you more ways?”

“You wouldn’t be more surprised if I showed you my own ways.”

“What do you mean?”

Connie still didn’t forget that Steven almost fused with Craig, something she needed to talk to him about before leaving. But at the same time, with only Craig’s group and the Ninja kids, she wouldn't mind as she trusts them enough to give them a surprise.

“Steven, can you come up here?” She called.

Steven headed on top of the waterfall as Connie got out of her position, so did Kelsey. “Yes?” He asked.

“Should we show Kelsey that we’re close together?” She asked.

“Yeah, we haven’t done this in a long time.”

As Connie made Mortimor flow off of her head, she took Steven’s hand, causing them to glow just like before except this time, no one interrupted. The kids just stared at them, with Kelsey’s jaw dropped. Steven and Connie fused into Stevonnie, with the glow going away, they held their shield and sword, with the sun shining on them.

“Is it just me or did Steven and Connie turn into a supermodel?” J.P. blinked.

“They’re more than that.” Yustice added. “They’re a sword master.”

The Ninja Kids walked up to the waterfall as they knelt down, showing their respect to Stevonnie and even Kelsey. Kelsey still kept her attention on the fusion itself, as if she was meeting a master class sword fighter. “Unbelievable…and beyond majestic.” She spoked.

“This is what fusion really looks like.” Stevonnie smiled. “It’s hard to accomplish, as you need to have a close connection with someone.”

“Is that what you were trying to do with Craig?” She pointed at her friend. “Steven?”

With their thoughts shared in their mind, Stevonnie felt disappointed it didn’t happen. “Yes, but it wasn’t a way of showing off. It was a way…of figuring out his pink eye problem.” In her mind, Connie wished he didn’t do that, but for how it got more serious, she wouldn’t even figure out how to resolve it.

“It’s okay.” She looked up at the fusion. “There is so much I want from you…mainly your Connie self but…I didn’t really want to be fused. Just wanted some sword lessons.”

“I don’t blame you. Do you want to continue with this?”

This gave Kelsay an idea, knowing it could be another step for her best friend. “Yes but, can I have Craig up here?”

When they looked at Craig, he froze in place, witnessing a fusion for the first time in his life. He didn’t forget what Steven told him this morning and the fact he almost fused with him with no problem, made him realize he’s getting closer to him. “Craig.” Stevonnie called to his attention. “Can you come up here?”

“Okay.” He replied as he got up, standing on the border in between Stevonnie and Kelsey. “I can’t believe this is what you look like when you fuse someone Steven.”

“Don’t call me that. In fusion, call me Stevonnie.”

“Is it wrong if that feels awkward?” J.P. called.

“You get used to it after a while.”

“Okay…Stevonnie.” Craig awkwardly smiled. “So why am I up here?” His eyes then turned pink as he looked down at the Ninja Kids, who look like Pearls in Craig’s vision.

“Ohh, that makes sense.” Stevonnie took notice of Craig’s eyes. “What are you seeing?”

“Pearls, three Pearls with different hairstyles.” He answered.

“Bet one of them trained you right?” Kelsey smiled at Stevonnie. “I may not see what he’s seeing, but it gave me an idea who I’m thinking about.”

“Yeah.” Stevonnie replied. “One of them did give me wisdom.” She looked at Yustice who’s the main Pearl in Craig’s vision.

“I’m not gonna lie, this doesn’t bother me like it used to.” Craig looked at Kelsey.

“But it is still creepy to look at.” Kelsey leaned back from her best friend. Then Lion walked up to Craig as it licked his face.

“It’s not bothering Lion. He’s growing to like him.” Stevonnie patted on Lion’s mane.

“Maybe if we have time left, we can find Wildernessa to help out with her goal. It’s the least we can do for her.” Craig smiled.

“We are gonna do my thing next, right?” Omar called.

“We will.”

Kelsey went back to sword training only this time, being trained with Stevonnie. Craig went back down from the waterfall with his pink vision going away. He can only imagine what Pearl really looked like if he saw her in person, not in pitch pinkness. Then again, it’ll be a miracle if that ever happened. For Omar, once the sword training is over, he’ll get his chance to take Steven to the person he wants him to meet. However, he’s unsure if he’s gonna find her in time.

Chapter 23: Walking On Water In Freedom

Chapter Text

Steven and Connie un-fused after the group left Ninja Garden Waterfall with Omar taking the lead for once. He wished there’s a way for him to contact the person from his phone, but he doesn’t have her number. The only guess he has is the place where a few people from the other side of the Creek go to ever since the Capture The Flag war ended. He once went there with the person he used to be enemies with.

“Omar.” Steven replied. “You sure you know where you're going?”

“Yes, it’s just I’m trying to find one person who could be at another waterfall.”

“There’s another waterfall?” Connie spoked.

“Bigger than the last one.”

Craig can tell who he’s trying to find, but he’s not happy to meet her again. He’s unsure if she heard about Steven this morning, but he hopes she doesn’t do anything that could lead to disaster. Soon Omar started to remember the trail that leads to the waterfall itself. The more he continued following the trail, he heard the waterfall and so did the group.

When they arrived at the location, they witnessed the huge waterfall pouring down behind trees. “Wow!” Connie commented. “That’s a big waterfall.”

“That’s not it. Look down there.” Omar pointed to focus their attention. Not only there's another waterfall above, but also a lake that the waterfall is pouring into. “Some kids have their swimsuits on if they want to take a dip in there.”

“Swimming in there?” Craig replied. “If I had this in my map earlier, I would’ve offered to have you swim here Steven.”

“I would be happy about that but I was never in a swimming mood all day.” Steven crossed his arms. “This may bring me memories of when I went swimming back at Beach City and this place is wonderful, but last night has still been on my mind.”

“Still though, I would swim here if I had my swimsuit.” Connie smiled.

Omar looked everywhere to find the person, however, he’s out of luck. Then Lion walked up to him, getting a better view of the lake he found appealing. As he looked at Omar, he wondered what person he wanted to show his group, giving the history he had with her. “You wouldn’t believe what me and Craig went through in Capture The Flag.” He then looked away from him. “Even though what you, Steven, and Connie went through was a lot difficult, it was still a tough time before the war in the creek.”

“I would’ve been more enticing if I meant someone who’s part of that one, especially the former king.” Steven walked up next to Lion.

“Trust me, if those gems from last night were part of our war, on the enemy’s side, we would actually lose.”

“We wouldn’t be hanging around if Xavier took over the creek.” Craig filling in.

“I can’t imagine how you would feel if you came here that way.” J.P. added.

“I would take matters in my own hands, but forbidding my powers, just the more mature way.” Steven replied.

“You would probably not like the way he reacts when you talk to him.” Omar said. “His former BFF would tell you everything about him.”

Then Maya, who just hiked with people from the other side of the creek an hour ago, took off on her own as she arrived at the waterfall. The first person she noticed is Steven himself who heard her footsteps close by. “Is that his former BFF?” He pointed.

When Omar saw Maya, it made him relieved that he found her. “Yes, she is.”

Maya walked up to Steven while she crossed her arms. She didn’t say a word, she still remembers the photo she saw from her former BFF’s bedroom where Steven hugged Craig. She knows Craig’s around, but she’ll give him space knowing he wants nothing to do with her. Steven didn’t feel suspicious, but he’s still unsure if he’ll trust her if she changes after the war.

“What’s your name?” He asked.

“Maya.” She answered. “And you must be Steven.” When Lion looks at her, he also doesn’t trust her, but can see she isn’t pulling any tricks. When she looked at his pet, she wasn’t fazed, like Aquamarine and Ruby from earlier. “You’ve got to prove to me you have at least found another lion who’s pink.”

“No, he didn’t, nor did I.” Connie walked up to Maya. “How can we prove that to you?”

“Because I’ve been through weird things from kids that aren’t from the other side of the creek. If I meet more pink lions, nothing is really weird to me anymore.”

“You’re asking for too much, right?” Omar placed his hands in his pockets.

“I only came here to relax after hiking, were you trying to find me?”

“Yes.”

“I wonder why.”

Craig sighed while hiding behind Lion. He wanted to fill in who Maya is to Steven, but interfering in the conversation wouldn’t do him any favors.

“During the last minutes of Capture The Flag, I had a sword battle with her in the Overpass.” Kelsey replied.

“That is where I realize that the summers I had with Xavier were all a waste. I was in tears and if he won, I would’ve wasted more summers.” Maya lowered her head.

“You’re starting from scratch?” Steven asked.

“For the most part.”

“We agreed to hang out from time to time. Last time we hung out, we came here to this waterfall. It became her new comfort place in the creek.” Omar replied.

Maya then walked up to the edge of the waterfall as Craig went to Lion’s side. Maya looked down at the lake, with the others walking up next to her. “I don’t usually get comfort before the war happens, especially how Xavier used me. But this almost made me feel better.”

“I couldn’t imagine what he would’ve done if he won the war, while witnessing this place for the first time.” Connie said.

“He would definitely turn it into his personal swimming pool.”

“With only himself for company.” Omar added.

“Everyone would definitely go to the beach if they can’t go swimming here.” J.P. commented.

“I got to say Maya, if Xavier gave you more comfort, you would feel worse than you already have. I’ve learned that from experience.” Steven continued to look at the lake.

“Who are you referring to?” Maya turned to Steven.

“My mom.”

“Your mom?”

Steven nodded while Craig spyed on them while still hiding behind Lion. “If you’re willing to listen to everything my mom did, you would think I’m crazy.”

“I find Craig crazy whenever he talks to me, but the thing is, when I heard about…you know what from last night, those two gems are way more crazy than you.”

Steven didn’t retort, learning that she knows who Aquamarine and Ruby are. “You think they’re crazier than my mom?”

“If I knew your mother, no.”

“Do you know where they are?”

“Isn’t it obvious?”

The group including Craig catched on to where the gems are staying. From what they heard from Omar, the kids hope the creek isn’t in danger in the future. “It is obvious and I’m not leaving until they’re gone from the creek, but me and Craig have our own problems tonight.”

“Is Craig around?”

“He’s hiding.” J.P. answered.

“Well that explains it.”

“Craig, come on out.” Steven called as Craig popped his head behind Lion. “Come here.” He walked up to them as Steven placed his hands on his hips. “I don't want you to make amends with her, but you don’t have to hide from her.”

“It's more embarrassing than stupid.”

“Maya, when I took Steven out in the Creek during the whole day, I wasn’t even planning on taking him to the other side of the creek, which included meeting you.” Craig replied.

“One of your friends did that for a reason right? Just like how a grown up like Steven’s spending his time with you?”

“A person who never went to school, unlike us? And who’s seventeen years old still planning out his future?” Steven felt offended which took Craig’s attention. “I didn’t mean that Steven.”

“I know, but please don’t say that again.” He sighed.

“You should understand it’s hurtful when he doesn’t have the same life as me.” Connie replied.

Maya kept her words to herself, not trying to be hurtful unlike her former king. “I really don’t know what I would do if we did something as friends, Steven.”

“Not that I wanted to hang out with you but…” Steven then turned to Lion, remembering he has an ability that will blow everyone’s mind. “...do you want to ride on Lion?”

As she looked at Lion, he looked at her back. “I’m not really much of a pet person.”

“He won’t hurt you, just hold onto his mane. At the very least, you can give my friends a demonstration when they get a ride.”

“Not that I wanted to, but what can he do that’s unbelievable?” Maya hopped onto Lion, grabbing on his mane with her hands tightly. Lion looked at her briefly while not hesitating, jumping off the cliff much to her surprise. “Whoa!” She reacted as she saw Lion diving into the lake. She closed her eyes before she splashed but when she and Lion reached down, they stopped without a single drop of water splashing on them.

When she opened her eyes, she’s in the middle of the lake. She looked down at Lion’s feet standing on the water. From above, the jaws of Craig and his friends dropped with Steven and Connie closing them. Maya lifted her body up slowly, all the while still shocked in the position she’s in. “Unbelievable.” She blinked. Lion then ran in circles on the lake while Maya still held onto him. It wasn’t difficult but soon Lion ran faster to the point she almost lost her grip. But she grew a smile, way more than the last time she went to her comfort place. “This is way better than anything Xavier would ever give me!” She cheered.

“Were you two shocked when he walked on water?” Craig spoked.

“Yes.” Connie answered.

“This isn’t even the only thing he can do.” Steven smiled. “It’s getting close to sunset.”

“You wanna see another trick he can do before the day’s out?”

“Big time.” Craig replied. “I got to have my sister meet him. What I’m really thinking about is how Wildernessa would take it if she meets him.”

“For a girl who adores animals, she would search high and low to find another pink lion…where there's only one.” Omar smiled.

Back on the lake, Lion slowed down with Maya laughing in satisfaction. “I don’t believe you nor Steven are crazy. You and him are awesome.” Lion looked at her again after listening to her. “Whatever those two gems are, I bet they don’t stand a chance against you and Steven.” She patted his head. Lion roared, causing a beam to come out from his mouth with a portal appearing, catching Maya by surprise. They went through it as it disappeared, then another portal appeared from above the edge they dropped off. Everyone got out of the way as Lion flew out of the portal while landing on the ground. Maya jumped off while crossing her arms. “Walking on water isn't crazy, especially along with portals.”

“We’ve already seen he can do that.” Craig awkwardly grinned.

“Trust me, it’s not his portal. Something part of him you couldn’t believe is possible.” Steven leaned down.

“Anyway, I’m gonna head home for the day. Chances are, we might meet again before you leave.” Maya walked up to Steven.

“We'll see what happens then.” Steven gives Maya a handshake.

“And Craig.” She turned to him. “Don’t explode when you see me hang out with Steven.”

“I wasn’t thinking about it.” He responded.

“Just don’t push it.” Maya leaves the waterfall as the sky turns orange. The group has enough time before the timekeeper of the creek alerts everyone before dinner arrives. As they leave the waterfall, their final objective of the day is to get Jessica and find Wildernessa. Steven will look forward to what he has in store for Craig just before they head home.

Chapter 24: Lion’s Pink Little World

Chapter Text

The sky continued to color in shades of orange as the minutes ticked by. After picking up Jessica from the Creek Daycare, the group searched for Wildernessa and Cheese Sticks with the amount of time they had left. Craig had been thinking about what Steven meant, but he won’t show it to him until they find Wildernessa and Cheese Sticks.

Jessica never kept her eyes off of Lion ever since they took her from the Daycare. She wished she was seeing things, but at the same time, she didn’t learn about her brother’s eye problems. Lion didn’t stare at her with him also looking for one more creek kid and her pet. He still thinks he’s being spotted ever since coming here.

“Why couldn’t you take him to the Creek Daycare?” Jessica asked.

“First, animals aren’t allowed in the Creek Daycare.” Craig answered.

“Including lions.” Kelsey added.

“And second, one of the kids may…go inside Lion and won’t be able to come out.” Steven added.

“As in getting eaten by him?” Jessica catched on.

“No, we wouldn’t have him if he eats-” Connie cuts herself the moment Lion groaned at him. “He has a huge aversion towards humans.”

“At the same time, gems don’t eat and Lion’s a gem so, you won’t gain anything if you have the ability to not starve.” Steven replied.

“I would miss food more than staying alive forever.” J.P. commented. “Does that feel weird more than wonderful?”

“If I wasn’t half human, I would’ve stayed at Beach City. And I probably wouldn’t have my dad…or mom.”

“Being a full gem really gives you less company in a family.” Omar spoked.

Steven couldn’t disagree before saving the lives of gems lightyears away in space. But he never lied if he hadn’t thought about spending his life as a gem rather than also being part human. As his group continued to walk, Wildernessa and Cheese Sticks hid behind the trees. Wildernessa has her only chance to meet Lion face to face, including her pet who’s more frozen in the inside.

Then Lion stopped as he turned to the direction where Wildernessa and Cheese Sticks were hiding. “Lion?” Connie took notice.

Lion slowly made his way to the trees with Wildernessa and Cheese Sticks not waiting anymore since they’re also on the clock. Wildernessa slightly kicked Cheese Sticks as they popped out in the open, causing Lion to back off while the group did the same.

“Vanessa!” Craig reacted. “Have you been spying on us?”

“Well…not you all, just…him.” She pointed at Lion which didn’t faze him. “Okay, I was thinking about the activity with Steven but the thing is…no animals were trapped.”

“Vanessa, we would’ve done something else if we weren't going to do that, but Steven has another idea.”

As Wildernessa got off of Cheese Sticks, her pet slowly walked up to Lion with Lion staring straight in his eyes. He wasn’t prepared to dodge from the way the body language of Cheese Sticks. His eyes are the opposite of his, however he is no enemy.

“Sorry, but it has nothing to do with riding on our pets.” Steven walked next to Wildermessa. “Plus, your pet is smaller than mine.”

“I saw you smaller earlier when I watched you fight.”

“It’s one of my powers.”

“It’ll at least be something nice, like can you have her be small?”

“Unfortunately…no.” Connie responded.

Wildernessa lowered her head, thinking she would get a chance to ride Lion while Steven and Connie rode her pet. “She’s also my girlfriend from what we talked about this morning.” Steven said.

“Connie?” Wildernessa remembered.

“Yes. She was a kid when she rode Lion, but she doesn’t have powers unlike me.”

Wildernessa has been thinking about Steven’s gem and its powers. She doesn’t want to see it again, but she can’t tell what is possible for him to do. “If she had the powers of being young, would she want to ride on Cheese Sticks?”

“Not that I don’t like him, but for how the Creek is, I would give it a try.” Connie walked up to Cheese Sticks not long until she turned to Wildernessa. “But sorry, it’s not going to happen.”

“I thought it would be a chance to ride Lion.” She then looked up at Steven and Connie who didn’t like her idea.

“I also wanted to ride on him.” Jessica added.

“We just don’t have enough time.” Steven sighed. “I’m sorry, but this is really important.”

“Again, there’s always tomorrow.” Kelsey commented.

“Maybe, depending on what happens with Craig’s parents tonight.”

“Oh no.” Wildernessa sighed. “This could be my only time meeting Lion if that could be the case.”

“If we work this out tonight, he could come back the day after tomorrow.” Craig replied. “So what do you want to show us?”

Steven walked up to Lion while he made sure everyone’s staring at Lion. He took Craig’s hand as Craig paid attention to what he’s getting himself into. Steven placed his hand in Lion’s mane but instead of going through his fur, a glowing portal appeared catching the attention from the kids, including Cheese Sticks.

“Has my eyes turned pink?”

“No.” Steven smiled.

Wildernessa and Jessica couldn’t believe it was possible, as if Lion’s mane is hiding something with that teleportation in him. “I can feel his fur and it feels like there’s something deeper.”

“You can but trust me, you’re gonna have to hold your breath at all times.”

“Okay.” Craig sucked a breath into his mouth, whilst being prepared for what Steven’s gonna do.

“Jump in.” Without hesitation, Craig jumped inside of Lion’s mane while reaching to the end of the teleportation. He jumped out while witnessing the world in Lion’s mane. Far away distances with a sky with clouds while witnessing a tree with a big picture of Rose, something he saw from his pink vision from earlier, before it got uglier.

“Did he just?” Jessica pointed at Lion’s mane.

“Yes.” Steven replied. “Jump in but hold your breath.”

“This could be better than riding Lion.” Jessica holds her breath while jumping into Lion’s mane. Wildernessa felt like the ultimate opportunity’s right in front of her, even bigger than riding Lion.

“How would I ever find another pink lion who could have that?” She asked.

“You won’t and never will.” Steven commented. “Be my guest.”

“Can Cheese Sticks jump in?”

“Shockingly…yes”

As Wildernessa and Cheese Sticks looked at each other, they had the same idea. As she held her breath, she jumped into Lion’s mane and Cheese Sticks doing the same. Due to his size, Lion flinched just like how Steven pulled Bismuth out of him. J.P. Kelsey, and Omar felt speechless from Lion’s mane itself.

“Is there anything happening in there?” Kelsey wondered.

“Not really, but you can find another exit out of the dimension of Lion’s Mane.” Steven answered.

“So Lion is the only pink lion but there’s another person who…mane is pink?” J.P. added.

“Hair, not mane, but you would be in outer space.” Connie replied.

“That has got to be the most unreal thing I have ever seen.” Omar commented. “Better than danger.”

“Anything is better than danger.” Steven said while finding a long stick.

Inside Lion's Mane, Wildernessa and Cheese Sticks looked in their surroundings with the wind blowing on them. Wildernessa felt like she was in a new world for the first time in her life. She didn’t feel like she’s in the creek anymore from the way Jessica played with Small Uncle, while feeling the pink grass itself, despite holding her breath to not let out of her breath.

When she turned to the tree, Craig stood in place while looking at the picture of Rose Quartz. He never forgot what he saw in his pink vision just before Steven punched Eliza when he saw the monster in Steven and Elisa as Rose herself. Then, the effects from Steven returned as his eyes turned pink. Everywhere had turned more pink as usual, but the only thing that changed, is Rose Quartz, turning into Pink Diamond.

If he saw that Rose was Pink Diamond from before, he would’ve picked up on why Steven couldn’t control himself, even though Eliza didn’t deserve what was coming to her. The only thing he hopes is that if his parents knew about what he did to his brother, Bernard, which there’s no avoiding tonight, they'd still allow him to stay no matter what conditions they demanded.

When he turned around, Wildernessa and Cheese Sticks stared at him without even attempting to move anywhere in Lion’s Mane. They know they would go nowhere if they leave, especially when they don’t have anything to breathe in. Soon, they noticed the end of a stick sticking from the pink grass, catching their and Jessica’s attention. It was their sign that their time is up in Lion’s Mane. They made their way to the stick as Craig jumped in along with his sister. Wildernessa and Cheese Sticks jumped in as Craig and Jessica jumped out of Lion’s Mane, catching their breath as Craig’s eyes turned back to normal. When Cheese Sticks popped his head out of Lion’s Mane, he couldn’t get out with Wildernessa still inside.

“Let’s go help him.” Steven spoked while grabbing the arm of Cheese Sticks. “This usually happens when someone big comes out.”

“I can only imagine if a building comes out of him.” J.P. wondered.

“Let’s not think about it, let’s help.” Omar replied. Some of the group pulled Steven while Connie and the rest of the group pulled the other arm of Cheese Sticks. Soon enough, Cheese Sticks is pulled out with Wildernessa finally taking a breath.

“Ahhh, If only there was air in there, we could’ve stayed longer.” Wildernessa panted.

“Is it still fun?” Steven asked.

“Yes! It felt like a pink playground land.” Jessica cheered.

“Minus the slides of course.” Craig added. They then heard the Timekeeper blowing through her Sousaphone. “It’s time to head home now.”

“Well, there’s no way to avoid it.” Steven walked up to Craig and Jessica. “We might as well face the music tonight.”

“I’ll make sure the music isn’t loud enough.” Jessica added.

“At least it was fun while it lasted.” J.P. replied.

“He could come back for another day, just not tomorrow.” Kelsey added.

“Craig’s parents won’t be able to see the good in Steven if they found out about his gem and powers.” Omar added.

“On second thought, maybe me and Lion should stay until after the meeting.” Connie walked up to Steven. “I know there’s no other way to work this out.”

“You're right.” Craig replied. “At one point, they’re gonna see me with pink eyes eventually.”

“This is gonna be a rough family meeting tonight.” Steven sighed.

“Even more than the last family meeting when you got here.”

Wildernessa felt disappointed she might not ride Lion, but on the other hand, she got something more, including her pet. “If they do allow you to stay, I hope Lion does come back.”

“We will work it out by chance.” Connie responded. “Let’s get going.”

Kelsey, J.P., Wildernessa and Omar went their separate ways back home while Craig, Jessica, Steven, Connie, and Lion made their way to Craig’s place. Steven hasn’t seen Craig’s parents since the family reunion, including last night when he slept over when none of them noticed him. He knows Bernard will be there tonight, especially with the incident he had with him back in his old apartment yesterday.

“So Craig.” He spoke to him. “When you got into Lion’s Mane, did your eyes turn pink again?”

“Yes.” Craig answered. “And there was a picture of Rose…who turned into…” He refuses to speak knowing it’ll affect him.

“Pink Diamond?” He guessed.

“Yes. I don’t need to tell you how I felt.”

“I can’t guarantee your parents would feel the same way if they found out about his mom, or even the Diamonds.” Connie commented.

“The truth will definitely make them see you not who you were since meeting them days ago.” Jessica added.

“Why do you have to say smart words for your age?” Steven looked up at the sky.

“It’s her thing, we are born differently, but grow mature fast.” Craig replied.

Chapter 25: Starlight Gospel Side

Chapter Text

The orange sky got darker with the streetlights in the neighborhood flickering into life. It was a long day for Steven to spend his time at the creek and even if it wasn’t the best day of his life, he at the very least spent time with Craig and knew him better than he did himself. But tonight has finally come. He and Craig know that Craig’s parents are at their house, possibly waiting for them to arrive. After coming out from the Creek, they walked up to Craig’s house, while also remembering that Lion is still out in the open.

“We need to make sure we show them Lion, but not this way.” Craig walked up to the front door.

“Maybe we can surprise them by not scaring them.” Steven replied. “Lion, can you go to the backyard and wait?”

Lion agreed as he jumped on the roof, making his way to the backyard. “They will know it’s not Santa Claus up there.” Jessica commented.

“We should’ve told him to teleport to the backyard.” Connie flinched.

“Let’s go in…and hope for the best.” Craig took out his house key as he unlocked the front door. The moment he opened the door, he saw his brother Bernard sitting on the steps.

“Hi Craig…and Steven.” He waved. “How was your day?”

“Better than last night.”

Bernard slowly stood up as Craig closed the front door. He still felt uncomfortable all day due to what happened last night. “Please tell me you’re not gonna explode again.”

“He won’t, where’s Mom and Dad?”

“They’re in the living room…waiting.” He then turned to the hallway with the TV on in the living room. “My girlfriend, Alexis, came over to check up on me. She agreed to be part of this meeting tonight.”

“I don’t need to know if you or her told them about last night.” Steven replied.

“Then we shouldn’t keep them waiting any longer.” Connie said.

“Well, here we go, let’s do this.” Craig spoked.

They made their way down the hallway with no food on the kitchen table nor in the kitchen itself. Craig may have had dinner two days ago, but by the looks of this, it’s more serious. When they turn to the left, Duane, Nicole, and Alexis are sitting on the sofa. They heard the front door pushed open and footsteps, knowing they’re skipping dinner after witnessing that Steven’s van was in their driveway. Nicole turned off the TV with the remote, she, her husband and Bernard’s girlfriend turned around to see Steven again.

“I thought yesterday would be the last time we would meet.” Nicole stood up from the sofa. “But after what Bernard told us, we don’t see you the same way as when you got here.”

“You didn’t think Bernard’s making things up?”

“We wouldn’t be good parents if we thought that.”

Nicole and Duane walked up in front of the group, looking straight at Steven, while Alexis stood in place. “Steven, we heard about you…exploding with Benard in your old apartment yesterday.”

“Did he tell you I have something hiding in my shirt?” Steven guessed.

“Yes and everything Craig told us a few days ago, we thought about him.”

Steven and Craig decided to cut to the chase as they walked by the TV to show them the truth. “Three nights ago when I met him after leaving the Creek, I bumped into him where I felt…” Craig stopped himself as Steven filled in by lifting his shirt up.

“He felt my gem.” He replied as Craig’s parents witnessed his gem for the first time.

“Also.” Jessica chimed in. “His shield was made out of magic.”

Steven used his powers to have his shield reappear, catching the attention from Craig’s parents. “Before you ask, I’m not a magician.”

“Then who are you exactly?” Nicole placed her hands on her hips.

Steven lowered his head while giving her the answer. “A Crystal Gem.”

With the words out in the open, Nicole and Duane knew there’s tons of information, but they would be here all night. They can tell the term Crystal Gem is a lot more private than it looks. As if what he did during their family reunion was all a lie about his life.

“Steven, you better understand we live in a healthy and stable family life.” Duane said.

“Having a gem in your belly button with…shields appearing out of thin air is the last thing people would expect.” Nicole added. “And secondly,” She walked up to him while looking down at her son. “We don’t give guests special privileges.”

“I wasn’t gonna leave him out in the rain.” Craig replied.

“That doesn’t mean you can have him stay without our permission.”

“Mr. and Mrs. Williams.” Connie chimed in. “Not that I don’t agree with you, but his life changed when he left Beach City three months ago.”

“That doesn’t change how he nearly harmed Benard.” Alexis replied.

“It was an accident.” Craig replied.

“I didn’t mean to harm Benard yesterday, I just wanted to leave to protect my social profile.” Steven said. “I’m not a terrible person because I have powers.”

“That’s the problem. We never saw you with your powers.” Nicole retorted as she turned to Craig again. “Craig, what powers did he show you?”

“He can fight, but not in a bad way.”

“Not helping.” Steven awkwardly grinned.

“He can go faster on a bike in pink and, he can shrink himself to a kid like me.”

“Anything else?”

Craig lowered his head while trying to stay on topic with his parents. “He gave me pink eye visions with his saliva.”

“Really!?” Nicole reacted. “Stranger danger levels.”

“I’m still a teen.” Steven replied. “I was trying to make him feel happy when he used my shield, I didn’t know his eyes turned pink.”

“If you can control your powers, are you capable of fixing him?” Bernard asked.

“Someone in public could see him if he had pink eyes.” Duane said.

“We’re working on it, this is the first time I’ve experienced this.” Steven sighed.

“This isn’t like how he helped me with my eyes.” Connie added.

“Do you expect me to believe you’re willing to fix him? If a doctor can’t give him eye drops to fix his eyes, I don’t believe you will.” Nicole crossed her arms.

Steven and Craig wanted to find the positives, but from the way Craig’s parents are catching on, they won’t allow Steven to sleep over for a week. “You don’t have to believe me but please, I wasn’t gonna leave and have him have pink eyes forever.” Steven said.

“Steven, we’re not allowing you to stay.”

“This isn’t a neighborhood from where you live if you actually expect them to have you stay.” Alexis commented.

“Plus…you're not family.” Duane added. “Cold, but it’s the truth.”

When Steven turned to the backyard, it was the only option he had left to prove to Craig’s parents on how his life’s privacy shows he needs to set things straight by any means necessary. “You're right.” Steven crossed his arms while heading by the patio door. “But I’ve always helped people’s problems from Beach City.”

“Every problem doesn’t center around you.” Nicole replied.

“But what we’re dealing with right now…is his and my problem.” Craig said.

Steven then opened the patio door, catching everyone’s attention. “My girlfriend Connie didn’t come by vehicle.”

Nicole and Duane looked at each other while Bernard and Alexis did the same. “I was wondering how your girlfriend got here.” Bernard spoked.

“I’m thinking of that more than being happy to see her.” Alexis added.

“Please, I want to show you this.” Steven got out of the living room.

“This better be a good example.” Nicole follows Steven. Everyone got out with the sky officially turning nighttime. Steven went down on the backyard porch as he turned around, next to Lion who was waiting patiently. Craig’s parents shook the moment they saw a lion in their backyard. Nicole almost screamed, but she covered her mouth while she and Duane went down the porch.

“That’s…a Lion!?” Bernard reacted while Jessica and Connie shushed him.

“Not so loud.” Connie replied.

“Sorry.”

Nicole and Duane slowly make their way to Lion, but they’re afraid he might jump and attack them. “He might eat us for dinner.” Duane shooked. “Then we won’t have dinner tonight.”

“He’s not gonna eat you.” Steven filled in.

“He’s not a predator.” Craig added.

“Whatever he is, I’m still not coming down.” Bernard stood by the patio door.

Nicole got close to Lion as it stood in place. Soon the presence of the big animal didn’t alarm her since he’s not causing any problems. “Was this the reason we heard stomps from the roof?” She asked.

“Yes.” Connie answered while following from behind. “Lion’s the reason I’m here is because he can teleport…and when Garnet told me that Steven needed support.”

Jessica walked up to Lion, eventually standing right next to him. “He’s really friendly and not scary, we can also jump into his mane.”

Nicole and Duane took their daughter’s words as they placed their arms through Lion’s mane, causing it to glow. “You came out from his mane?” Nicole turned to Connie.

“No, it’s not that type of teleportation.” Connie answered.

“Trust me, we had to hold our breath in there.” Craig filled in.

“Steven may not be family but Craig got curious about his gem powers.”

“Two nights ago and this morning, he told me what his life is and I couldn’t help myself, he’s like the only Crystal Gem we’re ever gonna meet.” Craig said while lowering his head. “Also, we had a good time hanging out in the creek. We didn’t do everything but we want to do more.”

Craig’s parents turned to Steven as he placed his hands in his pockets. “It’s not a good excuse to stay but I’ll do anything, I can pay for rent if you need it.”

Nicole and Duane took their time to process Craig’s relationship with Steven. They hope he can fix Craig’s eye problems before he leaves but if it requires more time, they have no choice but to keep him for a long time.

“Steven.” Nicole responded. “We’re gonna have you stay.”

“For one week?” Steven caught on.

“Maybe more than a week, but under a few conditions. You don’t have to pay rent however, at the very least, make a friend that’s your age in Herkleton.”

“Just one friend. Bernard can help you, starting tomorrow.” Duane turned around to see Bernard still next to the patio door. “It’s also important to work out your issues with him.”

“From the way I saw him today, he needs more time until he wants to be your friend again.”

“They can work on it as long as they need, me and my friends can help also.” Alexis replied.

“You want me to find a friend at my age tomorrow?” Steven replied. “Which means-”

“You’re not going to the creek tomorrow, you can do it the day after tomorrow.” Nicole answered. Steven wished he could come back to the creek and he will but not like this. “We’re not doing this for you. We’re doing this for Craig.”

Craig knew his mother was right. She wouldn’t do it any other way. However, he’ll have to let his friends know Steven won’t be around tomorrow. “Okay, I accept.” Craig responded.

“Also after every dinner from here on out, starting tonight, we want to hear about your life as a Crystal Gem.”

“If Craig believes you, then we might do the same.” Duane added.

“We won’t judge, but if you’re that different out in the open, maybe we might protect you if something bad happens.”

“Fine by me.” Steven agreed. “I haven’t eaten all day.”

“I would’ve taken you to The Creek’s Kitchen, but there were too many places, I forgot about lunch.” Craig’s stomach groaned. “I really got side tracked.”

“Okay then. I’m gonna make dinner for all of us, including Steven Universe.” Nicole smiled. “I still wouldn’t leave a guest starving.”

“Thanks Mrs. Williams.” Steven smiled.

“Well, I’m gonna leave, I still have college tomorrow.” Connie climbing on top of Lion. “I’ll come back for Kelsey’s book club if I have the chance.”

“Okay, but you better appear in our backyard, nowhere else.” Nicole demanded. “We don’t want anyone to know we have a lion here.”

“They might see him as a predator, unlike us.” Bernard added. “And I’m sure they don’t want to ride on him unlike kids from the creek.”

Lion groaned which caused Bernard to flinch. “He heard that.” Connie called. “But sure, we’ll only appear in the backyard. Hope things work out for you Steven.” Lion roared beams from his mouth as a portal appeared in front of him. He and Connie jumped through the portal and disappeared.

“Okay, maybe the backyard isn’t the best idea if the lion’s gonna roar like that.” Nicole picked her ear plug.

“Let’s just have dinner and I’ll tell you a bit about myself. I’ll call Connie to work on that problem.” Steven replied.

Steven, Alexis, and Craig’s family head inside as they have dinner tonight. Soon after that, Steven had a private meeting with Nicole and Duane, but Craig isn’t allowed to take part. He brushed his teeth while getting into his pajamas, heading inside his bedroom. With Jessica and Bernard in their bedrooms and Alexis leaving, he couldn’t get to sleep. He sat on his bed waiting if Steven did come up to his room before he headed to bed. It took longer than he thought, even more when he showed him his gem two nights ago. His parents really need to know him all the while trusting him enough to stay.

After thirty minutes, he heard his door pushed open, revealing Steven himself in his pajamas with a blanket and pillow. “So how did it go?” He asked.

“Not bad, but not good either.” Steven replied. “I also want to point out that I have to sleep in your room instead of on the sofa in the living room.”

“That’s fine, my top bunk bed isn’t big, but it’s better than sleeping on the ground.”

Steven smiled as he sat next to Craig. “It is better, I was actually happy your Mom allowed me to sleep in here.”

“Did you tell them about Ruby and Aquamarine?”

“No, I didn’t want them to be in a panicked mood, they don’t deserve it.”

“True, but at least they don’t know where you’re sleeping.”

Steven knows he’s safe from Ruby and Aquamarine with them not knowing his whereabouts, but even by finding a friend tomorrow, he’ll keep an eye out for them. “You know when we met Maya by the waterfall, you know they might be paired with Xavier?”

“It’s a possibility, but I haven’t seen Xavier since the Capture The Flag war.” Craig then took a deep breath, knowing he won’t be around Steven tomorrow. “I don’t think I’m gonna protect myself if they find me in the creek.”

“Well I know they could be with Xavier, but on the other hand, I don’t know where he lives.”

“I know he has a brother and sister, and his house but I don’t have a picture of it.”

“We’re worry about that the day after tomorrow. If Ruby and Aquamarine find you, head straight home. You will be safe. Or you can go to your friend's house, J.P. or Kelsey’s. I know they won’t break in when they get caught.”

“Good idea.” Craig crawled on his bed as Steven got off. “I don’t think I’ll have a chance against them.”

“No one will, believe me.” Steven turned off the bedroom light as he got on top of Craig’s bunk bed with his blanket and pillow. “And Craig.” He laid his head on his pillow. “Maybe if I can, I might have you meet Garnet, Pearl, and Amethyst through my phone. It’s the least we can do if you want to meet them.”

Craig wouldn’t pass the opportunity but he doesn’t know what to say. Especially Steven might also include the other Crystal Gems like Peridot, Lapis, and Bismuth. “I would wait if we needed more time. I’m still bummed they won’t come over to meet me face to face.”

“I would love to have them come over Craig…but it’s better to keep things simple.” Steven yawned while closing his eyes. “I still need to work things out with your parents.”

“I know.” Craig also yawned.

“Good night.”

“Good night.”

The two fell asleep in slumber with their day officially over. They won’t be together tomorrow, but they'll take it until the following day. They’re thankful they'll be friends for a little longer while there’s a lot more in the creek to see, including the other side.

Outside of Craig’s curtain and window, Aquamarine and Ruby were eavesdropping from the outside, hearing everything from Steven and Craig’s conversation. “Oh Steven, we're always a step ahead from you.” Aquamarine whispered.

“We'll make sure Craig doesn’t find sanctuary when we keep him occupied.” Ruby added. Aquamarine flew away while carrying Ruby. They will tell Xavier about what they’re gonna do tomorrow, and continue more on their alliance, all the while giving Steven a really great friend of his age. They know Steven will meet Xavier soon, but they’re sure he won’t find out about their plan and what they’re gonna do next.

Chapter 26: Exploited Sociable Affinity

Chapter Text

Morning came, with Steven and Craig having breakfast. Not long afterwards Nicole asked Bernard to take him out. She told her son to keep his mind off of Steven until sunset. She’s willing to have him bring Jessica along to keep him occupied more, while keeping her promise from last night for him to hang out with Steven again after today.

Instead of taking his vehicle, Bernard texted his girlfriend to wait by the stop sign close to his house so he and Steven could meet her. Bernard didn’t make any eye contact towards Steven, not judgmentally, but his new viewpoint won’t change anytime soon even with how long Steven had been at his place.

“This isn’t the best time, but were you planning on doing your job today?” Steven wondered.

“Yes but my Mom called my boss about…” Bernard blushed embarrassedly. “...me having a panic attack.”

“Did she tell them about me?”

“No, even without me telling them.”

Steven took a deep breath, relieved his incident with Bernard wasn’t exposed. “I’m just happy your parents are respectful of my private life. I would do the same if the roles were reversed.”

“Don’t make it obvious Steven, especially when it’s not obvious what your whole life is. Unlike your brother, I’m not interested in your life or powers.”

Steven wished he would attempt to make amends with Craig’s brother, but if he told him a bit about what’s coming after him and Craig, he’ll never succeed in doing it. They then witnessed Alexis standing by the stop sign after she received her boyfriend’s text. “Hi Bernard…and Steven.” She bit her lip after witnessing Steven.

“Hi…” Steven waved as he and Bernard walked up to her. “Was the portal from last night enough to make you think I’m not who you thought I was?”

“I can’t answer that!” Alexis looked down. “Would it be best if we forget about everything and start over?”

“Including the explosion?” Bernard guessed.

“What do you want me to say?”

“Nothing to hurt his feelings to start with, but the truth needs to be told.”

“If he hurt you intentionally, then the truth makes sense.”

Steven didn’t say another word, remembering he did hurt people physically when it came to his outbursts leading to violence on some occasions. “Do you know what type of friends you’ll find for me?”

“Steven, the day has just started, I wasn’t even planning on finding a friend for you.” Bernard replied.

“Especially me, but…I’m not against it.” Alexis added.

With a car driving past on the road, it gave them a chance to walk over the road. With Bernard walking in the middle, he, nor his girlfriend told their other friends about Steven since they didn’t see what happened at his old apartment. “You know Steven.” Bernard spoked. “If you told me the truth when you met me four days ago, I would think you’re crazy, but even with everything that still happens afterwards…I would consider being your friend, no matter how deranged I’ll be.”

Despite making Steven smile, the gem himself still wouldn’t believe it completely. “Would you think I would be deranged?”

“No, in fact, I would believe you’re a hero without knowing your enemies. Enemies who'll be worse than criminals.”

“You’re right. But in case you haven’t noticed, I’m not a celebrity from where I live. In fact, The Crystal Gems did more than me to be well known celebrities.”

“Does being a Crystal Gem qualify as a private life for justice?” Alexis wondered. “Your girlfriend did say you fight, right?”

“Yes, but the justice and private life part…some of my friends didn’t mind me having powers, nor everything going on around them.” Both Bernard and Alexis looked at each other, as if the citizens who live close to Steven are more different than the people in Herkleton. “Craig and his friends would feel the same way if I was their age.”

“With three mothers, Crystal Gems in fact, who'll be fighters to protect us?” Bernard guessed. “You know the creek they go to won’t be safe if everything took place there.”

“I go to different locations outside of Beach City, not to mention the forest close by kind of looks like the creek.”

“But there was danger at Beach City right?”

“Yes.”

“Do you think this is a good time to talk about this?” Alexis chimed in. “Wouldn’t this be more appropriate if we had this conversation in my apartment?”

“Finding a friend is what Nicole wants me to do today.” Steven turned his attention to Alexis. “I’m sure she wouldn’t like it if I didn’t make one before I got home.”

“But Steven, this isn’t what we want from you, I don’t even think we want to come to where you used to live.”

“Craig might come if that pink lion ever comes back, but we wouldn’t miss anything if we pass.” Bernard added.

“I’m not taking Craig, even if I had permission. I told him last night we might talk to my friends through my phone. It’s the least I could do for him to meet Pearl, Amethyst and Garnet.”

Bernard didn’t think Steven would do facetime as an option but even without going, he still doesn’t want to meet any Crystal Gem. “You might as well take him instead of facetiming. He probably wouldn’t feel too satisfied.”

“He’s not that demanding, though.”

“Yeah, try taking him to places after you accidently scratched your car while he blackmails you, and ruin the whole inside from all the restaurant food you took him.” After confessing a past incident, this caused Steven to raise an eyebrow.

“It’s worth experiencing it, although I did enjoy myself before it happened.” Alexis commented.

“He did want a lot of take-out food.”

“I would know how selfish he was if I actually had a brother who acted like that.” Steven catching on. “But still, I still know he’s not that demanding. I just hope the friend I make won’t be any of that.”

“No other friend here would do that, I’m sure of it.” Alexis smiled. “Maybe you can take him to Pasta La Vista for lunch.”

“We’re doing what we can to help out.” Bernard added. “And I have to do what I can to convince them I’m in a state of peace and safety.”

“You've been more peaceful ever since I hung out with you.” Steven smiled. “Pizza there would also take the stress off your mind.”

As they continued to walk on the sidewalk, they went past one of the expensive houses in the neighborhood. Unlike days ago when Berard gave him a tour, Steven didn’t bother no matter how great the house is. However upon walking past, Xavier looked through the window, after coming up with a strategy with Ruby and Aquamarine behind closed doors, Steven is in range while his older brother made a head start after telling him Steven’s a light sleeper.

Steven, Bernard and Alexis made their way to another stop sign only this time, a park bench displayed with a person sitting on it. It took Steven’s attention along with Bernard and Alexis. “Why don’t you try that guy?” Bernard replied.

“He looks like a college student.” Alexis said. “But he still looks really nice.”

Steven didn’t hesitate, he may not see his face but if it’s worth giving it a shot, he’ll succeed his goal right away. “I’ll go for it.” He made his way to the park bench, sitting down next to him while Bernard and Alexis watched. Even a couple of years older than him, Steven isn’t afraid to make a proper impression. “Hello.” He spoked. “This may be sudden, but I’m a visitor here. I’m gonna be in Herkleton for a while and I haven’t made a friend during my travels.”

“You’re a traveler?” He asked, whilst looking away from Steven.

“Yes, I've been traveling over the past three months. It would be nice to get to know you.”

When he turned to Steven, his eyes blinked after taking his younger brother’s word today. “Hey, you’re him.” He smiled.

“I’m him?” Steven blinked.

“You’re that person my brother showed me yesterday. And he even told me you were gonna be in the neighborhood today.”

Steven turned back to Bernard and Alexis, who Bernard couldn't believe it while his girlfriend became surprised. She rooted for him to make the next move as Steven turned back to the person. “Was your brother in the creek?”

“Used to, but it’s a different story.” He raised his hand up for a handshake. “I’m Kenneth, your name?”

“Steven, Steven Universe.” He shook his hand.

“Steven Universe? That’s an amiable name.”

“Seems your brother didn’t catch my name but then again, I haven’t met him in person.”

“I’ll text him right now if he wants to meet you tonight.” Kenneth took out his phone as he texted his brother.

“I have to admit, that’s actually impressive.” Bernard commented.

“We should have Steven take his friend with his car, he’ll be friends with him in no time.” Alexis smiled.

“Agreed.”

“We are making sure he doesn’t see his gem right?”

“It’s the least we can do.”

After sending his text to his brother, his brother responded. “Oh…sorry, but he doesn’t want to meet you tonight.” He put his phone away.

“Oh, that’s odd, since he told you about me.” Steven said.

“It is odd, he told me he doesn’t want me to tell you his name.” Kenneth took a deep breath. “But he did know I would make another friend after he showed a photo of you.”

This caused Steven to reflect just when his impression was going good. “What photo did he show you?”

“You hugged that kid while you were crying. It felt like you saved his life.”

Steven remembered he didn’t do anything to save a kid’s life from danger, including Craig. Especially the fight he had with Bluebird when it was personal. “It must have been a misunderstanding. Do you have the photo?”

“Yes, but it’s in my car after the music concert me and my sister had last night. Should I go get it to show you?”

Steven looked at the floor, he knew something was odd but at the same time Kenneth isn’t pulling a trick, just his brother. “Maybe later. Not that I don’t want to see it, I just felt a little bamboozled.”

“I don’t feel bamboozled, if there’s one thing my brother doesn’t do is make me look like a fool.”

“You could be right.” He got up from the park bench and so did Kenneth. “So maybe during lunch time, do you want to get some pizza from Pasta La Vista?”

“Sure. Is it okay if we go to the college I attend? We can spend time there.”

“Okay, I’ve also visited multiple colleges during my travels. This should be a good college to see.”

“You won’t be disappointed.” Kenneth patted on Steven’s back. The two left the park bench as Bernard and Alexis followed them. “By the way.” Kenneth spoked as he and the others walked past his house. “That’s my house.” He pointed.

“Oh, I didn’t notice that.”

“That’s a great house.” Alexis commented.

“I could never afford a house like that, your family must have made a fortune to afford it.” Bernard added.

“Trust me, my parents know how to be in control when it comes to wealth.” Kenneth smiled.

“I’ve seen better looking houses, but this still looks stylized.” Steven added. “Your brother must be inside.”

“Yeah. Again, sorry you won't be able to meet him after he texted me.”

“If he really didn’t bamboozle you, then I guess I wasn’t bamboozled.”

“Should we take your car?”

“Yes.”

As the group made their way back to Bernard’s house, Xavier went back to the window after hiding, preventing attention from Steven himself. “Perfect.” He grinned. He went back to his bedroom to continue with his plan in action but this time, it’s his friends who take action. He turned on his computer while activating the spare phone from outside to get his alliance’s attention. Ruby and Aquamarine have been waiting by the side of Xavier’s house while the spare phone vibrates, taking Ruby by notice. “Make your way to the creek Ruby and Aquamarine, it’s time to kidnap Craig!”

“And to point out, we’re not taking him back here right?” Aquamarine asked.

“No. Take him to a cave where no one can find him. Keep him occupied and make sure he doesn’t escape.”

“I love the way you strategize.” Ruby grinned as Aquamarine lifted her up. They made their way to the Creek as they stopped in the air to see Steven walking with Kenneth. “This is gonna be better than beating Steven.”

“I’ve always wanted to get back at Craig after he stopped us.” Aquamarine replied. “He’ll learn to never mess with us again.”

Chapter 27: Cobalt Stone Abduction

Chapter Text

Craig and Jessica walked together in the creek after they left their house. While Craig has to go through a whole day without taking Steven from place to place in the creek, he also needs to keep an eye out for Ruby and Aquamarine, as they could appear at any minute.

“Craig.” Jessica spoked. “Not that I’m the only one who misses Steven, but why are you looking everywhere?”

“We’re still gonna meet my friends and tell them that Steven isn’t with us.” Craig answered while still looking around. “I’m making sure something doesn’t happen.”

“What's something?”

Craig took a deep breath, after he and Steven didn’t tell his parents last night about the biggest threats coming after his friend. “Steven’s…two…enemies.”

“He has enemies coming after him!?”

“Shhh!” He covered her mouth.” Not out loud!”

“Don’t shush me!” She pushed his hand off. “We got to go find him now!”

“Jessica, they’re not coming after him. They might come after me.”

Jessica felt frozen, as if she and her brother were getting chased down. “Who are his two enemies?”

Craig lowered his head to spill the beans to his sister. “Ruby…and Aquamarine. They’re not Crystal Gems…but they’re revenge gems.”

“You didn’t tell our parents about them?”

“If I or Steven did tell them, they wouldn’t allow him to sleep over.” Craig then placed his hands on his face. “Us telling them of me having pink eyes is what I thought would get Steven kicked out.”

“Well, what are we gonna do?”

“If one of us sees them we head straight back to our house or the houses of my friends for safety. It’s not the best strategy, but we don’t stand a chance against them.”

Jessica stomped on the ground in frustration. “We can’t run away like losers, let’s fight back like wrestlers!”

Craig bites his lip, especially that Steven didn’t give him any details about them, including their Bluebird fusion. “We can’t fight back, they’re too powerful.”

“They’re not as powerful as the other foes Steven’s dealt with, right?”

“Yes but when they’re one, they are.”

From the tree branches from above, Ruby and Aquamarine popped their heads out, spotting Craig and Jessica. They both grinned, ready to put their plan into action without Steven in their way. “Jessica, I stopped them during the rainstorm two nights ago and even if I save Steven momentarily, I doubt I’ll ever beat them in a real fight.”

“I don’t believe you.”

“If you actually saw it, you would know how aggressive they are.”

“You were brave enough to go out in the storm, you can’t be weak from them because of that.”

“No, I’m referring to their powers, you know Steven isn’t the only gem who has powers. I’ve seen ice arrows of some sort on the ground.”

“Ice arrows? You mean like from that action adventure game?”

“Kind of. The point is, their powers are more dangerous even if I’ve never seen them fight. Even weapons have no match against them.”

“No match? How did Steven even beat them?”

Craig sighed, knowing Steven’s history with foes isn't as easy as he thought. “He didn’t even when he won the war.”

“But not the battle against them?”

All that Craig did was nod, then out of nowhere, Aquamarine flew out of the branch, snatching Craig from the ground and up in the air. “Perfect remark.”

“Ahhh!” Craig reacted as Ruby also appeared, landing on the ground catching Jessica’s attention. She took out her chisel knife, pointing it at Craig’s sister.

“Stand back and you won’t get hurt!” Ruby shouted.

“You put my brother back down!” Jessica looked up from above.

“Not happening, toddler!” Aquamarine taunted as she turned to Craig. “We’ve been waiting to get our hands on him since he interfered.”

Jessica clinched her fist in anger. “You don’t mess with my brother!” She grabbed hold onto Ruby’s chisel knife, taking the gem by notice.

“So you really want to get hurt like your brother huh?” Ruby holding her grip on her weapon. “You don’t know how dangerous we are, kid.”

“Jessica, just let go!” Craig shouted.

“I’m not letting go! They can’t be more dangerous if I get their weapons away from them!” Jessica launched back with her foot, hitting Ruby’s leg. However upon impact, a tear came out of her eye with the wince of pain on her toes. “Mmm!” She cried while letting go of Ruby.

“I would fight back, but that's enough amusement for me.” Ruby grinned as Jessica landed on the ground, taking off her shoe and sock to feel her toes.

“It felt like hitting a brick wall…”

“You had to learn it the hard way.” Aquamarine smirked while picking up Ruby. They flew back in the air, leaving Jessica all alone while taking Craig away.

“I’ve got to get help, even if Steven won’t be back any time soon, I’m not letting them take Craig away.” Jessica tried to get back up but soon got back down with her toes sore. “...ahh, it’s probably worse than a brick wall!”

Aquamarine flew higher up from the ground while Craig shook in fear. If he does something, they might fuse again and take him down the hard way. “Where are we going!?” He reacted.

“Somewhere really safe…” Aquamarine looked down. “For you.”

“You’re gonna hurt my friends are you?”

“No.” Ruby replied. “That is, unless they try to rescue you.”

“That is again, if they can find you.” Aquamarine searched underneath the trees as she saw a cave. Upon heading down, the cave itself is darker in the inside. Craig has never been inside the cave, if he had more time before Steven came here, he would’ve got the chance to explore inside, including his friends.

“Now that’s a cave no child would ever go to.” Ruby grinned.

“This creek he’s been telling us is a lot more hidden for our plan.”

Craig hoped they’re not referring to his worst enemy, but what else they would work for who’s not Steven, or his friends. Ruby and Aquamarine take him inside the cave as Ruby glows with her gem eyeball. Soon they stopped when they saw the cave having a steep entrance. Ruby searched down, while witnessing a huge opening underneath.

“We can’t get any more hidden than this.”

“So let’s have our new friend, Craig go first.” Aquamarine pushed Craig down the steep cave while also taking his bag off. Craig landed on the ground with his arms and knees in pain. Just when he’s about to get back up, Ruby and Aquamarine got down immediately while Ruby pointed her knife at him.

“I’m not fighting back! I’m not fighting back!” Craig raised both of his hands.

“Just keep walking and don’t stop until we say so.” Ruby ordered.

They forced Craig to enter the opening in the darkness. Ruby looked around, surprised the inside’s bigger than she thought. More than twenty folded beach chairs all around them as if kids used to have a show here. “Okay, stop!” Aquamarine called as Craig stood in place.

“We may need to move these seats, but this is still perfect camouflaging.” Ruby smirked.

“Anyway.” The two stared at Craig. “You’re Craig Williams.”

“And Steven told me your Ruby and Aquamarine.” Craig stood back. “And Bluebird is your fusion.”

“Steven really caught you up about us.”

“He did tell me about gems before you two came.”

“Who else would? If anything, us would’ve been the last gems he would ever talk to you about.” Ruby replied. “But in case you haven’t noticed, we’re his only enemies that are left.”

“And we’re keeping it that way, permanently.” Aquamarine flew behind Craig. “Especially since we’re your new enemies.”

Craig sighed, knowing he got in their way after he rushed to the creek. “I wasn’t gonna leave him all alone okay!? I wouldn’t even have helped him if you hadn’t attacked him.”

“It’s been a long time since we’ve last fought him, only because of his Crystal Gem friends, but without them,” Ruby pointed his knife close to Craig. “He’s defenseless.”

“And you should’ve left well enough alone, allowing Steven to leave so you wouldn’t be down here.” Aquamarine taunted.

“And look at the bright side.” Ruby gets Craig’s attention again. “If everything had never changed between us and Steven back at Homeworld, you would’ve dealt with way worse consequences.”

“Homeworld?” Craig stood in place. “Steven never told me that.”

“He did tell you about the Diamonds right?”

“Yes.”

Aquamarine landed next to Ruby while Craig sat down, not risking the two chasing him down. “For your information, we were taking orders from them. I would’ve kept my wand and things would’ve been really easy to prevent anyone from fighting back, or escaping.”

“If I knew you two personally or any other gem, maybe I would’ve hesitated.” Craig spoked. “But for your information, Steven’s gem is what caused me to grow on him in the first place. Especially when other kids in the creek, including my worst enemies, knew what happened between you and Steven.”

“You think that we would rather be anywhere in the creek?” Ruby retorted. “It’s not our fault several kids watched us, while spreading information.”

“Also keep in mind.” Aquamarine showing Craig their spare phone. “If you can keep Steven here from suspicion, so can he.” She turned on her phone as Ruby pressed the facetime app, revealing Xavier sitting in his chair with a smirk on his face.

“The former King.” Craig quipped, feeling uncomfortable.

“Long time no see Craig.” He replied. “Was your wild guess of me out of all people forming an alliance with these two Gems more horrifying than you thought?”

Craig remains silent while closing his eyes. “Yes! Who else would it be?”

“I don’t need to ask how much you know him.” Aquamarine replied.

“Exactly.” Xavier crossed his arms. “Where’s your friend Steven Universe? Oh, that’s right, he’s making a friend his age.”

“Bet you also don’t have to ask who’s friend he’s making.” Ruby added.

“I actually need to know.” Craig spoked.

“Well too bad.” Xavier leaned close to his camera lens. “As long as everything is intact, I want to distance myself from Steven while he’s away.”

“He’ll find out I’ll be missing and he’ll tell me what friend he’s making!”

“As if he knows me better than anyone else at the creek. But at the same time…I want to meet him in my own way.” Craig couldn’t piece together what the former king is up to. Even by chance, Steven would find out sooner with him disappearing, but when that happens, Xavier could have the upper hand rather than him. “You always think everything will be sunshine and rainbows after the Capture The Flag war. But you never defeat someone even after being victorious.”

“Nor change what they act or feel.” Aquamarine added.

“It’s staying that way forever.” Ruby added.

“Talk all you want.” Craig looked straight at Xavier. “But there’s no way you’re gonna start another war with only three of you.”

“We’re not starting another war.” Xavier replied. “But we are planning on going to where Steven used to go.”

“You want to go to Beach City!?”

“And Homeworld.”

Craig is aware Lion is the only way for them to get to Beach City, but even if Connie and Lion found out about Xavier’s plan, they don’t know what strategy Xavier’s pulling to avoid defeat. But once Steven finds out, he’ll have to get to the bottom of his as fast as possible. And if they succeed at their plan, Steven would go into turmoil on his own.

“You’re all beyond insane.” Craig said. “Everything will turn into complete chaos if you go to where Steven was born.”

“Steven isn’t the only one who needs time here, I do.” Xavier pointed at Craig. “The only thing I want isn’t another war to win, just revenge. And I can’t think of a better way to see you back to the bottom with your new best friend farther away from you in misery.”

“And not the misery from our battle if you just left us alone.” Ruby taunted.

“Why don’t you make me feel misery while you three are at it?” Craig lowered his head, sighing.

“Misery is a term of victory to me.” Xavier said. “I’m waiting for the right moment for you to feel just as much misery as Steven. And you know I’m not wrong.” Craig couldn’t retort, he can’t prove to Xavier wrong, especially since he’s right that no one trusts a bully like him, but not Aquamarine and Ruby. “Just as we thought.”

“The misery is coming to him already.” Ruby said.

“And it’ll get worse by the minute.” Aquamarine added.

“Well anyway, I’m gonna play some video games. See you three later.” Xavier logged out of facetime as Aquamarine turned off the phone.

Ruby glowed up with her eye gem, causing Craig to cover his eyes from the brightness. “You should be lucky enough none of your friends are getting hurt. You and Steven are enough for us.”

“You know, if I had powers like you two, I would fight until I’m the last gem standing.” Craig commented. “Even if I’m not solid like you two.”

“You’re beyond untrained Craig, you think it's all that easy?”

“No. But I would’ve followed everything similar to Steven when he got trained.”

“We’ve only fought Steven once together in a battle, including as Bluebird.” Aquamarine said. “You’re just like every other kid in this stupid creek, your accomplishments are what toddlers get for stars in kindergarten schools.”

“I appreciate your egotistical tone. It's clear you don’t know how people function here.” He turned to Aquamarine with a serious look.

“Similar to how Steven’s friends function since you never met them in person?”

“At least I’ll still be safe from you two. Even if Steven won’t take me there, you two and Xavier are the last people he would ever take, since you two left Beach City in the first place.”

“Hey!” Ruby pointed at Craig. “We couldn’t get back to Homeworld with everything changed over the last couple of years.”

“Also, we couldn’t fuse on Homeworld. We would’ve been zapped from Yellow Diamond while humans like Steven, would’ve been thrown into a cell.” Aquamarine commented.

“We can’t eat, but since you do, you could starve.”

“You're just trying to scare me, aren't you?” Craig replied.

“Do you have snacks? We can stomp them if we want.”

Craig remembered that he packed snacks in his bag and knew the two gems wouldn’t hesitate to make him starve. “You do know I’m not scared of you two, right?”

“If I had my wand, I would’ve given you nightmares.” Aquamarine retorted.

“Hey, Maya of all people scares me way more than you two.”

“Funny you mentioned her because we also met her yesterday.”

“And I don’t need to know she didn’t become Xavier’s BFF again.”

“Ugh!! SHUT UP!” Ruby shouted. “You’re so fearless of us, I just want to give you more misery until you cry!”

Craig backed away from Ruby’s rage, not long until Aquamarine knew what made Craig scared. “Ruby.” She spoke to her attention. “I think we should have Craig get to know who he's really dealing with.”

This caused Ruby to grin yet again. “So on your side.” They both fused with the glow causing Craig to look away. When the glow went away, all that Craig saw was pitch darkness. But soon, Bluebird turned on the flashlight on her phone, revealing herself to Craig.

Craig clenched his teeth, scared to even come near Bluebird. “Bet you can’t fuse with Steven like us.” She walked up to him.

“Technically, we were close to fusing, if we hadn't been interrupted.” Craig commented.

“Really?” Bluebird leaned close. “Steven just wanted himself to get stronger towards anyone he’s growing towards on the inside. But know this.” She magically formed her ice cutlass in her hand, pointing it at Craig. “Becoming a fusion is a lot harder upon being a different person.”

Craig refuses to believe her but if he knew how to fuse with a gem on his own, he’ll never be afraid to admit how becoming a different person wouldn’t be intense. “I didn’t realize how close I was with Steven over the last several days.”

“Then where has your childhood been all your life?” Just after Bluebird’s retort, Craig’s eyes turned pink, visible in front of the fusion.

“Mostly here in the creek.” He sat back down again. “But Steven never took that away.”

“Even when he turned you into a pink eyed freak?”

This caused Craig to look straight at Bluebird. “He will turn me back to normal!”

“You don’t know that for a fact, right?”

Craig’s whole body shook while looking straight into Bluebird’s face. With darkness all around him and her, all he saw was the light from her eyes with a menacing grin. “Yes, I doubt he’ll fix me. And now I’m having nightmares just by looking at you.”

“Well, something I like from your ominous pink eyes.” Bluebird then flew next to Craig, wrapping her arm around him. “Just stay in place or we’re gonna make your nightmare come true. You don’t want that, don’t you?”

“No…” Craig replied. “But can you at least allow me to have my snacks when I get hungry?”

“As long as you don’t do anything, fine.” Bluebird left him alone as Craig took a deep breath. “And also Craig.” She turned around. “Learn how to feel trauma like Steven.”

As she guards the opening, Craig took the words to heart. He never understood the word trauma, but from how Bluebird said it, he wants nothing to do with it. His heart pounded while still seeing in his pink vision. He glowed brighter with each pound, even brighter than the last, but with one final heartbeat, his body lit up in pink, which engulfed the whole cave. It caught Bluebird’s attention as Craig immediately took notice with his eyes back to normal.

“I swear I wasn’t trying to distract you to escape!”

“Just don’t make me do real harm to you!”

As Bluebird went back to her guarding, Craig placed both of his hands on his head. It felt like his body lost control from the inside. But now he’s afraid that the effects from Steven aren't just from his eyes anymore. “Steven’s gonna freak out about this.” He whispered to himself.

Chapter 28: Steven Universe Of The Campus

Chapter Text

Steven drove his van with Kenneth, Bernard and Alexis inside to the University Of Herkleton. Kenneth gave his new friend the directions to the location as Steven followed everything. He drove through the gate while parked at the parking lot, not long as he and the others got out.

“Welcome to the University Of Herkleton.” Kenneth padded on Steven’s back. “A really great campus for the future for everyone here.”

“Every college has a future for everyone.” Steven smiled as Kenneth laughed.

“We were planning to come here for our future studies.” Alexis commented. “We’re planning that out the next time we come back here.”

“It’s never too early, don’t forget that.” Bernard added.

Kenneth had more opportunities for where he could take Steven to. He’s planning on showing him his friends at their dorms, including his own dorm later. But first, he took him to the water fountain where he always goes to. “This is where I mostly take in the fresh air while listening to this fountain.” Kenneth sitting on the edge. “Granted there are other water fountains even outside of colleges, but this is my favorite spot.”

Steven and his friends saw the coins in the water from the fountain. “You sometimes put a coin in there?”

“Once per week.”

“Well, it’s this fountain’s lucky day.” Steven tosses his coin in the fountain, while sitting next to Kenneth.

“We don’t grant wishes in college, but it’s a step forward for your future.”

As Alexis sat next to Steven, Bernard decided to stay standing. Despite being impressed with Steven’s impression, he’s still keeping his distance from him. He knows he won’t blow up like before, especially with his new friend, but he’s aware that if his friend could find out about his true self, he could be suspicious like he was.

“Bernard.” Alexis spoke to get her boyfriend’s attention. “Aren’t you gonna sit next to us?”

“No, I’m good, this university is still new to me.” He responded.

“What do you mean? You and her wanted to be here for your future.” Kenneth replied.

“It’s not that, it’s just this day is about you and Steven, not ours.”

Kenneth gave him a confused look while Steven followed what he meant, but with an improbable look. “Bernard, it’s not all about me and him, if it were, I wouldn’t take you and Alexis along.”

“Technically speaking…we can’t really make it about me and you if we can.”

“Sorry, but you two have officially lost me.” Kenneth responded. “Steven, you told me earlier that you’re a traveler.”

“Yes I am, but I forgot to say that I got here four days ago.” Steven turned to Kenneth. “I’ve met Bernard and Alexis, but we haven’t been friends.”

“It’s not true, it’s just…” Alexis refused to expose Steven’s true identity, but Kenneth’s catching on. “…Steven has a really embarrassing…”

“Lively initiation.” Bernard said, getting Kenneth’s attention. “It wasn’t ugly or anything, we didn’t appreciate his life as much as we thought. It was just me and Alexis who found out about it.”

“Ohh.” Kenneth followed on. “If it was really embarrassing, I don’t need to know about it.”

“Yeah.” Steven replied. “I’m sure you had embarrassing occasions like I have.”

“If one person never had that, they wouldn’t be your friend.”

“You can’t disagree on that.”

“Big time.”

Bernard felt relieved he helped Steven dodged a bullet, including himself. “The thing is, it got harder for me to like him. Travelers really have a lot of different qualities but it doesn’t mean I should like them. Nothing personal.”

This gave Steven an idea after listening to Bernard. He got up, looking at Bernard with a smile on his face. “I don’t like all of your qualities but, there are still different ways to have a friend to like.”

“It’s just…you were the first traveler I met. Would you feel the same way if one of us went to your place?”

Kenneth wondered if what Bernerd meant would be a coincidence if he ever traveled like Steven. Which gave him a question for his friend to answer upon getting up like he did. “Where do you live?”

Steven came clean as he turned to him. “Beach City.” He answered. “To cut things short, I do live by the beach, but I’m not a swimming person like some people there.”

“I wasn’t expecting you to be a swimmer, but Beach City does sound like a fun place to travel to.”

“There are places like Funland Arcade and Beach City Funland, just to name a couple.”

“My brother is a gamer, but I can’t remember the last time he went to an arcade in Herkleton.” Kenneth lowered his head. “And I don’t think he’ll ever attend this college like I did when he becomes my age.”

Steven would’ve thought Kenneth’s brother was more of an indoor person than an outdoor person, but it gets more odder every time he thinks about him. “Did he ever spend time with you?”

“No. In fact, you would probably need to meet him to know him personally…if he wanted to meet you that is.”

Steven had been thinking of the photo he had in mind after meeting Kenneth, but with the way he’s slowly picking up the pieces, his brother could be hiding something. “Should we go somewhere else? To keep the mood going forward instead of nowhere?”

“There’s a cafe that has soft serve ice cream.” He offered. “It’ll keep the mood up.”

“Yeah, it’ll definitely put us in a more happy mood.” Alexis agreed, being the last one to get up.

“Let me take you all there.” Kenneth led the way as Steven and the others followed them. Upon arriving at the cafe, they brought their own soft serve ice cream while Kenneth began touring Steven around the campus. They made their way to a football field where students are practicing for their big game against the other college team. “I don’t usually come to these football events since…I’m a cartoon guy in animation class.” Kenneth smiled. “But this campus has tons of sports for everybody.”

“Not really a sports person, including football, but I’ve been on a diet recently.” Steven replied.

“I’ve been keeping track of my diet. But if I took part as a football player, I would be kicked out on my first day.”

“Yeah, unless you got into the spirit of football.” Bernard added.

“Or any sport, really.” Alexis added.

“The only sport that I had the closest of spirit to is baseball but…” Steven stopped himself while taking a lick of his ice cream. “Let’s just say my team were rookies while the enemy's team…were all out for the color red.”

Kenneth laughed at Steven’s sense of humor. “In my childhood, my old friends who took part in football couldn’t pass the touchdown with the ball in their arm.”

“Who were your old friends exactly?”

“Mark, Barry and David.”

Steven remembered what happened between him, Craig and his battle against the Elders Of The Creek. And after hearing their names, he didn’t think it was a coincidence Kenneth was friends with them. “I did meet them once but…let’s just say your direction in life is…healthier.”

“Well…I haven’t met them in a long time so I don’t know what they’re doing for a living.”

“Obviously not looking for love.” Alexis commented while licking her ice cream.

“Nor planning on doing anything for a living.” Bernard added.

“I wish I could disagree with you, but if they’re still hanging out under the border from the creek, it shows not everyone can move forward with their lives.” Kenneth said.

“I didn’t learn it the hard way but it wasn’t hard to see their true colors…mainly one of them.” Steven said. “Was Mark your best friend?”

“Yes.”

Steven refused to tell him the whole story of what really happened, keeping his gem out of it. “Would he at least be helpful at animation class?”

“I don’t know. But he’ll have to get great grades like I do to be part of this university.”

Bernard looked at the disappointment in Steven. He’s unsure if he told him about his school life but if Connie’s the only person he met that went to school, he’s concerned if Steven will ever attend a college if he never was a hero. “If Steven never had great grades like Mark, would you try to have him be part of the same class you’re in right now?”

“That is…if Steven’s into animation.”

“No I’m not…” This gave Steven an idea. “But I actually did volunteer to help out students.”

“You did?” Kenneth smiled.

“Trust me, in my place, Beach City has built a college campus.”

“Aren’t you still young to do that kind of volunteering?”

“The difference is, it is mainly about different types of activities that don't have animation…football…or even american history.”

“Okay.” Kenneth catching on. “Can you tell me what college at Beach City is called?”

“Little Homeworld.”

“As in, Little Homeworld College?”

“Yes. If I had the chance to take you there, you would like it.”

Kenneth had more experience in the University of Herkleton after improving his animation skills, but if he lived in Beach City like Steven with a different type of talent, he’ll be happy to succeed at Little Homeworld. “My brother wouldn’t enjoy it, but there’s a chance we'd work together if we knew each other more.”

“You would have to be a Beach City citizen to learn more about Little Homeworld.”

This caused Kenneth to wrap his arm around Steven’s shoulder. “And you would have to be a Herkleton citizen to learn more about the University of Herkleton.”

“Yeah.” Steven laughed. “So, do you wanna show me your dorm?”

“Big time.”

Steven then wrapped his arm around Bernard’s shoulder, catching him by notice. “Come on, act like you're in the college spirit cause we are.”

“Yeah…” Bernard awkwardly smiled. “Me and Alexis will come back here so…” He wrapped his arm around Steven while opening up his other arm. “...Let’s savor what’s in front of us now.”

“As much as I want to join in, you all know we still have ice creams to finish?” Alexis asked.

“Oh, right.” Steven replied as he and the others got out of position to finish up their ice cream. After eating their cones, they went back into position wrapping their arms around their shoulders. Bernard wrapped his arm around his girlfriend as the group made their way to Kenneth’s dorm.

“Bernard.” Steven whispered to Bernard. “Thanks for helping me out a bit.”

“I’m mostly returning a favor…for you giving my brother a great time yesterday.”

Steven still hoped Craig is alright at the Creek without Ruby and Aquamarine in the way. But at the same time, he knows they’re not the only ones doing it alone. He’s unsure if he’s gonna find out their intentions soon but once he’s done hanging out with Kenneth for the day, he’ll go straight to Craig as soon as possible. He didn’t forget to tell him to run back home for safety with the truth of it all, is how vulnerable Craig is without him.

Chapter 29: Blue And Pink Lockdown

Chapter Text

Maya, like yesterday, went on her hike with the Champions of the creek. She and her group took a different route to explore different parts of the creek, some of which they'd been to weeks ago. The champions felt more free with the creek turning civilized, kids from the other side being more of a healthy state rather than vying for control. However the only thing they didn’t get, like Maya, was the news spreading around without the person who took part of it.

“Maya.” Keun Sup turned to her. “Did something happen when you took off on your own yesterday?”

“Yes, but you wouldn’t believe it.”

“What do you mean?”

“Did you meet Xavier?” Aggie wondered.

“Yes, but it wasn’t here. It was at his house. If I offered you all to come with me, you would be amazed.” Maya responded.

Jackie knew the kids in the creek during his hikes acted awkwardly. But he didn’t forget the boom he heard yesterday, especially the huge boom outside the creek two days ago. If he knew what everyone else was feeling, Maya would have a purpose if she actually cared enough.

“I would show it to you, but I don't think he’s here today.”

“Seems he left after visiting.” Keun Sup commented.

“You would be right, but when I met him…he made friends here.”

The Campions looked at each other, informing the person he’s making friends at the creek. But what they don’t understand is what Maya experienced that caused her to be amazed. Soon, they went down the trail but little did they know, it was leading to the cave where they’ve noticed a few times, but never bothered. They stood in place, witnessing the cave and the darkness inside.

“Do you think we should check out this cave?” Aggie pointed. “It could lead to another cave where we could come out.”

“You may be right.” Maya smiled. “I’ll check it out in case it’s safe inside.”

“You shouldn’t do this alone, we’re not afraid of the dark.”

“There’s no one inside, if there were, the creek would’ve banned all of us.”

The Champions of the creek took Maya’s word as she made her way inside the cave. She took out her phone to turn on her flashlight feature but the moment the flash glowed to the bottom of the cave, Bluebird reacted in an instant.

“Intruders!” She reacted as Craig took notice, still sitting in the center.

“Please don’t be my friend! Please don’t be my friends!” He reacted.

Bluebird launched up from the ground, grabbing Maya’s attention the moment she saw what’s coming. She ran out of the cave, catching the attention from the Champions. When Bluebird revealed herself out in the open, Maya turned around to witness the gem for the first time. However she picked up the pieces when she saw the two gems on Bluebird.

“It’s them!” She replied.

“What do you mean? She’s one person.” Keun Sup pointed.

When Bluebird noticed Maya yesterday, she grinned just when she’s about to attack but decided to hold back. “Did anyone tell you about me?” She taunted. “Because I could do the honors of that.”

“No, they don’t.” Maya defended her friends. “What are you doing in there, Aquamarine and Ruby?”

“It’s Bluebird in fusion, for your information.” She flew in front of her, taking her by notice. “To cut things short, you and your friends need to turn around and walk away.”

“Why? Are you hiding something in there?”

“You really want to do it the hard way?”

“If I had my bat, probably.”

Bluebird then turned her attention to Aggie with her huge size. “Is this like your bodyguard so you wouldn’t need your bat?”

“I’m not her bodyguard.” Aggie making a stand. “We’re just hiking in the creek.”

“And we just came across this cave, we didn’t know you were in there.” Keun Sup chimed in. “You would’ve done the same thing if you were hiking.”

“That is.” Bluebird flew towards him. “If I didn’t have wings.” Jackie couldn’t keep his eyes off of Bluebird and her flying around. Then Bluebird turned her attention to him, focusing on her plan to prevent anyone rescuing Craig. “What’s the matter, did I steal your voice so you couldn’t speak up against me?”

“Jackie’s deaf.” Maya replied. “He can only speak through sign language, but I’m sure you're too tone deaf to understand.”

Bluebird turned back to Maya after hearing her. “I’ve never met another gem or human that was deaf. Never on us.”

“I wasn’t expecting you to ever meet another person who’s deaf.”

Back inside the cave, Craig heard talking from above, but he’s aware Bluebird will catch him if he tries to escape. He’s hoping it wasn’t his friends rescuing him, otherwise they would join him being trapped in a cave. He doesn’t know what his sister is doing after getting separated but if she’s still getting help, there is nothing he could do to prevent it.

“Bluebird.” Maya said. “Whatever you're doing in that cave, you know who I’m thinking about who’s behind it.”

“Is Xavier behind this?” Aggie catching on.

“Yes, who else do you think it would be?” Bluebird rolled her eyes. “But for a heads up, in case the deaf people don’t follow.” She taunted Jackie who crossed his arms. “He’s not taking over the creek, he just wants vengeance on one kid.”

The Champions remembered how the aftermath of Capture the Flag changed their lives in the creek without the ruler getting in their way. But with him back, only taking it out on the person responsible for his downfall could lead to disaster, but only on his enemy.

“Is Craig in there?” Maya placed her hand on her face.

“Why don’t I show you?” Bluebird flew back inside the cave while taking Craig with his shirt. Upon heading back out into the open, Craig witnessed Maya and the Champions of the creek in front of him. As much as he’s relieved it wasn’t his friends, he’s still worried they could get harmed from Bluebird.

“Craig?” Keun Sup spoked.

“Hey Champions from the other side of the creek.” Craig responded. “And Maya.”

“To give you the short version of the story, he interfered with what he should’ve stayed out of. Xavier ordered me to keep him inside the cave.” Bluebird smirked.

“For what, torturing him?” Maya guessed.

“He’s afraid, but unharmed. We’re doing it the easy way if he keeps it that way.”

Craig wished he had more to say, but with the predicament he’s in, he couldn’t move even when he’s not paralyzed. Something bad could happen at any moment against him just like Steven went through during the fight.

“Craig.” Aggie said, getting Craig’s attention. “You're just gonna stay in a cave not doing anything to save yourself?”

“You didn’t see what I saw. She’s dangerous.”

“Xavier must be losing it at home.” Keun Sup commented.

“He wasn’t when I saw him yesterday.” Maya replied. “But Craig, are you waiting for Steven to rescue you?”

“It’s the only option I have.” Craig answered.

“If he can get here, when he finds out.” Bluebird wrapped her arm around Craig. “But he’s busy making friends close to his age rather than a kid like him.”

“Was he the person you were referring to?” Keun Sup wondered.

“Yes.” Maya responded.

“Is he like them with those things?” Aggie pointed at Bluebird’s gems.

“Yes, but he’s part human.” Craig answered. “I wish I could show you if he was with me while I’m not…in jail…kind of.”

“Better than up in the cell from Homeworld.” Bluebird replied.

“Homeworld?” Maya catching on. “Is that like a city far away?”

Bluebird knew she would say that but it only gave her more amusement. “No, It’s a planet in another galaxy.”

“...You mean??” Aggie pointed at the sky.

“Yes.”

The Champions stand back away from Bluebird, learning that she’s not human like them. But Maya’s the only person who stood still, not standing back. “I don’t care if you're a gem or alien from a planet called Homeworld. You think that intimidates me?”

“You ran away from me, how does that not intimidate you.”

“I wasn’t ready, nor aware of you being in this cave in the first place. And I wasn’t planning on rescuing Craig.”

“Why? Because you would end up the same way as him? Trapped in this cave?”

Maya closed her eyes while trying to control her anger, but she would get in Bluebird’s way just like Craig did. “What could be worse than that?”

Bluebird then leaned close to Maya. “I would force you to be Xavier’s friend without any remorse.”

“Oh no…” Craig replied. “Don’t you think it’ll blow you and his cover?”

“Does he really want you to answer that Craig?” Maya signed. “You don’t know Xavier as much as I do.”

Craig knew Maya is right, knowing he never experienced what she went through, even if it’s for the best for himself. “You don’t even know what I’ve been through when Steven came. You may get along with him when you get the chance but he’s also trying to stay here to fix me.”

“Fix you? What do you mean?”

Then Craig’s eyes turned pink, taking Maya and the Champions by surprise. “What the heck!?” Maya clinched her teeth, disturbed.

“That can’t be healthy.” Aggie added.

“Or normal.” Keun Sup added.

“Trust me, if Steven saves me, we’re working on it.” Craig said.

“Don’t even get your hopes up Craig.” Bluebird turned to him. “Be thankful these aren’t your friends because I would’ve kept them on lockdown just like you. And you know you can’t stop them.”

Craig lowered his head as all he could do was turn around, as Bluebird catched on. “Just put me back in lockdown.”

“Good choice.”

“Craig!” Aggie called.

“Come on!” Keun Sup added.

“Guys, you all better off leaving me alone. The whole creek won’t defeat Bluebird. I know that from experience.” Craig didn’t look back, even if he wanted to, he now knows they don’t like his pink eyes. All he did was re-enter the cave and so did Bluebird, getting back to his spot with Bluebird back to blocking his way out.

Maya felt bad for Craig and she wished she could get Steven to save him but she doesn’t know where he is. “Maya.” Aggie called. “Do you want to go back to hiking?”

“Yes but…would you believe anything I say about my time with Steven yesterday?” Maya turned to the Champions. “It’s hard to believe it but…it did happen.”

“If it’s anything but Bluebird, sure.” Keun Sup smiled.

“Trust me, it’s anything but depression, it’s actually amazing in an awesome way.” Maya and the Champions of the creek left the cave as she told them everything about her meeting Steven and when she rode Lion yesterday, if they can believe her that is.

Back inside the cave, Craig laid on the ground with Bluebird looking away from him. His heart wasn't pounding to cause the glow from before, but without anything to keep him occupied, he closed his eyes, slowly drifting into slumber. He yawned a little, trying to find his happy place despite the circumstances. But with his pink eyes still going, glowing wouldn’t be the only thing he’s received from Steven’s powers.

Chapter 30: Uncynical Erstwhile Bud

Chapter Text

After Steven and his group left the university, they went to Pasta La Vista where Bernard’s friends are also heading to. They’ve been wondering, after learning that Steven is still around to where he was after watching the movie that he’d picked out. Not to mention that Steven’s more in a good mood after spending time with his best friend, Kenneth. After Steven parked his car, he and his friends walked inside the restaurant with Gibson, Cariss and Amina took notice.

“Bernard.” Gibson said. “You’re feeling better?”

“Just enough to come here.” Bernard answered. “Did you order anything?”

“We didn’t.” Cariss replied. “We agreed to wait to have lunch with all of you.”

“I thought you already did when I texted you three before we left the university.”

“Was it because of me?” Steven guessed as Bernard’s friends laughed.

“I think it is.”

“So much for an ordinary goodbye, am I right?” Kenneth smiled.

“When we heard you were sticking around, we agreed to come here while we waited.” Amina commented “It’s great it didn’t take you too long.”

“I was making a friend.” Steven walked up to Bernard’s friends. “Would you take the time with someone you’re growing a liking to?”

“He’s not lying.” Kenneth agreed. “If you saw what we did at the university, we had a blast after going to the animation class.”

“But I’m still not old enough to attend.”

Bernard’s friends didn’t only keep their eyes on Steven, their eyes were also on Kenneth the moment he appeared inside the restaurant. Kenneth walked next to Steven while lifting his hand up. “I’m Kenneth by the way.”

“Nice to meet you.” Gibson shaked his hand.

“I like your hairstyle.” Cariss added, also shaking his hand.

“Did Steven enjoy the animation class?” Amina wondered.

“He did. He liked one of my animations through the pages I showed him.” Kenneth said.

“His amateur days have passed him by.” Steven smiled.

“Great to know.” Amina replied. “So what are you gonna have here?”

Steven and the group looked at the myriad of options they could have for lunch. Steven remembered he had bread sticks and a salad when Bernard showed him his and Alexis’s job as employees. Despite the incident Craig and his friends caused, he still enjoyed the food regardless.

“You’re gonna eat something else?” Kenneth wondered.

“I don’t know, are you in a pizza mood?” Steven asked.

“From other pizza places, yes but I didn’t know Pasta La Vista had pizzas.”

“Seems you didn’t check everywhere in Herkleton.” Alexis giggled.

“Not everyone needs to be everywhere to enjoy the town.”

“I do go to places in Beach City, but not every single building, including the neighborhood houses.” Steven replied.

“Did Beach City have a Pizza place?” Amina asked.

“Yes, it’s called Fish Stew Pizza. Let’s just say I had nonstop dreams saving an employee's nightmare of never saying no to her sister.”

“Must have been an overdose of pepperoni induced nightmares.” Cariss commented.

Steven awkwardly grins from Cariss’s complement. “It only got me sick from Pizza for a while…while I couldn’t stay awake.”

Bernard and Alexis catched on that's probably his experiences with his powers while still keeping his life private. “If that was your childhood, we always have weird times, especially dreams.” Bernard smiled.

“Yeah, weird but still part of childhood.”

“Pizza is all part of childhood, who doesn’t like Pizza?” Kenneth replied. “Pizza haters?”

Everyone laughed from Kenneth’s sense of humor as they all took a seat by the table. They agreed to have pizza as a group as Bernard used his gift cards he earned from working to buy squared pizzas. After waiting for their pizzas to come out, they began eating them. Steven took a bite of his pizza and enjoyed it. Kenneth who sat next to him took his bite and found Pasta La Vista pizza’s a good alternative.

“This is really good pizza.” Kenneth taking another bite.

“We don’t make the food as employees, but we do have pro chefs in the back.” Bernard pointed at the back.

“Are you two working on being chefs?”

“A little bit.” Alexis answered. “We mostly do dinners.”

“Then you might as well work at a fancy restaurant if you do dinners.”

“They would need to be more professional to make dinners.” Steven replied. “Besides, I’ve seen their job here days ago, they’re doing alright.”

“Would you do any better?”

“No, not really.” Steven wished he could find a way to impress Kenneth, but on the other hand, he can’t lie about having a job since he doesn’t have one. For every time he took a bite of his pizza, he wanted to find another thing to talk to Kenneth about even with Bernard’s friends but with him closer to the creek, he wondered if he was familiar with the location like Craig is. “Have you ever been to the creek?”

“Used to.” Kenneth responded. “I was the first ever king of the other side.”

Steven catched on that Xavier was the former king but he’s close to connecting the dots. “You were the first?”

“It was for fun until I got older. I passed my title to my sister.”

“Bet your sister had the time of her life until she also got older.”

Kenneth thought otherwise, but still respected Steven’s choice of words. “She’s not like me, she takes her royal duties a little too seriously.”

“If you were doing it for fun, I would’ve done the same thing you did.” Amina smiled.

“Me and Bernard would’ve been a prince and princess if we grew up in the creek.” Alexis added.

“There’s no princes, princesses or queens, even if there’s a queen in the sewers.” Kenneth filling in. “There’s only one king who takes over the other side of the creek. Co-kings can be possible but it will be the first ever to happen.”

“I would love to consider what it would look like to be a king in the creek, but me and Alexis are heading in the proper direction.” Bernard commented.

“Bet the current ruler isn't making any arrangements for the future.” Cariss said.

“Don’t say that.” Kenneth responded. “While there isn’t a ruler right now…what happened afterwards put the former king…into…” He couldn’t finish his sentence which took Steven by notice.

“Into what?” Steven spoked.

Kenneth took a deep breath however, he couldn’t hide his brother’s identity anymore. “Into what my younger brother’s doing.”

Steven dropped his pizza with his eyes shot open, finally completing the puzzle that Xavier is Kenneth’s brother all along. “Your brother…was the one who bamboozled me?”

“Yes, he did.”

“Is that a problem?” Gibson replied.

“No…not really.”

Steven’s mood had turned from happiness to almost the opposite, but he refused to take it out on Kenneth and the others. “Kenneth, can we talk outside?” He replied.

“Good idea.” The two got out of the table they sat as they got out of the restaurant.

“Who’s your brother’s name?”

“Xavier.” From the answer alone, Steven closed his eyes, while trying to be calm as possible.

“Okay, so he wanted to keep his name anonymous just so you can be friends with me?”

Kenneth lowered his head while attempting to be honest with Steven. “I can’t say yes. We did enjoy being friends, right?”

Steven placed his hands on his hips. He doesn’t want to say no, but it got harder for him to say yes. “You didn’t betray me, I still want to be your friend. But now that photo you have really has something to do with your brother, Xavier.”

“He’s just trying to help.”

“Sorry, but I seriously doubt that.” Steven knows something is really wrong, in fact, he’s now aware that Xavier is in an alliance with Ruby and Aquamarine. “Don’t you think we should've met without his help?”

“I wouldn’t have gotten the photo without him. Would you feel the same way if you had the photo?”

“The photo of me or you hugging a kid would mean something, but I didn’t save his life.”

“It felt real with the tears in your eyes.”

Steven’s memory of hugging Craig in the Tea Timers’ Club felt too generous of him protecting kids, as it was the closest he got with Craig yesterday, aside from the failed fusion. “It’s hard to believe but…” He then looked in the distance where the creek is located. “...should we talk about this tonight…at your place?”

“It’s still the middle of the day.”

“I’m sorry, but I really need to go. This is really important.”

“Is it about that kid?”

“Yes. I don’t know if I’m gonna take him along, but I’m gonna check up on him.”

“Should I come along?”

“No. As much as I want help from a friend, I’ve done this many times before, alone.”

Kenneth wanted to know how Steven can handle any problem involving a child, even if the photo was real or not. But he understands that his friend got bamboozled from his brother, especially since he wants to know if he got bamboozled.

“Okay. After lunch, You go right ahead to that kid.”

“Thanks.” Steven responded. “I wish we could do more today but…”

“There’s always tomorrow or the next day.” Kenneth placed his hand on Steven’s shoulder. “Tonight, we should come up with a plan.”

“Okay. I think of something.” Steven smiled. “Let’s go back inside.”

Steven and Kenneth went back inside of Pasta La Vista to finish lunch with the others. Soon after, they all left with Bernard’s friends heading to their homes while Steven dropped off Kenneth to his house. He drove back to Craig’s house as he, Bernard and Alexis came out.

“Do you patch things up outside of the restaurant with him?” Alexis asked.

“Yes, I agreed to come over to his house for a meeting.” Steven answered. “I can handle myself, you two can have the rest of the day to yourselves.”

“I’ll let mom know about the friend you're making, I’ll show her the pictures I’ve taken.” Bernard added.

“Thanks Bernard.”

“Aren’t you coming in with us?” Alexis wondered.

“I’m gonna take a walk in the neighborhood, I’ll meet you back as soon as I can.”

“Okay.”

“Understand you have my brother for the whole day in the creek tomorrow. No need to do it today.” Bernard remained.

“I’m aware.” Steven smiled.

Bernard and his girlfriend entered the house, while Steven waited until Bernard closed the front door. He turned around, focusing on the creek without anything in his way. He ran across the road and entered the creek. He may not know where Craig is, but it’s not stopping him. Before he gets to the bottom of this involving Xavier, he’ll make sure his best friend is safe and sound.

Chapter 31: The Crystal Dream

Chapter Text

Craig woke up from his slumber while getting on his feet. But in his surroundings, he isn’t in the cave with Bluebird anymore. Roses fell from the sky, but the moment he turned around, he was taken aback by a statue of Rose, the same Rose he saw in his pink visions. It poured out water from its eyes as it poured in the fountain. Craig looked at his reflection from the water and his eyes weren't pink.

“This is so…beautiful.” He responded.

“Indeed it is…beautiful.”

From that soothing voice, Craig turned around with a small blue gem in the star shaped entrance. “Who are you?” Craig took notice.

She came out of the shadows in the entrance to reveal herself. “Sapphire.” She walked up to him. Just when Craig’s about to speak from his mouth, Sapphire placed her finger on him. “Steven told you about my wedding, and me being part of a fusion.”

“You knew what I was gonna say?”

“Yes, I have future vision.”

“Holy cow…”

Sapphire paid attention closely to Craig from the way he was stunned in utter disbelief. “You should know I’m not the only one here. You need more gems for your sanctuary.”

“There’s more?” Craig looked around. “The ones Steven mentioned?”

“Yes but first, we need to get Ruby.” She took Craig’s hand as they teleported from the fountain to the open valley. Craig blinked with the wide open spaces he’s in, as if he’s no longer in the creek with only a few trees in sight.

“This is supposed to be all fake but…It feels so real.” Craig lifted his hands out to feel the open spaces. “The smell and wind…is…”

“Peace.” Sapphire responded. “Peace…and freedom.” Then in the distance, a cowboy appeared with her horse, making their way which took Craig’s attention. “Here she comes.”

The cowboy stopped in front of Craig and Sapphire as Craig’s taking a back from the color of the horse. The cowboy got off and landed on the ground, it stared at Craig upon lifting her head up with her eyes revealed from her hat. “Who are you, partner?” She responded.

“Craig.” Craig answered.

“I’ve never seen someone like you in my life.” She then walked up, giving him a serious look as Craig tried to stand still. “Are you into cowboys and riding horses?”

“No. But my friend J.P. does.”

“What’s the matter? You think riding horses isn’t part of freedom?”

“Ruby.” Sapphire spoked to the cowboy’s attention. “If he doesn’t like cowboys and riding horses, it doesn't mean he doesn’t like that type of freedom.”

Ruby looked back at Craig as Craig sweated while smiling, awkwardly. “You’ve been spared from the Ruby Rider.”

“Soo…I reckon we’re not friends?”

Ruby then grinned while giving Craig a hug. “I reckon that you are someone who needs another friend.”

Craig slowly got into the hug, he wrapped his arms around the cowboy with Sapphire growing a smile. Craig noticed the horse staring at him, her purple color skin mostly bothers him, but there’s something he has yet to know about it.

“So where do we go now?” Craig asked as Ruby broke the hug. They then get teleported again from the valley, inside of a five star apartment in the hotel. “Inside an expensive apartment!?” Craig rushed to the window with his jaw dropped from the endless buildings he’s seeing. “In a big city!?”

“In Empire City, there’s no such thing as more than enough.” Sapphire commented.

Craig headed back to Sapphire, Ruby and her horse. “Who are we meeting?”

“One of Steven’s mothers.”

The lights turned off with only the spotlight focusing on the stairs, catching Craig’s attention. Four people in tuxedos with hats came down the stairs, stopping in front of Craig as he took notice of their appearances. Another from his pink visions only this time, he witnessed colors of Yellow, Blue, Pink, and mostly aquamarine.

“Pearls.” He responded.

“Correct.” Yellow Pearl responded as she took off her hat.

“But which one is Steven’s Pearl?” Pink Pearl taking off her hat.

“There can only be one Crystal Gem.” Blue Pearl taking off her hat.

When Craig saw the last Pearl taking off her hat, he looked closely at her hair. Even from his pink vision, his memory hadn't been wiped from any of the shapes he saw. “She’s the real Pearl.” He pointed at her.

“Clever kid.” Pearl smiled. “How did you know?”

“It’s hard to believe but…I’ve had pink visions to see any gem at random.”

“Pink eyes? That’s something Steven doesn’t have.”

“It’s highly unusual for a kid without a gem to have that power.” Yellow Pearl commented.

Craig knew that everyone except Sapphire wouldn’t know the true meaning of all this. But since he’s not in the cave in any hostile danger, it’ll never hurt for how respectful the gems are. “Steven gave me this power because…” The Pearls paid attention while Sapphire, Ruby and the horse did the same. “...he put saliva in my ear.”

Pearl couldn’t believe it but she was surprised that this type of magic affected a kid’s mind. “A visual illusion.” She responded.

“Even when Steven’s gone, he still has new powers to unlock.” Ruby replied.

“This time, this kid has a power thanks to him.” Blue Pearl said.

“Do you think I should talk to some other gem about this?” Craig asked.

“We'll take you to her right now.” Sapphire spoked as she and the others teleported one more time with Pearl coming along. The final location they went to, is the beach with the sky purple with pink appearing on the clouds. Both Ruby and Sapphire walked past Craig as he watched them with the ocean waves behind them “This is a beach. Have you ever been to the beach?”

“Yes.” Craig looked around. “But I’ve never seen a beach with these colors. It’s surreal, but I really like it.”

Sapphire placed her hand underneath Craig's chin, turning him to her direction. “This is Beach City.”

“Beach City.”

Then the horse fused back to its original form. “This isn't your ordinary beach from your town, dude.”

“Wow!” Craig reacted.

“Really Amethyst?” Pearl retorted.

“What? I had the least first impressions by being a horse while you had it better.” Amethyst said

“I needed a horse to ride.” Ruby replied. “It’s not my fault his dream gave you the short end of the stick.”

Craig stood in place while learning that everything he’s experienced is all a dream. “So all of this…isn’t real.”

“It wouldn’t be real. However, with you having the visual illusion.” Sapphire spoked. “What happens in your mind, makes anything real on the outside. Including your dreams.”

“If it’s possible…Am I talking to you all as the real…” Craig stopped himself, as if his pink visions became a gift but it was too good to be true.

“No…” Amethyst replied. “If it were, we would all be sleeping. Even though I do sleep every once in a while.”

“What we mean is you wouldn’t have this dream without what Steven gave you.” Pearl added. “But we’re still here to help you.”

Sapphire and Ruby grabbed their hands as they glowed in front of Craig. They grew taller together as Craig looked up, witnessing his second fusion in person. The glow died down, revealing her form while Craig only had one word to say.

“Garnet.”

“The true kind of first impressions.” Garnet smiled as she kneeled to Craig’s level “You will wake up in a moment, but this isn’t going to be the only dream you have.”

“What do you mean?”

“There’s more gems who want to meet you, but there’s not enough time. But I will let you know how you can get rid of your visions.” Garnet took off her shades, looking at Craig with her three eyes. “Have Steven take you to Beach City to meet us in the real world.”

“What?” Craig reacted.

“You can’t have them removed in any other way. It’s hard to believe but when you meet us in the real world, we could find a way to turn you back to normal.”

Craig thought that facetime is the only way he’ll ever see the Crystal Gems face to face, but if this was just a regular dream, Steven would’ve been gone with his imagination doing all the work. “I want to go but I don’t know what Steven would feel.”

“We don’t blame Steven for leaving, but it was bound for him to come back.” Pearl walked up to Craig. “We didn’t expect you out of all the people who would make it possible.”

“Since he left, we thought he would come back years down the line. But not after a few months.” Amethyst also walked up.

“But once I tell him about this, he’s gonna have to deal with my parents, who won’t even allow him to take me.” Craig then sighed, knowing there’s more going on outside of his dream. “If they find out about Bluebird…I’ll never ever go to Beach City.”

“Don’t bring that down between you and your parents.” Garnet replied. “Xavier is responsible for it, not you or Steven.”

“You know he wants to go to this place…and also Homeworld?”

“Yes but at the end of the day, he’s a kid with no real power. But there’s a way to defeat Bluebird. Fuse into Steven.”

“He tried to…but we got interrupted.”

“You still have your chance. It may not happen tomorrow, or the next day. But you will fuse with Steven.” Garnet then used her hand to get a spare of magical shades. “I see the future in the real world.”

“Only because of my pink visions?”

“Yes and know this.” She placed her hands on Craig’s arms. “We enjoy seeing new fusions when Steven fuses with us.”

“So many possibilities happen when a new fusion happens.” Pearl commented.

“And how awesome it’ll feel.” Amethyst added.

Craig wished the fusion happened yesterday when he had the chance. But if the time is right, it has to be in good use. “You did say that Steven has unfinished business, just like I do with him.”

“Then you have unfinished business with us when you have your next dream.” Garnet kissed Craig’s forehead with sparks on it. Craig’s surroundings bathed in a pink hue, getting a future vision thanks to Garnet. He saw Bluebird flying towards him but with Steven next to him. He took his hand as they glowed. The only thing he saw before it ended was his hands and his height got taller.

He woke up from his dream with his eyes back to normal. He slowly got up, turning around with Bluebird still guarding. He couldn't believe his mind allowed him to have dreams with The Crystal Gems, but it was useful. When Bluebird was about to attack in his future vision, it was in the creek, not the forest of Beach City. He sat on the ground, not uttering a word, with a possibility he may not have to wait tomorrow if the time is today, with the fusion potentially sending him free outside of Bluebird’s lockdown.

“Let’s see if misery is your term of victory Bluebird! Same goes to you Xavier!”

Chapter 32: Belief Fusion

Chapter Text

“Craig!” Steven called out, whilst running in the Creek.” Craig!” He then witnessed Jessica and Craig’s friends sitting alone at the Trading Tree. “Jessica!” He walked up to her. “Where’s Craig?”

“When me and my brother arrived in the creek, Ruby and Aquamarine captured him and I don’t know where they are.” Jessica answered.

“She told us what happened and we decided to stay here.” Kelsey filled in.

“We just don’t want to get hurt.” J.P. added.

Steven couldn’t believe his enemies took advantage the moment Craig didn’t escape. “Unbelievable.” He placed his hand on his face. “It’s probably been almost five hours.”

“At least you haven’t spent all day alone.”

“I was making a friend close to my age, Craig’s mom ordered me to.”

“That’s what I’ve been telling them.” Jessica replied. “At least most of the kids you met yesterday understood and moved on when I talked to them about it.”

“It’s hard to go through a day with Steven okay!?” Kelsey reacted.

Steven took a deep breath while trying to stay on topic. He still remembers that Kenneth is Xavier’s brother, but he doesn’t have enough time to save Craig before heading home. Then Maya and her group walked down in the Trading Tree, after telling them her time meeting Steven yesterday. “Steven?” Maya walked up to him from behind.

“Maya?” Steven turned around.

“You’re here, this is perfect!”

“We know where Craig is!” Aggie smiled.

“Really!?” Steven smiled.

“Yes, we'll take you where he’s right now.” Keun Sup commented.

“But…” Maya stopped herself with the biggest downside of it all.

“It's Bluebird, isn’t it?” Steven guessed.

“Yes. Are Connie and Lion coming back?”

“Sorry, I texted Connie and she’s still busy in college.” Steven then looked at the champions of the other side of the creek. This gave him an idea but it’s a risky one to save Craig. “Are you willing to do me a favor?”

“We’ll do what we can.” Aggie responded.

“Can I get my bat, if I can make a run for it?” Maya asked.

“You’re probably gonna be late, but it’ll be worth a shot.” Steven smiled.

“We wanna help too!” Kelsey offered.

“Craig is our friend too.” J.P. added.

“Even if I get my foot hit against another brick wall, I’m doing it for my brother.” Jessica putting her foot down, only to have her foot throb in pain again, with a tear falling from her eye. “But I do need an ice pack.”

Steven closed his eyes, rethinking about the safety of Craig’s friends and sister. But he can’t deny that if he had friends at Craig’s age, especially living a normal life, would do the same thing if he was captured. “Just be careful and whatever you do, follow my lead.”

“No problem.” Kelsey replied. Steven put together his plan with Craig’s friends, sister, Maya and the champions joining in his aid. They rushed to their destination, whilst Maya ran back to get her bat from her place.

Back at the cave, Craig remained seated, still waiting for the future he saw before he woke up. But he didn’t move to make Bluebird feel suspicious, even if she’s not looking at him. He doesn’t know when Steven’s coming but he wouldn’t leave him in lockdown when the day’s over. Outside of the cave, Steven and the others witness the cave.

“He’s in there with Bluebird.” Aggie pointed. “Bluebird will come out if anyone comes in.”

“Okay.” Steven replied. “We just need to set up a diversion for Craig to escape.”

“Can we rescue Craig from the cave?” J.P. asked.

“Yes, but make it quick. Run as fast as you can while we stop Bluebird.”

“Such a blurbed out plan.” Bluebird flew out of her cave, landing on the ground. “Ever heard of whispering Steven?”

“You know this was bound to happen. I can stay here all day if I have to.”

“With this as your rescue party?” Bluebird pointed at his group. “You’re making this way too easy for me.”

Steven crossed his arms, giving Bluebird a serious look. “You’re not the only one who can make strategies ahead of time.”

“Then where’s Maya? Did she run away like a coward? I can give you the benefit of the doubt to come here but not her.”

This caused Steven to smirk, with ego getting the better of Bluebird. “We can’t beat you, but that doesn’t mean we have to.”

Then Keun Sup ran out from the left, throwing small rocks at Bluebird, catching her off guard. “Ahh!”

Then Aggie threw a bigger rock at her, causing her to hit the ground. “Okay you three, go now!” Steven demanded as Jessica, J.P. and Kelsey rushed inside the cave. Steven summoned his shield to keep an eye on Bluebird when she comes back up.

“Craig!” Kelsey called as she and the others appeared.

“Guys.” Craig smiled while picking up his bag.

“Steven, the champions and us are getting you out of here.” Kelsey grabbing his arm. “But we have to go to either my or J.P.’s house!”

“Wait!” Craig stood in place while Jessica pushed him.

“Craig, we could get trapped if we stay here!” She shouted.

“I know.” He turned around. “But I’ve got a better plan. Trust me on this.”

His friends stood in place, while still looking out the entrance with Steven and the others stopping Bluebird after she burst out of her boulder. “This either could be really good or really bad.” J.P. commented.

Outside of the cave, Steven threw his shield at Bluebird to keep her occupied, but it wasn’t enough until Bluebird fought back. “What are you doing in there? Come out!” Aggie shouted.

When Craig and the others got out of the cave, Bluebird took notice as she summoned her cutlass. “I don’t think so!” Just when she’s about to attack, Craig rolls out of the way while his friends and sister stopped by Bluebird, preventing them from getting cut. Craig rushed out of the scene as Aggie threw another boulder but Bluebird moved out of the way. She flew towards Aggie, allowing J.P., Kelsey and Jessica to follow Craig.

“Just keep running, I’ll catch up!” Steven called.

Craig and his group ran as fast as they could to get away from the diversion. “So we’re gonna wait until Steven comes to you!?” Kelsey called. “She’s gonna fly towards us!”

“It’s the only way to stop Bluebird. I just need Steven!”

They ran further enough to hide behind the brushes in the creek, camouflaged from Bluebird’s sight. “You’re really going to do this?” J.P. wondered. “What if someone interrupts like what Connie and Lion did?”

“It won’t.”

“How do you know?” Jessica replied.

“Because I saw it in my dream when my eyes were pink.”

His friends and sister catched on but at the same time, they thought there wasn’t anything more whenever his eyes turned pink. “Are you sure your dream will happen?” Kelsey said.

“Yes. He may help me out but I’m also helping him out, and mostly all of us.”

Back on the trail, Steven ran to find Craig after the Champions kept Bluebird occupied. He looked around, but there was no sign of Craig around, slowing down in the process. Then Craig came out of the bushes, getting up behind Steven while poking his back. “Craig?” He turned around to witness Craig. “Craig!? What are you doing? Run!”

“No, Trust me on this.”

“She won’t harm you if you’re not at your place, J.P.’s place-”

“Steven!” Craig shouted. “Please, I promise you it’s gonna get rid of Bluebird.”

“Then please make it quick.”

Craig took a deep breath to let out the truth. “I had a dream where Garnet kissed my forehead where I saw the future of us fusing.”

“You mean…for real?”

“It felt real in my dream, just not outside of it, but this will work.”

“You think this is a good time for it?”

“It’s the only way, I’ll remind you later about my dream.”

“Craig!” Bluebird flew up in the sky. “I’m coming after you! Same goes to your friends who interfered!” When she saw Steven and Craig out in the open, she immediately flew down over the trail, launching her attack with her cutlass in her hand.

Craig took Steven’s hand as he closed his eyes. He hoped his eyes would turn pink, but it’s not working. Steven also closed his eyes to make the fusion work; however in the state he’s in now, he couldn’t control it unlike yesterday. “It’s not working, Craig!” He reacted.

“Come on, eyes do your thing!” Craig stumped. Bluebird is in full target of Steven and Craig but Craig didn’t move. Steven needed to move, but his trust in Craig is put to the test. Then thankfully, Craig’s eyes turned pink just in time as he opened them with Bluebird coming close. Thus, Steven and Craig’s bodies glowed, catching Bluebird by notice as she stopped. Craig’s friends and sister witness the glow upon getting up.

Bluebird slightly flew back from the fusion in front of her. “They’re really doing it!?” She flinched.

The height of the fusion got taller as the glow died down. Steven and Craig opened their eyes, with their eyes glowing pink. Their hairdo is just like Steven’s but their skin is black, just like Craig’s. Their clothes were fused with a hoodie and coat combined while Craig’s bag got bigger and pinker.

“Oh…my…stars!” Bluebird reacted.

The fusion looked at Bluebird while making a grin. “You think you’re gonna put this buddy in lockdown?” He taunted.

“Uhhh…”

“My name is Straig Williverse.” Straig leaned down. “I’m giving you a chance to forfeit, or we’re doing it the hard way.”

Bluebird groaned with the disadvantage she’s in against the new fusion. “I’m not a coward! You don’t even know what powers you have!”

“Like you for the first time?”

“Ohhh, burn!” J.P. taunted.

“Then show it to me! Fusion up! Williverse!”

Straig unzipped his bag, revealing a shield in the same shape Steven used, but it was a lot more powerful and much bigger. Then he took out a staff that Craig uses in the creek, but it’s not made out of wood. It’s made out of ancient stone while the diamond Craig placed on it. But thanks to the fusion, it’s solid proof with sparkles coming out.

He then put the two together with the bottom of the shield inserted with the diamond. The weapon sparked thanks to the diamond as Straig pointed it at Bluebird. He held onto the staff tightly while the magic of the shield charged.

His shield launched from the staff, colliding with Bluebird at full force and speed. “Woow.” Jessica commented.

“How am I gonna get Connie to fuse with me?” Kelsey added.

“I have no idea.” J.P. added.

Bluebird flew past the champions, who tried to stop her when she flew up earlier. She impacted the tree as the shield magic dissolved, thus causing Ruby and Aquamarine to de-fuse.

“Ugh!” Ruby landed on the grass.

“Ugh!” Aquamarine added. “He’s stronger than us!”

“Xavier’s not gonna be happy when we tell him about this.”

Then Maya appeared with a steel baseball bat. “I got this!” She picked up Ruby, lifted her up in the air and hit her with her bat. Ruby got launched in the air, farther enough to be out of the creek. Maya picked up Aquamarine and did the same thing as the threats are no longer in sight. “Out of the creek!” She cheered. “A bit late, but still struck the final blow.” She took out her water bottle to take a drink. Little did she know, Straig walked up to her from behind with his shadow blocking her sunlight.

When she turned around, her eyes shot open while spitting out water in the process. “Oh my gosh!” She reacted.

“Calm down, I’m not gonna hurt you.” He responded.

“Who the heck are you!?” She lifted her baseball bat up.

“He’s Steven and Craig in a fusion of Straig Williverse.” Kelsey walked up next to Straig. “But I’m still surprised you two pulled it off.”

Aggie walked up to him face to face with her being shorter and weaker than him. “This looks way better than I imagined.”

“I would be killed if I got into a fight with you.” Maya walked up to the fusion.

“You didn’t even see what he’s really capable of.” Jessica commented. “I saw the whole thing.”

“You’re too late to see it, but I’m not doing a demonstration.” Straig responded. “So let’s keep it that way.”

“Yeah, I’m fine with it.” Maya lowered her bat.

“And honestly, I need to get home now.”

“So how are you going to de-fuse?” Kelsey wondered.

“I don’t know. There are ways to de-fuse so-” Then Straig glowed, catching everyone’s attention as Steven and Craig landed on the ground.

“What happened?” Jessica wondered.

Craig blinked while getting a headache. “My pink eyes stopped working.” He responded. “I guess that must be why.”

Steven got on his feet while straightening his coat. “It’s a work in progress, just like when I fused with Connie for the first time.”

“Well at least whenever my eyes turn pink, we can fuse when we get the chance.”

“That’s something we're gonna have to work on.”

“At least everything worked out.” Jessica replied. “Should we keep this to ourselves from our parents?”

“Big time. I still need to let Nicole know about the friend I made today.”

“Well, since I have my bat, I’m gonna do some baseball practice.” Maya commented. “You’re gonna be here tomorrow?”

“I don’t know about that. I’m gonna have a meeting with my friend tonight at his place. I might do something with him tomorrow.”

The kids were disappointed that they might miss another day with Steven. Craig may have had a dreadful day being in lockdown, but if Steven’s willing to spend another day with his new friend, it’s best to stay at his place or at J.P. or Kelsey’s place. “Do your own thing with your friend.” Craig smiled. “I’ll make sure I don’t get captured again if Ruby and Aquamarine come back.”

“Actually Craig,” Steven looked down at him. “I want you to join in my meeting.”

“Okay, it’ll be nice to meet your friend.”

Steven bit his lip, knowing Craig’s not gonna like the truth. “We should focus on the dream you had after I’m done with your mom, okay?”

Craig nearly forgot about the dream he wanted to tell Steven. “Oh…yeah.” Craig scratched on the back of his head. “I’m just gonna say-”

Steven gave Craig a stop signal with his hand. “Not here, okay? I’m still thinking about how Garnet did that in a dream.”

Craig kept his words to himself as he, Steven and Jessica headed back to their place. They’re thankful they reunited before it was too late but they have a lot to catch up on with each other. But once Steven gets the full story of Craig’s dream, he doesn’t know how to explain it if the Gems in the real world hear about it.

Chapter 33: Behind Closed Imminence

Chapter Text

Craig spent the next half hour, waiting in his bedroom, while Steven talked to Nicole about his friend in the kitchen. He didn’t do anything in his spare time, knowing how his dream could affect Steven, along with the meeting he’s having with his friend tonight. He laid on his bed, thinking about the dream and fusion he had. One thing’s for sure, he’s aware he’s not gonna like what the gems told him before he woke up.

“That’s really nice.” Nicole smiled while sitting with Steven by the kitchen table. “Knew for a fact you would find a friend sooner than later.”

“Would you be a little disappointed if I made a friend a little later?” Steven asked.

“No, I’ve been through the route of making friends much later during childhood.” Nicole then got up from her seat and so did Steven. “You really have soft charisma for a young man who’s a gem.”

“When I’m in a good mood, it’s my specialty.”

“As I promised, tomorrow you can hang out with my son in the creek.”

“Thanks.”

“But we agreed, you tell me more about your Crystal Gem life tonight.”

“It’ll be the first thing we'll do when I get back from my meeting with Kenneth.” Steven and Nicole then made their way to the steps by the front door. “Also…can I bring Craig along?”

“Why?”

“I want him to meet my friend…you know in case maybe my friend’s interested in playing a sport with Craig when we get the chance.”

“Don’t act like Craig never made friends.” Nicole placed her hand on her hip. “But sure, you can take him.”

“Thanks, I’ll see you tonight.”

“See you tonight as well.”

Steven and Nicole then walked up the stairs. While Nicole went to her bedroom, Steven wasted little time as he opened Craig’s bedroom door, taking Craig by surprise as he got up. “Okay…” Steven took a deep breath, entering the bedroom while closing the door behind him. “Tell me about your dream. I’ll do my best to understand everything…including…our fusion half an hour ago.”

“Okay.” Craig got up while he stood face to face with Steven. “I fell asleep while I had my pink eyes and…that’s where I met Sapphire, Ruby, four Pearls, Amethyst and Garnet.” He took a deep breath while attempting to stay on track. “I was teleported to a fountain, an open field, a hotel building in a city…”

“And?” Steven responded.

“And Beach City.”

“And that’s where Garnet gave you a future vision about our…fusion before you woke up?”

Craig nodded while informing one more thing. “They also told me…other than the dreams I’m gonna have with the other gems who want to meet me…they want me to have you…” Steven remained silent, waiting for the answer to be revealed as Craig closed his eyes. “…take me to Beach City.”

Steven lifted his body up, closing his eyes while processing everything Craig just said. As Craig opened his eyes, Steven walked past him while placing his hands on his head. He panted, all the while looking out the window knowing Lion is the only transportation to Beach City, however that doesn’t mean it’s possible he’ll have Craig ride on him, especially with his parents approval.

“No.” He responded. “I’m still not taking you to Beach City.”

“Steven, in my dream-“

“Craig…” He interrupted. “I believe you got future fusion. I believe it’s possible that you got the dream because of your pink eyes…And I believe you need to go to Beach City.” He then turned around with an honest look. “But aren’t you aware that The Crystal Gems in your dream…won’t even remember you in the real world?”

Craig lowered his head, remembering that his illusion in his dream was too good to be true. “No…” Craig sat back down on his bed while still looking at the floor. “…But they say it’s the only way for me to get rid of my pink eyes forever.”

Steven placed his hands on his hips while looking up at the ceiling. “Please tell me, Garnet told you that.”

“She did. How’s that a problem?”

Steven sat next to Craig while telling him the truth. “I had dreams after me and the gems failed to search for Lapis and the only thing that was real…was Lapis getting trapped with Jasper at the bottom of the ocean.”

“Oh jeez…” Craig flinched.

“When my dreams get real…it’s always when I have to figure out a solution, while you…” Craig looked straight at Steven with his eyes open. “…won’t have the same solutions.”

“Steven, we just fused together, did it ever occur to you that the effects from your gem powers might get stronger?”

“Yes I know, but…” Steven neglected to remember that Craig managed to jump into Lion’s mane as he thought he was the only one capable of doing it. Especially that his sister, Wildernessa and her dog also jumped in, although it was without his powers. “…I doubt it has anything to do with our friendship.”

Outside of Craig’s bedroom, Nicole got out of her bedroom as she listened to Steven and Craig’s conversation. She slowly laid her ear next to his son’s door, as she heard Craig getting off of his bed. “It does have something to do with our friendship. If you gave your gem powers to a different kid you befriended, they would probably have the same problems as me right now.”

“And they would get captured by Aquamarine and Ruby?” Steven replied. “You would’ve been with them all day if I didn’t save you.”

“You wouldn’t be staying here if I didn’t stop them two days ago.”

Steven placed his hand on his forehead. “Craig, I am really sorry, but if I take you to Beach City, have you meet Pearl, Amethyst and Garnet, and others there…you would have to start all over to understand them.”

Craig couldn’t disagree but needless to say, he hasn’t met the other Crystal Gems. “I know but the thing is, they'll probably understand if I tell them my dreams.”

“If I went into your dreams…maybe I could see them acting that way in the real world. I just don’t know if it’s possible.”

Craig wanted to believe it’s true unlike Steven, but on the other hand, facetiming the Crystal Gems, won’t be a good idea knowing his introduction to The Crystal Gems won’t give them a hint about his dream.

“Steven…” Craig getting his friend’s attention. “When I get more dreams, there’s possibly more things going on in the future. Our fusion can’t be the only thing that can happen without me.”

Outside the bedroom, Nicole couldn’t believe everything she heard. She’s nearly on the verge of opening the door to comfort Steven, but with her son inside, it made her hesitate. She doesn’t want him to have pink eyes forever, knowing Steven’s the only way he’s ever going to get rid of them.

“Did you even find out who Aquamarine and Ruby’s with?” Steven asked.

“They’re with Xavier.”

“Oh great. You’re not gonna like that. My friend…is related to them.”

“You’re friends with Xavier’s brother, Kenneth, are you?”

“Ugh…” Steven moaned. “...Have you figured out where I’m taking you?”

“Aaah!” Craig retorted while placing his head up against his wall. “Aquamarine and Ruby are probably gonna be there after we just defeated them.”

“As if us hanging out tomorrow would have been down time for safety.”

“Just when I want to take you to The Other Side of the creek to spend time there for real.”

Steven and Craig tried to process their situation, knowing now they’re going to Xavier’s house. Steven refuses to have Kenneth be part of any of this, but he’s aware he doesn’t know the presence of Aquamarine and Ruby, all the while hoping he doesn’t find out about his true self.

“You know what?” Steven got up. “Let’s just go there.”

“What do you mean?” Craig turned around.

“We’re gonna meet Kenneth, tell him what I’m doing tomorrow and we’re gonna go straight to Xavier.”

“I’m not sure about this.”

“Don’t worry, I’ll take care of it. Aquamarine and Ruby or Bluebird, I’ll protect you by any means necessary. What does Xavier want from me?”

Craig took another deep breath to give Steven his answer. “He also wants to go to Beach City…and Homeworld.” As if it wasn’t enough, all that Steven did was sigh, much to Craig’s surprise. “I’m really sorry about this.”

“If your whole family and friends wanted to go on vacation at my place, I would pick that over Xavier attempting to use me.”

“You trust me more to go to Homeworld than him?” Steven gave Craig an somber look. “I’m just saying!”

“I never met him, nor know him unlike you.” Just when he made his way to the bedroom door, Nicole backed away as Steven and Craig got out. “Just please let me handle this when we get there.”

“Okay.” As they walked down the steps, Nicole slowly followed them. “Xavier’s probably upset that I’m free from Bluebird’s lockdown.”

“He’s probably on lockdown from the way he told Kenneth not to mention his name.”

“If he still ruled the other side of the creek, he would’ve put everyone on lockdown if they disobeyed him. He even called my mom and got me grounded.”

Steven had no words, but if Craig didn’t do anything wrong, he’s beginning to see the type of person Xavier is. “If he interferes between us, I'll make sure he’s grounded so he won’t get away with it.” As he opened the front door, he and Craig walked out as they made their way to Kenneth’s place.

Nicole looked out through the front windows, she saw Steven and Craig leaving. She’s really upset from what she heard, but at the same time, it’s likely that her son is another reason Steven’s staying in her house. But that doesn’t mean she’s letting it pass by her, with another meeting she’s gonna have with Steven tonight, her judgment will still be in her perspective.

“He better protect my kid or I’ll do it myself.”

Chapter 34: Dreading Prolonging Bonds

Chapter Text

Steven and Craig walked past the many houses in the neighborhood with only one more block to go until they reached Kenneth’s house. But most importantly, Xavier’s house. During the whole hike, Steven stays focused on his plan after his meeting with Kenneth. Maintaining his respect towards his friend is what really matters first, but he knows a fact that Xavier could use his brother as a weapon against him.

“You’re aware that his older brother is way better than him?” Craig asked.

“Yes, but I know he’s gonna tell him about who I really am.” Steven looked at what's in front of him, while sighing. “If I tell Kenneth his brother’s real plan, he would also show him Aquamarine and Ruby.”

“I know, but at least you’re lucky that he’s in college instead of home. You're far away from his brother.”

“He can still call him, or text him at the very least. I’m mostly concerned about the potential of giving Kenneth another day of hanging out like today.” Steven then remembered the area he’s been since walking with Bernard and Alexis. He soon witnesses Kenneth’s house not too far off in the distance. He knows Kenneth’s gonna show him the photo with him hugging Craig. But on the other hand, it’s the third house he’s gonna go into, outside of his old apartment in the neighborhood.

“Is there anything I need to know before we go in?” Craig asked.

“Well yesterday…we were spied on.”

“Xavier’s drones.”

“I’m afraid he’s got footage of Connie and Lion.”

“You may be right.”

As they walked up on the driveway, Steven took a deep breath. Upon walking up to the front door, he rang the doorbell, as it was answered immediately with Kenneth opening the door. “Steven.” He smiled.

“Hey Kenneth.”

Kenneth then saw Craig right behind Steven. “Good thing you brought him along.”

“Trust me, he’s not traumatized.”

As Steven and Craig enter inside, they notice Xavier isn’t around, but his sister, Cheyenne was waiting by the hallway. “This is my sister, Cheyenne.” Kenneth closed the front door.

“Where’s your brother?”

“He’s in his room.” Cheyenne answered. “FYI, I told him about the meeting and…”

“He declined to join?” Craig guessed.

“Pretty much.”

Steven let out a big exhale, trying to stay calm. “Let’s go in the kitchen and straighten this out.” As Kenneth agreed, he took Steven and Craig to the kitchen where the photo is at. Cheyenne followed from behind as they all took a seat by the kitchen table.

Craig looked at the photo displayed across the table, it still faced down while Kenneth looked at Craig, remembering the time he met him before the Capture The Flag battle returned in the creek. “What’s your name again?” He asked.

“Craig.” Craig responded. “If you need to know…my team beat your brother's team.”

“He told me everything, no need to explain.”

“He’s barely the depressing type when it comes to defeat.” Cheyenne commented.

“He’s really an apathetic person, is he?” Steven wondered.

“For his age, yes.” Kenneth responded as he picked up the picture. “This is the picture.” He showed his guests the picture of Steven, with tears on his face, hugging Craig. “My brother gave it to me and…he told me that I would make another friend…which is you.” He pointed at Steven.

Steven and Craig looked straight at the picture, they remembered what they did at The Tea Timers’ Club, but with the evidence being fake as clear as day, they’re aware Xavier won’t be friends with them. “I think it’s no surprise that this was serious,” Craig spoked as he looked at Steven in a split second, while turning back to the picture. “There would have been…a fire going on.”

“Then why were you crying, Steven?”

Steven blushed, knowing he learned about Craig’s pink eyes when he accidentally launched him against the tree, but he refused to tell his friend the truth. “He could’ve got a concussion, mainly on the back of his head. He was part of a fight and I tried to break up which…”

“You almost gave him a concussion?” Cheyenne guessed.

“Yes, but it was still an accident.”

“Huh.” Kenneth responded while looking at the picture himself. “You were a lot more regretful now that I think about it.”

“I’m not really a person who’s into violence, no matter what it is.”

“Nor do I. At least the kid didn’t bleed.”

“You would’ve been in huge trouble by the kid’s parents.” Cheyenne replied.

“He said it was an accident.” Craig filled in. “If he did harm me and the other kid, which he didn’t, then he would’ve been banned from the neighborhood. He’s never like that.”

“Did your brother ever tell you how he found this picture?” Steven asked.

“He didn’t find it, he took a picture of it with his drones.” Kenneth answered. Steven closed his eyes, remembering what Craig mentioned about Xavier’s drones. “He had an obsession with drones because with his talent, he doesn’t need to go out to do it himself.”

“That's…not really healthy for a kid to-”

“We know!” Cheyenne retorted.

Kenneth stayed on topic to give out his answer to Steven. “The point is, he never used drones to take pictures. I told him to never use them to invade people’s privacy at home. But I never said anything about the creek.”

Craig knew Xavier’s attempts to hide behind his computer screens, but Steven is aware that the creek isn’t off limits for people like Xavier. But on the other hand, he knew for a fact, Xavier will spy on him again tomorrow once he gets back to the Creek.

“I think I can say in pure honesty…wouldn’t it still invade the freedom of the kids at the creek?”

“There’s never been a crime in Herkleton that severe, okay?” Cheyenne answered. “There was a crime once in a while, but not that serious of a crime.”

“Not even…bullying.” Kenneth added.

Steven turned to the hallway he and Craig came in. Somewhere down the hall, he knows Xavier is waiting for him from his room, and he’s not dropping his goal after leaving Craig’s house. “Is there anything else you want me to know?”

“No.”

“Is it okay if me and Craig talk to him privately in his room?”

“With you two waiting until we get back?” Craig added.

“We’re working on hanging out together afterwards.”

“It has to be tomorrow then, because after tomorrow, I’m going back to college.” Kenneth responded.

As if it wasn’t enough, Steven’s in a pickle, knowing if he has to hang out with Kenneth, it can’t be the day after tomorrow. He stood up from his seat while still putting his focus on Xavier. “We can still work on it. Let’s go Craig.”

Craig got up as he followed Steven to where Xavier’s room is. “I’m sure if you find a way, I’ll do whatever you want me to do.”

“Thanks.” Steven looks back with a smile. Once he looked away, his happiness went away as he walked down the hallway. He took his time to find the door that Xavier is behind. “Have you ever met him in this house?”

“Only in the living room where he had a sleepover with others.” Craig answered. “And I know the only people who were allowed here were his team…and his ex friend, Maya.”

“His room’s not gonna be like anything like…” He stopped himself. “...Homeworld…” He whispered. “...But I know he’s not like the Diamonds.” Eventually, he and Craig witness a door slightly ajar, with light coming out. Steven slowly pushed the door open, as he saw Xavier sitting, looking straight towards him with Aquamarine and Ruby after their defeat.

“Steven Universe.” Xavier replied. “Craig Williams.”

Steven and Craig walked into the room as Steven closed the door behind him. “Xavier.” Steven responded. “Craig told me who you are.”

“Everything about me?”

All Steven did was shake his head in response. “But I learned that you’re keeping Aquamarine and Ruby here.”

“Easy for you to learn. Are you two satisfied that you beat them with your straight fusion?”

“Aren’t you upset?” Craig wondered.

“A little, just a little tiny bit.”

Both Steven and Craig looked at each other from the response of the former king. “Surprised?” Aquamarine spoked. “I’m surprised after he picked us up back here with his drones.”

“This alliance has just started.” Ruby added.

“After putting my friend on lockdown, I’m aware it wasn’t the end.” Steven responded.

“There’s always a beginning and always an end.” Xavier replied. “I’m sure it won’t end until one team comes out on top.”

Steven awaited for that type of response, knowing the true nature in his mind. “You really think this is a war? Or just a battle?”

“Yes. That’s what you used to do in the old days, right?”

“Yes, but this is anything but like the old days.”

“That’s what I heard from these two.” Xavier pointed at the two gems. “I’m sure you need to know why I’m doing all of this.” As he got up from his chair, Steven then walked up towards him before he spoke a word.

“You want to go to Beach City and Homeworld, don’t you?”

Xavier closed his mouth with his eyes wide open. “What else would I want from you?”

“My first ever fan outside of my home, wanting an autograph? Because I would do that over taking you to Beach City and especially Homeworld.”

Xavier felt unamused, but he expected a denial from him. “You really think I just became a fan of you?”

“You’re mostly mutual…but even I wouldn’t allow mutuals any special benefits.”

“Kind of like what you’ve been giving benefits to Craig?” He pointed at Craig. “Don’t act like you’re dumb, you know what you’ve been doing with him.”

Craig lowered his head while not looking at Steven’s expression. “What’s the matter Craig, did you enjoy hanging out with Steven yesterday?” Aquamarine asked.

“Especially the fusion you did with him?” Ruby added.

“What’s with the mood swings between you two anyways?” Xavier said. “You two are like two brothers who couldn’t even have the same positivity when you get the chance.”

This caused Craig to blush, unable to disagree with Xavier's point. “We have…unfinished business okay!” He then closed his eyes with the effects in his mind returning. Upon opening his eyes, his pink eyes are in front of Xavier, all the while taking Steven’s attention yet again.

“Oh no.” Steven spoked quietly.

Inside Craig’s vision, he saw Xavier’s room as one of the rooms of Homeworld full with advanced tech. However when he looks at Xavier, Aquamarine and Ruby, they remind the same. Xavier walked up to Craig while crossing his arms, not long until turning back to Steven.

“I don’t need to learn you’re the reason he has this.” Xavier grinned.

“I didn’t know it would actually happen to him, okay?” Steven crossed his arms.

“Quit with your excuses Steven.” Aquamarine flows up next to Xavier. “You can’t even convince the nearby hospital that you caused him to have that.”

“Besides.” Xavier looked straight at Craig’s eyes. “Does his parents still think you won’t be able to fix this on your own?”

“No…”

“I knew it. You may not want me to go to Beach City, but deep down in your pink gem,” He poked on his gem through his shirt. “And in your heart, you’ll have no choice but to take Craig there but you’re just delaying the inevitable.”

This caused Steven to give Xavier a serious look, as he’s done delaying his inevitable stand. “At least I am a great friend to him, while you're in alliance with two gems who'll be the last ones you'll ever be great friends towards.”

“Still, anything but nothing.”

“But you know they will never take you to Beach City since there’s one way to get there the fastest way.”

“You’re gonna tell me?”

“Yes I will. Lion. He can teleport from place to place and he’ll take you to Beach City in less than a minute. But even he will learn that he’ll never take you there, so what’s your end goal?”

Xavier then turned around, looking away from Steven. “My end goal…is starting an empire on Homeworld.”

Without a sense of humor in his system, Steven became unamused, while Craig thought Xavier couldn’t get any more delusional. “You have to be a huge giant and a Diamond to do that.”

“Do you even think you stand a chance against anyone there?” Craig added. “Even I can’t do anything that Steven does as a hero.”

“I didn’t say I wanted to be a Diamond.” Xavier said.

“Wake up Xavier.” Steven retorted. “You may have taken control of half of the creek, but that doesn’t compare to a planet in space. You can’t even take over one fourth of a planet even if you try.”

“You don’t even know how I’m gonna do it. I don’t have a bigger team like before…but I know there’s a small loophole that’ll turn into a diamond.”

Steven wished he could figure out what he means despite still keeping his stand. “For your information, I never did loopholes when I cleaned up my mother’s mess.”

“Then I guess you almost punched Eliza, made you realize you can’t own up to cleaning your own mess.”

“You know, I had to heal mentally over the last three months on my own.”

“Why? Is it because you turned into a giant pink godzilla after you demolished a gem?”

Steven nearly loses his cool, but then Craig walks up to Xavier, with his pink eyes still present. “Will you just drop it!” He shouted. When he turned around, he saw Steven in his monster form like from yesterday. “Just because through my eyes, I see him as a monster,” He turned back to Xavier. “I don’t see him as one when people like you get into his head.”

“Really?”

“You can’t even protect him knowing he’ll put you in more predicaments.” Ruby replied.

“Kind of like us putting you on-”

Craig interrupted Aquamarine by placing his hand on her mouth. “We protect ourselves thanks to our fusion.” As he moved his hand out of the way, he looked straight back to Xavier. “I don’t have a way to form a fusion with him, but as long as I have pink eyes, it’s a gift that you’re never going to get.”

Xavier knew Steven gave Craig his powers somehow, but no matter what, he’ll never get the answer from them. “You really think you’re the only kid here who can get a fusion handed on a silver platter?”

“Like I said. It’s a gift you’re never going to get.”

“Steven isn’t the only one who can give you a fusion. I know there’s a way I can fuse with Aquamarine and Ruby to become a stronger fusion than yours.” He then pointed at Craig “You got lucky earlier, but when luck is in our favor, we'll use our own transportation to go to Beach City and Homeworld.”

Steven’s aware that Aquamarine, and her fusion with Ruby, can fly. While he appreciates Craig joining his stand to protect him, he’s afraid the fusion of his two enemies and Xavier would be like. “You know Xavier.” He spoked, getting his attention. “Fusion isn’t something that’s handed to you on a silver planter. But I can’t deny that your alliance will reach your goal of fusion.”

“Steven.” Craig turned around.

“Craig, let me handle this.” As he slightly pushed him out of the way, he looked back at Xavier. “You may figure out this loophole on your own, however you’re gonna have to learn the hard way if you ever come to Homeworld.”

“Is it because I’m not like you?” Xavier asked.

“There’s only one Steven Universe who can make the only planet outside of earth, a happy planet. If you ever got into outer space, meeting one gem no matter what it is, they won’t even agree to start a rebellion. Before when it was broken, it was like your reign, but more terrifying when the Diamonds are in control.”

The former king never got dethroned by anyone who’s beyond huge. He won’t be receiving a photo from Steven of the Diamonds themselves, but during his reign, his emotions are anything but fear. “I do believe you. But if there’s one thing you don’t know about me, it's that I’m never scared.”

“Easy for you to say. Because you don’t know when it’s appropriate to be afraid when you're defenseless.”

“I don’t need to be like every kid to have inside out emotions.”

“Actually, you do.”

“He’s telling the truth.” Craig commented.

“When you think you’re gonna do all of this, it makes you think it's all a game to you. But it’s not. You think it’s easy, but reality makes it hard.”

“I know what I’m doing.” Xavier retorted.

“No, you don’t.”

Just when Xavier is about to push Steven in retaliation, Craig gets back in his way by grabbing his arms. “You’re never going to be the ruler of Homeworld!” Xavier then yanked him on his floor, causing Craig’s pink eye vision to blur.

“Really!?” Steven reacted.

“What was that?” Kenneth called.

“I just fell.” Craig responded. “I’m okay!”

“Steven, are you gonna come out so we can plan out on hanging out tomorrow?”

“Give me a minute!” Steven called back. He then turned around while helping Craig back up to his feet, still keeping his attention to Xavier of what he caused. “You’re not doing yourself any favors.”

“Not like you’re doing yourself a favor for each day you stay with Craig.” Ruby chimed in.

“There’s no way you can stop us from getting to Homeworld.” Aquamarine added.

“Especially spying and coming in your way when you get to the Creek tomorrow.” Xavier finished.

As Steven got Craig back up, he figured out a way to not only keep Xavier’s drones, but also Aquamarine and Ruby away from the Creek. “I’m only doing this, the easy way, especially for you.” He then gets out of Xavier’s room, heading straight back to Kenneth.

Then finally, Craig’s eyes turned back to normal. “My pink eyes are going longer than before.” He responded.

“Should it be good luck to you while it lasts?” Xavier replied. “You wouldn’t even like it if I had pink eyes.”

“You probably won’t be able to get an ability I got since I was on lockdown.”

“What did you get?”

“A dream where I met The Crystal Gems. I’m sure Aquamarine told you about them.”

“Yes, I have.” Aquamarine said. “Trust me, he’s better off knowing them, just so he can keep our plan away from them.”

“They’re not really in my dream, but I know they act smart whenever someone comes their way.”

“So you think your dreams will come true?” Xavier replied.

“Xavier, I don’t know if I’m ever going to Beach City or even Homeworld but if I do, I know I would be friends with The Crystal Gems.”

“Easy for you to say after the many friends you made in the creek. But remember this, Steven will part ways from you after he brings you back from Beach City. Because once you’re back to normal, he has nothing meaningful to stay with you. Including your friendship.”

Craig never thought of the day Steven will leave once he’s back to normal. He’s never going to see him again, including his friends if he ever meets them. He lowered his head, sighing that he couldn’t agree more with his enemy he defeated.

“Exactly.” Xavier getting into Craig’s face. “You better savor all the moments you have with him tomorrow, your time is running out and we’re making sure…we ruin one of your best moments.”

Then Steven entered back inside Xavier’s room, with confidence in his face. “Guess what Xavier, I’m taking your brother Kenneth, to the Creek!”

“What!?” Xavier reacted.

“You heard me. He’s gonna be with me all day tomorrow, doing activities with Craig and his friends.”

Craig felt relieved that Steven managed to find a loophole for tomorrow, but it won’t change the truth Xavier told him. “I’m just gonna go straight out the front door.” He walked past Steven, leaving Xavier’s bedroom.

“Craig?” Steven looked out from Xavier’s bedroom. He then looked back to Xavier, still furious with the two gems forced to stay in doors. “What did you say to him?”

“That once you fix him, you'll leave and he’ll never meet you again.”

As if Steven couldn’t get enough of Xavier’s attitude, he now has to deal with that in Craig’s mind tomorrow. “I think I’ve listened to you enough. I’m leaving.”

“You know, this isn’t over since you’re gonna have to protect your powers from my brother.”

Before Steven closed Xavier’s door after coming out, he gave Xavier one more look. “You should at least be thankful I didn’t tell your brother about Aquamarine and Ruby hiding in your room.”

“Like he would question gems in the same way kids feel when they see you?”

“They trust me after I heard most of them panicking about them. I know there’s more I haven’t met. And I’m sure they’re gonna tell their parents about it.”

“Ohhh, we’re gonna get caught by the parents, the horror!” Aquamarine taunted.

Steven rolled his eyes as he left Xavier’s room. “So what are we gonna do tomorrow?” Ruby asked.

“I’ll think about it, Tomorrow, I’m gonna be taking a walk in my red poncho and doing training when I get back, you two just stay in my bedroom all day.” Xavier replied.

“We’re so thankful your parents barely clean up here.”

“They don’t care about me as much like my brother.”

As Steven headed out the front door, Kenneth followed him while stopping at his door. “Thanks for coming over.” He replied. “It’ll be refreshing to go back to the Creek for after so long.”

“It’ll be an experience coming back.” Steven smiled. “I’m growing into it.”

“Great to hear. I’ll see you tomorrow.”

“See you tomorrow too.” As Steven waved back, Kenneth closed the front door while he and Craig headed back home. Craig kept his head lowered ever since he got out of Xavier’s house. Steven knew what he was feeling but he’s not gonna spill the beans just like Xavier did. “Craig.”

“Yes?” Craig responded.

“I’m sure things will get better for us tomorrow.”

“I know.”

Steven didn’t like his answer, but he’s not gonna have him feel this way all day tomorrow. “Craig.” He placed his hand on his shoulder while kneeling down. “It’s gonna be a long time until I leave.”

“It’s just the more you’re around…” He then looked at him face to face. “...the more genial you’re becoming.”

“Even after anything bad happened?”

“Yes. I just haven't felt this way since you came here.”

“It’s growing on you then.” Steven smiled. “I admit, I kind of knew you would feel this way.”

This caused Craig to blush again. “You know with him saying we’re like brothers…he’s kind of right.”

Steven also blushed but as he looked around with no one in sight, he got back up immediately. “I kind of see you as a brother since…I never had one.”

Craig wished Xavier made that up, but for how long he’s been with Steven, it gets more impossible to deny it. “Me being your only brother, must be a first to you.”

“Just like you having pink visions...because of me.”

As the two looked at each other after confessing, they went back to their walk back home. They are still uncertain if going to Beach City won’t happen, knowing Xavier, Aquamarine and Ruby could have the advantage if they fuse for real. At the same time however, their freedom from them tomorrow will do them more favors than harm. Steven will make sure he protects Craig’s pink eyes from Kenneth and keeping his powers away from him will be an obstacle. But it’s an obstacle that’s worth risking even with kids in the creek around him.

Chapter 35: Precision Pedigree

Chapter Text

Hours after Steven and Craig made their way back home, they enjoyed dinner with Craig’s family. Nicole didn’t make any slight glares at Steven since she always enjoys family dinner. But after what she heard from his conversation with Craig, she really has something to ask about his Crystal Gem life.

“So, have you heard of the card game, Bring Out Your Beast?” Bernard asked.

“No, not really.” Steven answered.

“Would you be interested if I show you?”

“There’s a place called the Splintery Butt, where they play that game.” Craig added.

“I would be interested, even though I’m not gonna be a full time player.” Steven smiled.

“I stopped playing that game as I got older. It’s not like you’re gonna get addicted to it forever.” Bernard said, taking a bite of his food.

“Kenneth’s probably still playing that game if you ask him.” Craig said.

“Yeah…there’s so many secrets for so many witnesses.” Nicole commented while not looking at Steven. Steven looked at Craig’s mom, who paid more attention to her food on her plate. He’s aware he’s gonna have another talk about her tonight before bed, he just hopes she doesn’t find out about Ruby and Aquamarine harming her son.

“Steven.” Jessica spoked, getting his attention. “Are you gonna do everything that there is to do in the creek?”

“I don’t think it’s possible.” Steven responded. “If I don’t do everything, I would have to save the other activities for another day.”

“You’re gonna go back to hanging out with Kenneth the day after tomorrow?” Duane asked.

“No, he’s going back to college on that day. I don’t have plans and…would you mind if I help you with your errands or something?”

“I’ll think about it tomorrow.”

This gave Nicole an idea for the meeting tonight. “How about you join us with our meeting?” She offered. “We can work that out before bed.”

Duane took his wife’s offer as the whole family continued eating. Nicole and Duane washed the dishes, while Steven waited patiently in the living room with Craig and Jessica with him. Bernard remains seated at the table, knowing he’s mostly part of Steven finding a friend by pure luck. But at the same time, he wasn’t a witness of the event that happened when his brother was alone.

“Alright, that’s the last one.” Nicole closed the dishwasher after putting the last dish in. “Craig, Jessica, it’s time for bed.”

Both Craig and Jessica got off the sofa while heading out of the living room. As Bernard got up, he walked by his brother and sister, entering the living room, sitting next to Steven. Craig and Jessica walked up the stairs but Jessica stopped, turning around catching Craig’s attention before heading into the bathroom.

“Jessica.” Craig spoked. “We’re not allowed to be downstairs during Steven’s meetings.”

“I know but, is he gonna mention about…”

“No, he won’t talk about me and him fusing, he may talk about other fusions, but not us.”

Jessica still felt like she was dreaming when it happened, but if her parents found out what Steven did with her brother, it would take a long time to get every detail. “You didn’t fuse with him for nothing.”

Craig sighed, refusing to disagree. “If it wasn’t for my dream.” He entered the bathroom to brush his teeth. Jessica looked back down the stairs, as the lights were turned off by Duane who just left the kitchen, joining the meeting with Steven, his son and his wife.

“Steven.” Nicole took a deep breath. “Can you tell me…that you still have enemies even after you left Beach City?”

Steven attempted to be honest but at the same time, he’s worried about the choice of words he’ll say. “Yes…”

“Who are they?” Duane wondered.

Steven closed his eyes while answering the question. “Ruby…and Aquamarine.”

Back upstairs, Jessica got out of the bathroom after brushing her teeth. While Craig headed inside his bedroom, Jessica didn’t. She headed back downstairs, slowly making sure her parents didn’t hear her. She stopped after walking down the main hallway, preventing stepping foot inside the kitchen as she leaned against the wall.

“And Amethyst said there are gems out there that hate me.” Steven said. “After Ruby and Aquamarine went into the sky, I haven’t seen them since.”

After expressing his experiences involving them, Nicole processed everything she heard while her husband attempted to pick up the pieces. “When you said something about them fusing together as…”

“Bluebird.”

“Yes, Bluebird…is that easy for a fusion to work. Like it’s possible for me to fuse into my wife?”

“I don’t think it’s that easy dad.” Bernard responded.

“It’s true.” Steven responded.

“Did you fuse with my son, somehow?” Nicole wondered.

“No, what made you think that?”

“Because what if you fused with my son, just to protect him if they ever harm him?”

“There’s other ways to protect people instead of fusing.”

Nicole won’t disregard Steven’s lifestyle of being a hero, but on the other hand, she’s aware that the two gems captured her son. “Do you think I should trust you on being a babysitter?”

“I took care of Craig yesterday.”

“I don’t believe you.” Nicole got up from her couch. “When I allow Craig to spend time at the creek everyday, it’s because the creek’s the safest place in Herkleton, next to his and Bernard’s schools.”

“And our home, don’t forget about that.” Duane added.

“Be really honest with me.” She looked straight at Steven. “Did you show your powers to the kids at the creek yesterday?”

“Yes, I did.” Steven answered.

“Did you, at least and I mean at least…cause harm towards someone?” Steven placed his hand on his mouth, remembering what he almost caused to Eliza. “You did cause harm, did you?”

“Nicole-”

“Tell me the truth.”

With tension in his body, Steven had no other choice. “Yes, I did but-”

“Did you use your powers or-”

“I almost punched her!” Steven stood up from the sofa, causing Nicole to get shocked. He took a deep breath while attempting to stay on topic. “It’s because that girl almost looked like and acted like my mom…when she was Pink Diamond.”

Everyone but Steven, froze in silence while Nicole thought she was hearing lies, but when she heard the word mom, she knew it wasn’t a lie. Meanwhile, Jessica thinks she’s having a nightmare with how Steven acted in that situation. She wanted to leave, but she refused, knowing there could be more involving him than that.

“Her name was Eliza and…she wanted me to be her fashion model because of my gem and when she got into Craig’s face…” Steven sat back down while looking down. “...I turned pink.”

“You almost punched her?” Nicole responded.

“Craig stopped me…when I noticed he had pink eyes…all the while I accidentally launched him to a tree.” Steven then teared up from his eye, wished he never went through what transpired yesterday. “I promised you that Craig didn’t get a concussion, it was the first time I saw his pink eyes, I was just as shocked when I found out.”

“Steven, as much as I appreciate you being regretful of what you almost did, punching a kid isn’t excusable if the police found out about it.” Duane responded. “You never went through life like us when imagination was part of our childhood.”

“I did have imagination as a kid.”

“With powers, along with Crystal Gems who you spend time with, Ruby and Sapphire won’t even understand imagination.” Bernard commented.

“And Steven.” Nicole placed her hands on her hips. “I’m aware that not every single mom in the world is the sweetest mothers.”

“So you’re acting like my mom is like every other horrible mom?”

“No. Granted we need to know about your mom in another meeting, but you’ve turned out for the better.” Nicole turned around, taking deep breaths to calm herself down. She turned back to Steven, still witnessing his tear on his face. “And you showed me…you’re not as reckless as I thought.”

“You’re still upset that I almost…?”

“Yes, but I will forgive you at the very least.” She then walked past the sofa, stopping by the kitchen table while Jessica slowly backed away, lucky enough her mother didn’t spot her.

Steven got up from the sofa, walking up to Nicole from behind. “What do you think about Ruby and Aquamarine?”

Nicole closed her eyes, flinching while still looking away from Steven. “They’ve made me…concerned.”

“You’re afraid they’ll harm Craig?”

“Did you have to say that?” Duane walked by Steven, comforting his wife.

“I’d still protect him, no matter what.”

“You do realize it won’t eliminate that fact Craig could still be in danger.” Bernard walked up from behind.

“Steven.” Nicole spoked while turning around. “You want me to trust you to protect my youngest son?”

“Yes.” Steven responded.

“You said when you got back after meeting Kenneth, Connie is free to come over tomorrow?”

“Yes.”

She then picked out a photo of Craig’s cousin’s backyard from his house. “I just called Bryson’s parents to see if it’s okay if he can hang out with Craig in the creek.”

“He’s his cousin that you met at the family reunion two days ago.” Duane said.

“I can’t believe I’m saying this but…” She walked up to Steven to make sure he’s focused on her. “...Have Lion…teleport to their backyard…and bring Bryson here so you can protect him too.”

Steven nearly forgot that Craig had a cousin after days of spending time with him, his new friend he made today, where he would’ve been farther away from here by now. “His mom did say they live in Trenton, New Jersey so, you sure his parents would be…?”

“Some kids saw Lion, right?” Steven nodded from Nicole’s question. “I’m gonna ride him to let them know ahead of time once Connie gets here. I’m not gonna explain everything that just happened, just only about you.”

“...Okay.” Steven lowered his head.

“It wasn’t our idea for you to come over, it was Jessica’s idea.”

“Especially not Craig’s idea.” Bernard added.

“The thing is, I want you to prove that you can protect more than just one kid in this family in case…something terrible happens in the creek.”

“Okay.” Steven agreed. “Would you mind if Lion stays in the backyard when I’m in the creek?”

“Sure. Also…since Kenneth’s going back to college…I want you to spend the full day with me and Duane. And we don’t want Craig to come along, we just want him to stay at home.”

Steven may have missed Craig for nearly the full day today, but with this ultimatum being bigger than today’s, getting approval from Nicole and Duane would make things easier. “Okay, I’ll do it.”

“We’re planning out what we’re gonna do. Maybe during car rides, we can talk more about your life to speed things up.”

“That’s really a good idea.” Steven replied. “I was thinking the same thing so we all can know each other a lot better.”

“Would you be interested in meeting Earl and Jojo again?”

“Yes.”

“Now that’s something we can look forward to.” Duane smiled. “Should we go to bed now?”

“Yeah, we’ve talked enough tonight.” Nicole said.

Jessica quietly headed back upstairs, entering her bedroom. Upon closing her door, she sat on the floor, still processing what she heard. She wants to come with Steven to see what he can do, however, she’s aware something horrible could happen. Especially since she doesn’t want Nicole to realize what she's seen today.

As Steven and Bernard headed upstairs, Nicole and Duane reminded downstairs. “So you heard them about going to Beach City?” Duane replied.

“Steven isn’t taking Craig there.” Nicole signed. “But I did hear them about Ruby and Aquamarine…capturing Craig.”

Duane wished his wife was lying, but he knows how honest she is when she’s serious. “You think Steven is responsible for it?”

“I can’t answer that. And I can’t answer the idea of him taking Craig to a place where the Crystal Gems live.” She took another deep breath, while also facing the fact that her youngest son wants to meet them in person. “I doubt Craig would ever go back to normal if he doesn’t go there.”

Duane refused to ask anymore questions as he headed out the kitchen, giving his wife her own space as she sat by the kitchen table. She just hopes that Steven will take care of Craig and his cousin the whole day tomorrow to trust him a little more.

Steven headed into Craig's bedroom as he witnessed Craig laying down in his bed, exhausted after waiting for him. “Do you want to know what I talked to your parents about?”

“No.” Craig responded. “I’m too tired, I just want to focus on what we’re gonna do in the creek tomorrow.”

“I don’t blame you, I also want to focus on the positives tomorrow…despite tomorrow night.” Steven closed the bedroom door while turning off the lights. He wasted little time as he got on the top bunk. He covered himself up, as he laid his head on his pillow. “Craig.”

“Yes?”

“I’m sorry for being too negative about the dream you had…I just didn’t think my powers were capable of giving you dreams.”

Craig felt thankful by Steven’s apology and the fact he has remorse from his choice of words. “Thanks Steven. And hey, even if Kenneth’s around, he’s probably more open to who you really are if he finds out about your gem.”

“We'll just see if that happens.”

“Also Steven…do you think you will be in my dream since we’re closer than in the middle of the day?”

Steven slowly closed his eyes, yawning while being honest. “We’ll just see in the morning…” Then, Craig’s eyes turn pink as he realizes he’s gonna be having another dream with more Crystal Gems.

“It’s gonna be a long night for me…” He fell asleep.

“Have fun Craig.”

Chapter 36: The Ocean Dream

Chapter Text

Craig slowly opened his eyes, getting to his feet, preparing for his second dream, which he suspects will be more complex than his last dream. When he looked around, he couldn’t believe what he saw. He was surrounded by a huge waterfall. As he looked up, a towering structure caught his attention as he picked up that new Crystal Gems could be waiting up there. He wasted little time as he walked on the pathway, leading to the top of the tower.

He walked on the staircase as he saw the waterfall closer along with the moon in the sky with the stars. “This is way more beautiful than the fountain.” He looked around. “Those places from my last dream don’t even compare to this…aside from the five star apartment from the hotel in Empire City.”

When he looked up, he saw a flashing light blue arrow, being shot from the top of the tower. Not only that, he saw two flying gems from above, heading to the direction while the arrow went. Then, he heard a roar in the distance on top of the tower, much more menacing but he refused to walk back down, knowing he could be needed if possible. Upon heading to the top, he witnessed a tall Crystal Gem, standing on the edge shooting another arrow to the monster far in the distance. Craig immediately ran up to see the monster a little more closely, as it was a cyan colored monster with four arms. It slowly went away in the ocean while the two flying gems followed it.

Then, the tall gem turned around, taking Craig by surprise as he backed away. “Sorry, did I distract you when you were shooting arrows?” He responded. “I’m just concerned about…it as you are.” The tall gem looked straight down at Craig, not responding to which Craig stood back. “Garnet said I would meet more Crystal Gems so…you must be one.”

As Craig looked around on top of the tower, the ocean’s distance was far away compared to the ocean in Beach City from his last dream. “What is this place?”

“The Lunar Sea Spire.” She responded, getting Craig’s attention. “I’m Opal. I’ve been shooting my arrows from my Energy Bow at Malachite.”

“That monster is Malachite?” Craig pointed.

“Yes. She’s a fusion of Jasper…and Lapis.”

This caused Craig to blink. “Lapis Lazuli? I saw a ton of them when I was in the Sewers.”

“And the Queen was the main Lapis Lazuli?” She asked as Craig nodded. She got on her knees, leaning down to Craig to get his full attention. “Pearl, Amethyst and Garnet separated Lapis and Jasper on their own in their fusion, but without them nothing’s stopping Malachite.”

Craig remembered that Steven didn’t tell him about Jasper, especially never seeing her in his pink visions. “There’s got to be some way to stop her.”

“There is only one way, however it’s not completely possible.”

“I’ll do it, no matter what happens, I’ll take that risk.”

Opal smiled from Craig’s courage, as she leaned back up, she’s willing to take Craig to the next location. “I want you to know…I’m Pearl and Amethyst in a fusion.”

Just when Craig was about to react, he gets teleported out from the tower, thus appearing in a dark room. “Pearl and Amethyst are Opal!?” He responded with Opal no longer in his sight. “Opal?” He looked around with no gem in sight. He then noticed a couch with a desk by it, he made his way to the couch, sitting down as he’s more confused of the location itself.

“This doesn't feel like I’m nowhere near where Malachite's going.”

“That’s because, my darling.” A voice got Craig’s attention. “The show is what you need before going to face Malachite.” Then lights appeared out of the blue, causing Craig to stay seated. “Live, from a metaphysical room deep in the temple. It’s Sardonyx Tonight!”

Then the neon sign of Sardonyx Tonight turned on from above, taking Craig by notice as he witnessed Sardonyx sitting at her desk, smiling at him with a microphone in her hand. “Goooood Evening, Everybody!” She cheered as the audience cheered back. “We have our guest in our show who’s not only a kid, but Steven’s new best friend, Craig Williams!”

As the audience cheered at Craig, Craig felt like he was part of a talk show that his parents would watch from time to time. He did enjoy some, but never expected himself to be a guest. “I would love to be part of this, but I’m actually-”

“Needing to stop Malachite?” Sardonyx smiled. “You won’t be able to handle a monster like her on your own. You need help.”

“Like…the same fusion height as her?”

“Sadly, it’s not possible.” The audience responded in “aw”, disappointed by Sardonyx’s answer. “But you have been in a fusion once, have you?”

“Yes, with Steven himself.” The audience cheered with the mention of Steven’s name.

“Yes, Straig Williverse! That’s a fusion the audience had been talking about!” A monitor appears from above, showing Straig defeating Bluebird, causing the audience to applaud. “Compared to the first attempt of fusion, it’s always the third attempt that makes us live it. But you Craig was the one who made it possible.”

“If it wasn’t for Garnet giving me future vision.”

“She really does have an eye to the future, am I right?”

Craig would laugh at Sardonyx’s sense of humor, but with her having four eyes, he wonders if Garnet is part of Sardonyx. “Yeah, unlike me who has pink visions all the time.”

“You wouldn’t be our guest if you didn’t have them.”

“Fair point.”

“Anyway, what we’re gonna do next is invite our second guest to the show.” Sardonyx presented the second guest by lifting her arm to her, catching Craig’s attention. “Please everyone welcome…BISMUTH!”

Another spotlight turned on, revealing Bismuth with the audience cheering for her as she waved at them. She walked up by Craig, placing her hand on the sofa behind him. “I’ve always wanted to be a guest on your show.”

“It’s always a pleasure.” Sardonyx smiled.

“She’s gonna help me?” Craig responded.

“Yes, while she won’t be able to stop Malachite with her powers, we found a way to stop her.” The monitor revealed a picture of the bottom of the ocean with a huge border stuffed into a big hole, along with a gem drill on top of it. “Peridot tracked down this location because it’s the only way to stop Malachite.”

“We’re gonna drain the whole ocean?” Craig reacted in fear.

“No, it won’t happen.” Bismuth laughed. “Peridot learned that someone is trapped in the hole.”

“She can’t get out due to the border being stuck in the hole.” Sardonyx replied.

“So we need to dive into the bottom of the sea and destroy that border.” Bismuth then put her drill on her arm. “Peridot reached the surface after her gem drill went out of power because she can’t swim underwater. She spent the last hour breaking that border but it wasn’t enough.”

Sardonyx leaned down to Craig with all four of her eyes staring at him. “I would volunteer to help but…despite being a very good swimmer myself ha ha.” Her laughter turned to disappointment. “My war hammer is incapable of breaking the laws of physics.”

Craig knew there’s no other way around it with someone underneath the border, capable of stopping Malachite, while freeing Lapis from the fusion. But he cannot believe he’s gonna be in the middle of the ocean in order to accomplish his mission. “What about Jasper?” He asked.

“Well she was an enemy who lived on her own, but now…after…the incident…she’s now part of Little Homeworld.” Bismuth commented.

“Let’s not turn my show into a depressing dark turn, shall we not?” Sardonyx padded her hand on Craig’s head, causing him to fall off his couch.

“I just think we shouldn’t leave her in the ocean once she’s unfuses from Lapis.” Craig getting on his feet.

“We don’t leave one gem behind, you meatball.” Bismuth wrapped her arm around Craig.

“And with that being said, I’m teleporting you two near the location the border’s at.” Sardonyx got up from her desk while looking at her audience. “We will be watching the whole time through the monitor. Good luck, darlings.”

Then Craig and Bismuth teleported out of Sardonyx’s show and on the boat in the middle of the ocean. It was getting close to sunrise with the sun shining on the clouds from above. “Okay so…should we find Peridot first?” Craig replied as Bismuth took the wheel.

“Hopefully. We would be lucky if she’s out of Malachite’s way.” Bismuth turned on the boat and it began to move. Soon the boat was running very quickly. Craig held on to the bar, preventing himself from falling off. As much as he’s happy to ride a boat in the ocean, it’s not for a vacation with the mission being similar to Steven’s missions in the real world.

“Hey Craig.” Bismuth called as Craig turned to her. “So Steven gave you pink visions.”

“Yes.” Craig responded. “Even though it wasn't intentional.”

“You don’t have to explain it, I know what really happened.”

“Do you know how to get rid of them…if I meet you in the real world?”

Bismuth then turned to him while still holding onto the wheel. “No, but I know who could.”

“Are they in this dream?”

“I don’t know. Seems this dream is a lot more different then your last.”

Craig thought he would be having the same dream as the last by meeting each gem in a short amount of time. But since he’s sleeping for hours instead of less than before, he’s not in a hurry, despite freeing Lapis and Jasper. “Do any of you ever have dreams?”

“That is if we ever sleep every night like Steven.”

“Gems never sleep?”

“No, unless they're too unconscious like Lapis when she was stuck into Malachite for far too long.”

“Jasper really took too much control in that fusion.”

“You catch on quick.” Bismuth smiled. “Seems your first time in a fusion gave you the feeling Pearl has yet to give me.”

“What do you mean?”

“I’ve been getting along with her two years after the universe was saved. We haven’t fused yet but I’m impressed you fused with Steven much quicker when he fused into Connie.”

“Huh…” Craig blinked. “Steven never told me I was quicker than his girlfriend.”

“Seems more like he’s growing close to you on a personal level.”

Craig looked at the ground, to the point that Bismuth caught on his expression. “Do you know we’ve been called brothers, in some way?”

“Yes.” She looked back to what’s in front of her, still keeping control. “I bet if you ever come to Little Homeworld when some gem sees you and Steven hanging out, they believe they would call you brothers.”

Craig couldn’t disagree, despite feeling awkward about the idea. “My real brother Bernard could be really jealous or really convinced.”

“It’ll mostly be the latter.”

Far in the distance of the ocean, Peridot remained in her boat after failing to destroy the border at the bottom of the ocean. “A rescue team better be here before Malachite does, otherwise I’m stuck in this ocean forever!” She reacted as she witnessed two flying gems in the air. “Hey! Down here!”

The two flew down, listening to her emergency call as they landed on their boat. “We’re here to rescue you!” Nice Lapis said.

“Really!? Nice and Mean Lapis were available in this dream?”

“Hey, I didn’t ask to be part of a rescue team, but since we can fly and have hydrokinesis, this is the best you’re getting.” Mean Lapis retorted.

“You know, I do wish Jasper were fused into one of you instead of the Lapis I know and love.” Peridot crossed her arms while Mean Lapis leaned down to her.

“You’re just as pitiful as Lapis herself. Just lift your arms up!”

Peridot sighed as she lifted her arms up, allowing Nice Lapis to pick her up from the ground. Mean Lapis followed her as they flew their way over the ocean. However despite the rescue being taken care of, they heard a roar not far away than they thought. Peridot looked down in the ocean, she’s aware Malachite can swim underwater, but she may come out at any time.

Meanwhile, Craig and Bismuth are getting close to their destination with Craig looking at the radar. “We’re just over a mile away.” He responded.

“Okay, once we stop the boat, I dive in and I’ll destroy the border.” Bismuth replied.

As Craig followed Bismuth’s plan, he also kept his eyes in the ocean in case Malachite appeared. Despite the help he’s getting from another Crystal Gem, he hoped Steven would appear in his dream, but so far it’s beyond the case at that point. When he looked at the other side, he took out a telescope, looking through it as he was shocked to see Malachite, but also flying above the ocean. “Oh no!” He rushed to Bismuth while pointing at Malachite. “She’s over there!”

“I knew it!” Bismuth groaned. “She’s gonna come near us and destroy our boat!”

“I didn’t think she would fly.”

“Gems who have wings like Lapis can fly, no matter how huge the fusion is.”

“HEY!” Peridot called from above, catching Craig and Bismuth’s attention.

“Peridot!?”

“Get out of here!”

“No, we have to release her from the border.”

“There’s no time! She’ll dive underwater and stop us!”

When Craig turns back to Malachite, she flows towards them in a massive dash while wearing a helmet. “ABANDON SHIP!” He shouted as he got off the boat. Unfortunately it was too late for Bismuth as Malachite destroyed the boat with a massive blast.

“Bismuth!”

Craig opened his eyes while holding his breath, witnessing Bismuth sinking down, faulting from the blast. He swam towards her, attempting to pull her up, but with her bulky weight, it’s nearly impossible. They sank deeper and deeper and were almost to the bottom of the sea and then, Mean Lapis pulled Craig up, getting his attention as he let go of Bismuth. Mean Lapis and Craig reached back to the surface as they got out of the water.

“Oh man!” Craig reacted with his whole body and clothes wet.

Mean Lapis flew up to Nice Lapis as Peridot met Craig face to face. “Is Bismuth still down there?”

“Yes, I tried pulling her up, but she’s too heavy!”

“Even if you had strength, It won’t change the fact I don’t have bulky muscles.” Mean Lapis retorted.

“You can do more than just carry us!” Peridot lashed out at her.

“Where’s your boat then!?”

“AHH!!!”

“Guys!” Craig reacted. “This isn’t the time for fights, what about the border?”

“I don’t know, I doubt there’s anything to destroy it.”

“What are we going to do?” Nice Lapis replied. “If we don’t leave to form another plan, we might-”

Then Malachite appeared out from the ocean, causing a massive splash, getting their attention as Malachite looked straight at the group, but more specifically Craig himself. “You…” She spoke with intimidation with a sinister smile. “I’ve been beyond corrupted to meet you…”

Craig was frightened while still holding onto Mean Lapis. He didn’t want to say anything, but with how his dream functions, he won’t be able to get any new information compared to his last dream. “Why do you want to meet me?” He responded.

“Because I’ve heard you fused for the first time. Your ability to fuse is more impressive than what meets the eye.” She blinked with all four eyes. “You may not control your eyes, but I can help.”

“What do you want from me?”

“Fuse with me…”

Craig clenched his teeth, not liking what he’s getting himself into. “No, you must be Jasper in total control.”

“You figured that out?” Peridot replied.

“I doubt Lapis would act this way.”

“You don’t even know her, nor meet her to see who she really is.” Mean Lapis rolled her eyes.

“Like you set an example of being part of her gem kind.” Peridot commented.

Malachite groaned in anger, getting Craig’s attention as she backed away, closing all four of her eyes. “So you want to play it the hard way?” Thus summons her hydrokinesis with water shaped into a massive hand. “You won’t even wake up when you drown in the ocean I control!”

She throws her fist of the ocean towards them but the Lapises pull them away. They flew up in the air, while Malachite summoned another massive hand, doing the same technique with the two Lapises away from each other. She only focused on Mean Lapis but Craig let go of her as Malachite hit her with her hydrokinesis. Nice Lapis managed to fly towards Craig as he grabbed Peridot’s legs.

“You really pushed over her corrupted limits!” Nice Lapis said, flying away from Malachite.

“I wasn’t going to fuse her when I got here!” Craig responded.

“We’re out of luck anyway!” Peridot reacted. “I can’t swim, Bismuth can’t swim and there’s no where we’re ever going to set free that person underneath that border!”

In the bottom of the ocean, Bismuth opened her eyes as she got on her feet. Upon looking above the surface, Malachite used all manipulation of the ocean to attack Craig, Peridot and Nice Lapis. She tried to jump in order to float back up but no matter what, she always sank down. Upon looking in her surroundings, she saw the border itself not far in the distance. With the drill in her arm, she headed to the border, despite the weight of the water slowing her down, she’s not giving up, especially with her new friend in danger, along with Peridot and Nice Lapis.

“Get back here Craig!” Malachite shouted in anger as she changed water into ice, launching them towards Craig as Nice Lapis dodge them. More were launched to where it almost hit Peridot and Craig.

“It’s just a dream, it’s just a dream, it’s not real! It’s not real!” Craig repeated himself.

“Come on Craig, you're not Steven, but you're better than this!” Peridot retorted.

“I don’t control my dreams, what do you expect me to do?”

“I expect you to earn my trust!” With her confession out while avoiding danger, it stopped Craig’s thought of his situation as he looked up at Peridot. “This isn’t how I pictured us meeting like this, but I want to trust you like I do with Steven!”

A thought came to Craig as he remembered from his last dream. “You want the real you in the real world to meet me?”

“Yes! It’s not because it’ll remove your pink visions forever, it’s because I really wanted a friend as another human who’s almost like Steven with or without his powers.” She then looked back at Malachite, not long until looking down at Craig. “Lapis would want to be your friend if you come to Beach City. Steven would appreciate that.”

Craig slowly smiled that his presents in Beach City would be more promising despite his dreams, not reflecting the real personalities of the gems. But he’s not backing down from what happens in this dream being more intense. He looked up at Nice Lapis with a confident smile on his face. “Let go of us!” He shouted, getting the attention from her.

“Wait, WHAT!?” Peridot reacted as Nice Lapis let go of her. “AHHH!!!”

Craig and Peridot fell into the ocean while Malachite hit Nice Lapis with her hydrokinesis. Craig held onto Peridot after reaching the surface, knowing she can’t swim. “Don’t worry, I got you.”

“Okay, not what I have in mind to earn your trust.”

“Just hold onto my hand.”

Peridot grabbed onto Craig’s hand as Craig held onto his breath, diving into the ocean. Meanwhile, Bismuth arrived at the border as she activated her drill, drilling through the border. The time is ticking to whenever Malachite eventually spots her, but little did she know, her teammate isn’t giving up after he abandoned ship.

“Where are you Craig!?” Malachite groaned. “You can’t sleep forever and when you go back to sleep, I’ll still be waiting for you!” She turned her attention to the ocean, thinking he might be under the sea after eliminating his and Peridot’s transportation. She dived into the ocean, hunting down Craig while she swam way faster than Craig and Peridot. Upon looking in every direction, she saw them, swimming towards the border as she wasted little time by performing the spin dash but then, she stopped when a chain took her arm. “What!?” Then another chain took her other arm as it latched on the sand.

“You're never going to destroy my friends, including my new friend, Craig!”

Malachite resisted while the chains got stronger by the minute, allowing Craig and Peridot more time swimming towards the border. Peridot looked at Malachite, concerned now that they’re spotted but it still didn’t stop Craig no matter what. He and Peridot landed on the border as Peridot pointed at Malachite raging in her predicament, but this only gave Craig the advantage. He looked at the gem drill as he swam towards it. A deck gun was attached to the top, higher enough to where it’ll shoot whatever comes out over the border.

Craig then noticed an emergency rope displayed by the seat, small enough it’ll fit inside the deck gun. He got out, handing Peridot the rope as he pointed at the deck gun while lifting his finger out of his hand, indicating to pull the end of the rope out of the gun while the other ties what’s inside. Peridot gave him the thumbs up as she swam towards the gem drill. Then Bismuth jumped on the border, preparing to drill the center but then she witnessed Craig and Peridot at the gem drill. She lifted her drill up in the air, activating it as it caught the attention of them.

Then Malachite broke one chain as she attempted to break the other chain. Bismuth instructed them to get out of here before it’s too late, but Craig’s still sticking to his plan. He waved to his direction, waiting for Bismuth to be safe just like him and Peridot. Without any other option other than escaping, Bismuth made her way to the gem drill as fast as she could. After Peridot finished tying inside the deck gun, Craig paid attention to the fire button that sets a ten second timer upon pressing it. As he looked at Peridot, Bismuth got next to her as Peridot handed her the rope, holding onto it tightly as he turned his attention back to Malachite.

Her rage reached her limit as she broke the other chain. Craig pressed the button as he swam towards Peridot and Bismuth, grabbing hold of the rope as Malachite’s target was in full view. Peridot shook in fear while Craig prepared for the monster’s attack.

“You’re dead meat now!” Malachite finally performed her spin dash yet again but just before she launched, the ten second timer ran out, shooting the small but fast torpedo out of the deck gun as Craig, Peridot and Bismuth were pulled by it. Malachite missed them as she destroyed the border itself. Craig and the others let go of the rope as Bismuth held onto them, slowing down upon landing on the sea sand. The torpedo explodes while Craig and his friends are safe from it and the disaster.

When they turned around, Tons of rocks were floating all over the place while Malachite stopped her spin dash. With the hole fully opened, the whole ocean shook like an earthquake but with someone inside the hole, it wasn’t an earthquake. What came out of the hole was a giant blue woman as it took Craig by notice. She was only looking at Malachite as she grabbed her, pulling her up to the surface.

“Ahh!” Malachite reacted as she stared at the giant woman.

“Your reign of this fusion is over…” She spoke as her diamond from her chest glows, causing Malachite to leak tears from all four of her eyes. “It’s time for Lapis to have fun with Craig.” She threw her in the air as she performed energy projection, waving her hand as her powers glowed from the air, launching towards Malachite as it caused her to unfuse. Both Lapis and Jasper fell back into the water while the woman placed her hand at the bottom of the ocean, allowing Craig, Peridot and Bismuth to stand on it.

In no time, the woman lifted them out of the water, finally allowing Craig to breathe the fresh air. With the sun rising from the distance, it caught his eyes but the moment he stared at the giant blue woman, he nearly lost his balance until Peridot grabbed his arm. “You…” She spoked.

“Hi.” Craig waved.

“I’m the person who was trapped in that hole.” She smiled. “I’m Blue Diamond.”

Craig’s memory came back when Steven showed him the Diamonds the night he showed him his gem. “Blue Diamond…” He stunted in disbelief. “...In my imagination, I didn’t expect you to be this huge.”

“You have no idea.” Bismuth commented while smiling.

“Seems your memory isn’t the best, but I wouldn’t expect that from a human who’s also a child.” Blue Diamond then placed her other hand in the ocean, picking up Jasper while she fainted from her energy projection. “What you did down there was intelligent, using Malachite as the sole solution to set me free.”

“I was concerned at first, but thank the stars my deck gun was put into great use.” Peridot cheered.

“We’re still working out on our ocean research.” Bismuth replied.

“I thought small torpedoes were enough.”

“Not enough to destroy huge borders.”

When Craig looked at Jasper himself, he never expected her to go to the extremes against him. In fact, it made him more alive the moment he dodge her fusion’s attack. “Is she alright in the real world?” He wondered.

“Yes, but if it wasn’t for Steven shattering her and bringing her back to life, she would still be on her own.”

“I still don’t know if I want to meet her in the real world.”

“She’s not dangerous like she was just now. She is aggressive for another fight…but just for Steven.”

“I’m probably not gonna look forward to that.”

“Hey.” Peridot looked around. “Where’s Lapis?”

Craig also remembered after the de-fusion of Malachite. “Yeah, where is she?” Craig looked down in the ocean. “Is she in the ocean?”

“Yes.” Blue Diamond answered. “But with her way of water of any kind, she’s more capable of controlling water her way.”

When Craig turned around, still on the edge of Blue Diamond's hand. “I thought we freed her from the fusion…I guess we're too late.” As he lowered his head, Blue Diamond grew a smile, while someone flew out of the ocean, grabbing both of Craig’s arms. Craig reacted in an instant as he’s higher up in the air. When he looked up, he witnessed Lapis Lazuli herself as she lifted him up, landing on her back while grabbing his legs.

“Don’t worry, I’m not gonna drop you.” She looked back. “And I’m more free than ever.”
Lapis flew down the ocean with Craig’s legs close to the water. Lapis and Craig saw their reflection as Lapis placed her fingers through the water. “This may not be like how Steven saved me from the mirror, but this is a lot bigger than getting out of an unhealthy fusion.”

“Well…It wasn’t like you were trapped physically compared to before.”

“In this dream, I’m not emotionless. And not pitiful, like in the real world.” She continued leaving her fingers in the water as she made a turn, causing Craig to hold onto her more. “Come on, put your hand in the water.” Upon taking her offer, Craig lifted his hand out, placing it in the water above Lapis’s. Even after everything he went through, his dream, like the Crystal Gems, made the ocean real. It’s cleaner to where it’s the perfect blue color compared to the water from the beach close to him.

“I really need to be more emotional.” Craig said, feeling the ocean.

“You don’t have to try too hard…but never be so blue.”

Lapis flowed up as she headed back to Blue Diamond who she and the others enjoyed seeing her safe and sound. Craig got the hang of riding Lapis, as he lifted both of his arms out, cheering like Steven did when he rode Lapis for the first time. Once Lapis placed Craig on Blue Diamond’s hand and landed on her, they all get teleported back to Sardonyx’s talk show except Blue Diamond and Jasper. But then another gem appeared on Blue Diamond’s hand with a camera in her hand from four arms.

“And we’re rolling!” She called as Blue Diamond was shown through the monitor.

“What a juicy adventure!” Sardonyx cheered as did the audience. Craig sat back down on his couch while Bismuth, Peridot and Lapis were around him. “I would expect a fight like the Alexandrite vs Malachite by Mask Island, but what you did Craig, was so intelligent.”

“It was mostly Peridot’s gem drill.” Craig responded. “Without it, we wouldn’t be here actually…and I would probably wake up in the middle of the night.”

“At least you showcased an elegant moment with Lapis Lazuli.”

“Hey what can I say, I wanted to give him an introduction since I’m no longer part of a fusion.” Lapis smiled.

“Easy for you to say, I didn’t get my own introduction unlike you two.” Peridot said, turning to Lapis and Bismuth.

“I still had the lamest introduction from the last dream!” Amethyst called while sitting on her chair, in front of the talk show.

“You still had one, unlike me…” Peridot groaned.

“I was a horse!”

“Alright, quiet down Amethyst!” Sardonyx looked at Amethyst as she crossed her arms. “Now let’s have a word with our newest guest, Blue Diamond.” As Blue Diamond was still in front of the camera, she kept her smile as Sardonyx stood next to the monitor. “We all know you found Craig’s plan genius so tell me…what do you think Craig should earn as a reward?”

“Simple.” She responded. “While I’m allowing him to enjoy the rest of his dream, in the next dream…I'm taking him to Homeworld.”

Craig was shocked to hear the word Homeworld as Sardonyx laughed. “Seems fair for a vacation reward.”

“It’s mostly a visit reward for him to meet Spinal, along with Yellow and White Diamond.”

“Now that’ll be another juicy dream next time.”

“I’ll take him on my ship, when he falls back to sleep. I’ll be looking forward to giving him another important dream. That will be all.”

As the gem turned off the camera, Blue Diamond headed to a nearby island to drop off the gem, afterwards heading to her ship where the first location of the next dream takes place. She wanted to meet Craig again, but knew this was about his new friends he made. No matter how long Craig’s day will be once he wakes up, she’s ready for him.

“My stars! I can’t think of a better way of going to outer space to a planet we all used to be feared, but all remember in peace.” Sardonyx sat back down. “Craig, whaddya think of your prize?”

Craig stood still, as if Steven's life as a human was enough for his dreams to handle. “I wouldn’t be any happier if…Homeworld was actually forbidden.”

Sardonyx, her audience, including the Crystal Gems all laughed from Craig’s choice of words. “Bet your shy meeting the Diamonds. They’re not what they were back then, just because we can only afford one epilogue episode involving them.”

“Hey, at least Blue Diamond sang a song we can hear at Homeworld’s gift shop.” Bismuth smiled.

Sardonyx then leaned towards Craig with a smile on her face. “You’re definitely gonna enjoy Spinal, especially from her stunning movie performance.”

“She starred in Homeworld’s first ever film?” Craig responded.

Sardonyx laughed yet again. “No, but she had wonderful musical numbers, with Steven no less.”

“We would show you but…we also had a song that shouldn't be overlooked.” Peridot said.

“Anyway.” Sardonyx leaned back. “We would love to sing our famous songs, but we’re running out of time.” As she faced the audience, she stood up from her desk. “I want you to give Craig and his friends a round of applause as we wrap up Sardonyx Tonight! And let Craig know, Pearl and Garnet were always here for the show, literally.”

The audience clapped for Craig and his friends, including Amethyst as all the spotlights turned off with Craig and his friends teleporting out of the talk show and onto an island with Craig into his swimsuit. “Wow.” Craig looked at himself and the island itself. “Pearl and Garnet were Sardonyx the whole time.”

“Seems they mean it when they say unfinished business.” Bismuth padded on Craig’s back. “They just wanted to surprise you like Sardonyx would do.”

“They’ve been thinking about it for this dream.” Lapis added.

“What about Opal?” Craig remembered.

“It was the only way Amethyst would do something in this dream.”

“Okay, she seriously needs something to do in my next dream.”

“So do I.” Peridot chimed in. “But less talk, BEACH TIME!” She took Craig’s hand as they stepped into the ocean water with Lapis and Bismuth following suit. After the mission they did, he’s getting something that his last dream didn’t. Having fun with The Crystal Gems, no matter who they are. Upon splashing with each other, all the while getting tossed in the water by Bismuth thanks to her strength, and Lapis’s hydrokinesis moving him up in many ways like slides in a water park.

“I’ve been doing this a lot with the kids in Beach City.” Lapis spoked as Craig went into the water, popping his head out.

“Including the other gems their size?” He asked.

“Yes, but mostly the kids.”

“What I do during my spare time is gardening.” Peridot replied. “If we didn’t do our mission, you would’ve woken up to a garden filled with all kinds of flowers.”

As Craig got his body out, a thought came to him. “What about Little Homeworld?”

The Crystal Gems looked at each other with all the answers they had for him. “You would’ve been there more if it wasn’t for this mission getting in the way.” Bismuth answered. “Including Beach City.”

Craig never had any issues with the adventure he had but with it all in the way, preventing him from going to the places he thought about, he had to face the facts. “Seems my dreams really want me to see those places myself.”

“Is that what's best?” Lapis responded while placing her hand on his shoulder. “Because going to those two places outside of your dreams would keep the mysteries special.”

“Yeah…” Peridot added while lowering her head. “...Especially that…we’re not…”

This causes Craig to hug Peridot. “You’re all real in my own way, dreams or not.” Peridot teared up with a sweet smile on her face. She hugged Craig back with tears coming down on her face.

“I hope you meet us again even if it means you’re starting all over from scratch.”

“I’ll take that if Steven takes me to Beach City.” Lapis and Bismuth joined in on the hug with what happens in the real world, they know Craig will instantly be friends with them. As they got back to having fun on the beach, two gems were hiding behind the trees, smiling at Craig having fun with his new friends. They still have enough time until Craig wakes up from his slumber to where they know it will end his dream with a bang. But then again, one of the gems was not the only one with Blue Diamond until she dropped her off.

The sky turned orange as Craig’s completely worn out, laying on the sand after waving to Peridot, Lapis and Bismuth. Lapis used her hydrokinesis to take herself and her friends away from the island, all the while waving goodbye to Craig. Craig felt like he did everything there is for him to do in his dream as it’s a matter of time for him to wake up soon. But then he heard two people walking up from behind, standing on his left side with the other on the right side. When he turned to his right, he saw Opal kneeling down next to him, but she wasn’t the one covering the sun from him.

When he turned to his left, a fire shaped head blocked his view of the sun, keeping her grin with her dark red shades on. “Chillaxing after an adventure, my dude?” She responded.

“Yeah.” Craig getting up, also witnessing her gem on her belly button.

“What, you thought Steven was the only pal that can have a gem on his belly button?”

“Kind of. Who are you?”

“Sunstone.” She lifted him up by grabbing his hand. “I’ve seen everything you’ve done in your dream adventure. Wish I had popcorn with me.”

“I didn’t think I was being watched.”

“Don’t worry, I’m not gonna harm you.” Sunstone wrapped her lower arm around Craig. “I never ever harm any pal I come across. I just want to meet you before you wake up.”

“I want to see you again after the mission you and the Crystal Gems did.” Opal smiled. “You showed a lot of synergy.”

“I’m always full of synergy, even if it’s not for everyone from the creek.” Craig replied. “But Steven, his synergy is way more precious.”

“You’re catching on real good.” Sunstone replied. “Those dudes in the creek would love to have their imagination come to life with that Steven pal around.”

“My best friends experienced that.”

“Especially with Schtu-ball’s girlfriend keeping Lil Knight real happy.”

“We’re all looking forward to that.”

“Don’t get your hopes up.” Craig’s smile went away when he turned around, along with Sunstone and Opal who knew she would get up eventually. Craig was taken aback with the presents of Jasper, on her feet after the defusion that occurred.

“Jasper?”

“Yeah, Sunstone wasn’t the only one to get dropped off on this island, broadcasting Blue Diamond, she also dropped me off here.” She groaned.

“Please don’t tell me you’re gonna fight me because I really don’t want to.”

“I’m not.”

Craig sighed in relief, despite still being confused about Jasper's presence. “Are you coming back in my next dream?”

Jasper walked up to him, staring down, but not threatening him, not even playing mind games with him. “No.” She responded. “Not because I don’t want to lose against you, it’s because on Homeworld, there’s four Diamonds instead of three.”

“Blue Diamond said-”

“Yes, she did say Yellow and White Diamond. But Spinel isn’t a Diamond.” She leaned down to Craig’s level, looking straight to his eyes. “Pink Diamond will be there, waiting for you.”

“Oh no.” Opal commented, while Sunstone let go of Craig, placing all hands on her hips, frowning straight at Jasper.

“I’m not lying, just because she’s gone in the real world doesn't mean she is in any dream, with or without pink eyes.”

Craig felt speechless, thinking that his mindset would be focusing on the three Diamonds and Spinel. But now with the presence of the infamous Diamond of them all, who is also Steven’s mother in disguise, he can’t tell if it’s awkward or really scary.

“Yeah.” Jasper leaning back. “You can’t always have happiness in every dream you get. There’s always nightmares among them.”

“That doesn’t mean I’m afraid of Pink Diamond.” Craig putting his foot down. “And also, I know how to defend myself like I did when you were fused with Lapis.”

“Malachite isn’t like Pink Diamond. Because she isn’t a member of The Great Diamond Authority, unlike her.”

“You know that’s not gonna happen when he goes to sleep again.” Opal said, stepping in.

“Steven’s powers inside him are getting stronger and stronger.” Jasper looked at Opal, pointing at Craig. “You know it won’t stop until it’s finally out of him.” Sunstone remained silent, even though she doesn’t like what she’s hearing.

“I’m not gonna be dangerous like Steven was. I don’t even have all of his powers.” Craig spoked.

Jasper then walked past him, stepping into the water until stopping, not turning around. “What he gave you, is your own powers, you won’t admit now or in the future, but you won’t deny it before it’s too late.” She then went deeper into the ocean, with all that’s left where the upper half of her head. She turned around, only showing Craig her eyes, still keeping every word she said to him. Upon turning away, her whole head went under the water, disappearing into the abyss.

“Don’t believe her.” Sunstone spoked. “You'll be just fine in Homeworld, with or without Pink Diamond there.”

Craig took a deep breath while turning to Sunstone, smiling. “I wouldn’t mind meeting you in my next dream if it’s possible.”

“Just chillax pal.” She leaned down. “I might come back to be your professional bodyguard. But there’s two other gems who want to meet you just as much as I do.”

“Yeah, and I hope they’re awesomely charismatic as you are.”

Sunstone then lifted him up, placing him on her right shoulder. “I found you awesomely cool.”

“Thanks.” Craig replied. “Am I about to wake up?”

“Really soon.” Opal smiled. “I found a way to end your dream before waking up. You still have a rope?”

“Never forget it because professionals never do.” Sunstone lifted her rope up in her hand.

With confidence in both of the two gems, Sunstone tied the rope around her body while standing by Opal. Opal took out her energy bow as Sunstone swung her rope above her head. Just before Opal released her glowing arrow, Sunstone threw her rope, capturing the arrow as she and Craig were pulled by the arrow.

“Oh yeah!” Craig cheered as Sunstone skated across the ocean. The sun setting over the ocean mesmerized Craig to where the reflection from the water couldn’t get any brighter.

“Is this enough for you to see me as a professional pal?” Sunstone turned to him.

“More than enough for me.” Craig turned back to her.

“As long as you always believe in me and my two gem dudes, you'll be safe and sound in Homeworld.”

Craig slowly looked back at the sun as it was getting brighter even when setting. “I'll forever believe in you.”

As the sun brightened up Craig’s eyes, the whole dream turned into pitch brightness with Sunstone still holding on. Then, Craig woke up from his dream, with his eyes finally back to normal after the long night he had. Steven from the top bunk opened his eyes from his slumber with sunlight shining through the window. He grew a smile as he got down to the floor, looking at Craig who yawned. “Craig?” He spoked.

“Yes Steven?” Craig looked at Steven.

“How was your dream?”

“Really fun.” He slowly sat on the edge of his mattress while Steven sat next to him. “I’ve met a lot of gems, it would take forever to tell you everything.”

“No need to explain.” Steven responded. “Because I was there the whole time.”

Soon, Craig picked up the pieces the moment he saw the final gem in his dream. “You were Sunstone?”

“Yes I was.” Steven answered. “It’s not hard when we’re not far away from each other.”

“Incredible.”

“In case you're wondering, Sunstone is a fusion of me and Garnet.”

“Wait, if you were a fusion with Garnet and she’s a fusion with Pearl as Sardonyx…that would mean…”

“It was all a dream. It’s only possible in dreams.”

As Steven laughed, Craig catched on as he also laughed. “Yeah, why would I ever question that.”

The two continued to laugh in joy as they both got up. “Anyway, Connie should be here soon. We should get ready for our day in the creek.”

“Yeah.” Craig calmed down as he opened his bedroom door, heading out. As for Steven, his laughter went into despair, but not completely. He heard what Jasper said, but is certain it’s not true. Even though he didn’t protect Craig all throughout his dream, he’ll make a promise to himself that he will in the next dream. He also headed out the door to put his full focus on the day he’s having with Craig. And also, what he’s gonna do with his friend Kenneth.

Chapter 37: Backyard Pet Transportation

Chapter Text

As morning rose over Trenton, New Jersey, Bryson sat by his kitchen table eating some toast for breakfast. His parents Kim and Darrell were waiting outside in their backyard after the call they had with Nicole yesterday. They expected to wait in front of their house, but from what Nicole said, they didn’t believe her, however they’re not against it.

Darnell looked at his watch, waiting patiently with his wife turning around. “I’m still thinking of her using a helicopter to pick up our kid.” Kim commented.

“So am I.” Darnell added. “Her mentioning a Lion? She must have been mistaken after going to the zoo.”

“Makes perfect sense. We can’t even have that as a pet.”

“What’s she gonna do, come out in our backyard on top of a lion?”

Then a portal appears, further away in front of them. Nicole, Connie and Lion jumped out as they landed in the backyard with the portal disappearing. Nicole saw the faces of her brother and sister in law. She looked around only for Connie to place her hand on her shoulder.

“It’s fine.” She responded while getting off of Lion.

Nicole took her word as she also got off of Lion. “A Lion…is in our-”

“Shh!” Nicole shushed Kim. “I know it’s crazy, but please keep it down or your neighbors will hear you.” When she turned back to Lion, he remained still as he laid on the ground. “We'll talk about this later.”

“Who’s she?” Darnell pointed at Connie. “Is she his owner?”

“Co-owner for your information.” Connie replied.

“Is Bryson inside?” Nicole asked.

“Yes.” Darnell answered. “He’s almost done eating breakfast.”

Kim still stared at Lion, unable to look away, especially the moment he appeared. “He just…appeared from-”

“Calm down Kim, just calm down.” Nicole replied. “Let’s go inside.”

Inside the kitchen, Bryson put his dish in the dishwasher as his parents headed inside. “Bryson.” Darnell spoked, getting his son’s attention. “Your cuz’s mom’s here to pick you up…without her car.”

When Bryson catched on, he witnessed Connie by Nicole’s side. “Hi.” Connie waved. “It’s really nice to meet you…like this.”

“You came from the backyard?” Bryson wondered. “Not the front yard?”

“Yes we did.” Nicole answered. “This may be short notice, but this is the fastest way to get to your cuz’s house.”

“You have to see it to believe it.” Kim added.

“And be part of it, which is the fun part.” Connie smiled.

“I don’t find it fun.”

“I’m just trying to cheer him up.”

“I don’t even know you.”

“Okay, okay, let’s just relax.” Nicole getting in between the two. “Connie, just take Bryson with you, I’m gonna talk to his parents.”

“You’re gonna stay?” Connie asked.

“Yes, I’ll text Duane to pick me up with him.”

“Okay, Steven and Craig are probably waiting for me after I pick you up.” As Nicole and Bryson’s parents head to the living room, Connie and Bryson head to the exit to the backyard.

“Steven…is still in Herkleton?” Bryson catched on.

“Yes, and Craig’s mom is allowing him to stay. We'll let you know when we get there.” Connie headed outside but the moment Bryson followed from behind, he witnessed Lion in his eyes. He stood in place, with Connie turning around. Just as he’s about to freak out, Connie took his arm. “Don’t worry, like I said, being part of it is the fun part.”

She allowed him on top of Lion while she got in front of him. Lion turned around as he roared beams out of him, creating the portal. “He didn’t do what I just saw.” He pointed.

“He did. You’re not gonna get hurt or lost.” Lion jumped inside the portal, catching Bryson by surprise in his surroundings. With each beam Lion roared out, It made Bryson more intense.

“Roller coasters never had anything like this.”

“Didn’t have the same thought, but this still surprises me when I was your age.”

“Did my cuz go through this?”

“No, he didn’t.”

Bryson slowly grew used to the feeling while looking at Lion’s eyes glowing. “He’ll love riding him to see this.” Just in time, after Lion roared out his final beam, he went through the portal, thus arriving at Craig's backyard. In the kitchen, Steven and Craig ate breakfast while Benard’s preparing to make his breakfast. On the steps by the front door, Jessica sat down eating her breakfast after taking some from the kitchen. She would want to join her brother and Steven just like the dinner from last night but she wanted to be ready to come with them in the creek.

In no time, Connie and Bryson entered the living room, catching Steven and Craig’s attention. “We’re here.” Connie smiled as she and Bryson entered the kitchen.

“What’s up cuz?” Bryson smiled.

“Bryson.” Craig responded. “You took Lion to get here?”

“Your mom told me last night that he wants your cousin to join us…” Steven answered. “But it’s mainly me looking after you two instead of one.”

“You’re like our babysitter?” Bryson said. “With a Lion that feels just like the imagination you expressed in the family reunion?”

Steven became aware that Bryson would be caught up a bit, to where his memory in the family reunion pales in comparison to where he’s in right now. “You figured what I said wasn’t true?”

“No, but your shield’s clear as crystal. I did use it after all.”

“I’ve seen what he did with it.” Bernard commented.

“So do I.” Craig added. “Including my sister...when it comes to blocking bean bags.”

Jessica heard the conversation while also finishing her breakfast. She looked down the hall with Connie standing in front of the table. “Speaking of your sister, is she gonna come with us?”

“Wouldn’t it give Steven a hard time to look after three kids instead of two?”

“You take care of her, right?”

“It is true.” Bernard added. “Craig, make things easier for Steven, Kenneth wouldn’t even come to the creek without him.”

“I’m aware, but if Jessica picks the place she wants to go, it would have to be for something Steven may find appealing.” Craig said. “I do know Kenneth wants to go to The Other Side of the Creek, which if it’s the first thing we do, I’m on board with.”

“Was that the place we had a private talk at?” Steven asked.

“Yes. He will have nostalgia once he gets there.”

Steven took out his phone as he received a text message from Kenneth. “He texted us that we should go to the Smoothie Groovy where he’s waiting for us.”

“I can ask him if he wants to go to the other side first.”

“Unless he allows one of you to pick first.” Bryson replied. “I don’t mind where we go now that we have a mobile lion in the backyard.”

“You still want to ride on that again?” Connie guessed.

“It was awesome!”

“You’re gonna really make me jealous of that idea.” Craig clinched his teeth.

“You’ll get your chance cuz.” He padded on his back. “You can go anywhere you want in a matter of seconds.”

“If you're dreaming where you go, you wouldn’t need Lion and if you believe me, you need pink powers to make that happen.”

Steven then looked at Craig’s cousin to catch one of Craig’s words. “Unless you witness a phoenix that never came.”

“That you made up, didn’t you?” Bryson raised an eyebrow while still smiling. “We can keep this up if you want to.”

“Okay.” Connie giggled. “Let’s save the adrenaline in the Creek. We have all day today, so are we all ready?”

Craig’s system is in full gear, especially after the dream he had the whole night. “She’s right. First Smoothie Groovy, then we go to the Creek!”

After Steven and Craig washed their dishes, they made their way to the front door with their group from behind. But then Connie stopped herself when she witnessed a plate on the steps. Craig knew his sister would still be around after walking past her upon getting dressed. “I’ll go clean this, you go get your sister.” Connie walked past Craig.

“Sure.” Craig responded.

“I’m coming with you.” Steven follows Craig from behind, upstairs. Upon entering inside Jessica’s bedroom, Jessica sat down on her bed as she took notice of Craig and Steven looking at her. “You wanna come?”

“A little bit.” She responded.

“A little bit?” Craig guessed.

“Okay, just to see what Steven can do with his powers.”

“Don’t worry, nothing bad is gonna happen since Ruby and Aquamarine won’t come after us.” Steven replied. “It’s kind of a long time coming for us to play together.”

“Aside from the family reunion, this is like starting over in a happy way.”

Jessica didn’t respond as she picked up Small Uncle, walked past Steven and Craig. She’s thankful she’s gonna be away from her mother but once she gets back, she can’t escape the house throughout the whole day tomorrow, just like her brother, Craig. “Is that a yes?” Steven called.

“Yes!” Jessica responded.

“All you have to do is say yes.” Craig added.

“I know!”

As Steven and Craig made it back downstairs, they headed out the door while Connie followed from behind. “You sure Lion won’t come with us?” Bryson wondered.

“We would, but Kenneth may not be a fan of lions. Just saying.” Steven responded.

“It may be a sacrifice for one creek kid, but it’s still for the best.” Craig added. “I’m really sorry Vanessa.”

“I’m still surprised we got into his…” Jessica then notices Bryson looking at her with curiosity.

“Just tell him the truth.”

“Mane which leads to a pink world.”

“Man.” Bryson turned to Steven. “There’s always notstop surprises here and there.”

Steven and Connie did remember that Steven’s only capable of jumping inside of Lion to where they were out of their focus zone now that Craig, his sister, Vansessa and Cheese Sticks are able to jump in without powers. But at the same time, Craig’s the only one who has pink visions thanks to Steven.

“Has anything happened with Craig since I left?” Connie asked.

“Yes and about him dreaming where he goes…” He leaned to Connie’s ear. “He wasn’t exaggerating.”

“He had dreams?”

“Of The Crystal Gems.”

Connie had no words to describe the newer visions Craig has been getting. In fact, she wouldn’t believe the type of dreams he’s been having with the gems, including his last dream. “His dreams must be connecting.”

“And possible…future events that could happen.”

“As in…?”

“...me taking him to Beach City…”

“This could be really great or really serious.”

Chapter 38: The Two Pink Eyes Curse

Chapter Text

Craig and Steven’s group arrived at Smoothie Groovy, where Kenneth was waiting inside. Upon heading in, Steven saw Kenneth drinking his smoothie, leaning against the wall underneath the logo of the building. “Kenneth.” Steven called, walking up to him.

“Steven.” Kenneth smiled while lifting his hand out. “You’re here just in time.”

“I didn’t miss your text for nothing.” Steven shook his hand while Kenneth noticed Craig, his sister and cousin with him.

“What’s up Craig? You brought some company to join in on the fun?”

“Well, my cousin thinks the same thing but my sister…” Craig turned to Jessica, still holding onto Small Uncle. “...Just wanted to play with Steven.”

“It’s the truth after all.” Steven smiled.

Then Kenneth turned his attention to Connie. “And who’s this girl?”

“I’m Connie.” Connie walked up next to Steven. “I’m just checking how Steven’s doing, so I’ve offered to join to go to the Creek too.”

Kenneth caught on from the way Connie was close to Steven’s shoulder. “Oh I see.” He crossed his arms. “Some couples time you need?”

This caused Steven and Connie to blush. “Do you have a girlfriend?”

“No, but I still know how this feels after watching so many cartoons.”

Craig, his sister and cousin clinched their teeth. “Isn’t that a little too much information?” Craig asked.

“More like the information of all ironies.” Bryson added.

Meanwhile, at the register, two teens witnessed Craig. The same kid they messed with from time to time, but their attention glued to Steven. From his hairstyle, his coat and the fact he’s with Craig out of all kids.

“Okay, as much as you love to express love in cartoons, the creek’s not gonna last all day.” Steven responded.

“It’s still early, why don’t you all get a smoothie before we leave?” Kenneth points at the register.

Steven and Connie turned to the register where the two teens stared at them. “Are you hungry?” Steven turned to Connie.

“Yeah, I had to skip breakfast to be here on time.” Connie answered.

“I’ll pay for your smoothie then.” Steven and Connie walked up to the register as Steven looked at the menu. Little did he know, the two teens kept staring at him which took Connie by notice. “Uhh…is there an issue?” She spoked.

“No, Not at all.” The teen responded.

“Then why are you and her still looking at Steven?”

As Craig walked up to Steven and Connie with Jessica and Bryson behind him, Steven also noticed the teens after checking the menu. “Look if you two are looking for a boyfriend, I have a girlfriend.” Steven said.

This caused the two to take offense. “For your information, we’re girlfriend and girlfriend.”

Steven immediately catches on with the type of romance he witnessed years ago. “Well…for your information-”

“What, you've never seen cartoons that have LGBT representation? Because that’s still happening despite cancellations.”

Steven felt speechless from the teen’s choice of words. “Sorry, she's been in a bad mood since this morning.” The other teen responded. “I’m Courtney and this is my girlfriend, Tabitha.”

Craig grabbed Steven’s sleeve as he looked down at him. “They’re the Witches of the Creek, who only come at night.” He said.

“Are they really the Witches of the Creek?” Steven wondered.

“They gave me the curse and another where I was the last kid in the Creek.”

This caused Tabitha to laugh a little from Craig’s delusion. Just when Steven and Connie looked back at Tabitha, she stopped laughing. “Did you seriously make him the last kid in the creek?” Connie placed her hand on her hip.

“What? Would you feel scared if you’re all alone?”

“Kind of, especially if I never made friends.”

“Look, we’ve come across this kid and his friends from time to time and someone like you…” Courtney pointed at Steven. “...don’t you have a friend your age?”

Steven then turned to Kenneth as he pointed at him, causing Kenneth to wave at him. “I made one yesterday.” He turned back to Courtney. “And for Craig…he needs some medical help, which is why I’m taking him.”

“So you’re a babysitter and best friend’s cartoon lover?” Tabitha guessed. “Seems to me it has a lot to do with him.” She pointed at Craig.

Steven bites his lip knowing the step ahead Tabitha is. “We don’t even know each other, what gave you that idea?”

Tabitha then walked close to Steven, looking straight into his eyes. “We saw you walking with him in the night in the creek a few nights ago.”

“It’s true.” Courtney added. “We did see you and it felt really unusual.”

Craig thought he and Steven were alone that night, but was too focused on his gem for the witches weren’t on his mind. Steven, on the other hand, never thought about hanging out with Craig in the creek that night. In fact, he’s unsure if it’s possible if Tabitha and Courtney would actually believe the gem on his belly button. Or even the pictures he showed Craig.

“Did you give him a curse when you two were there?” Tabitha asked.

“No I didn’t.” Steven answered.

“Then what did you do with him?”

“Tabitha relax.” Courtney getting her attention. “If there’s one thing I know he’s not from what the kid always called us…” She looked at Craig. “...is a witch.”

Then Craig’s eyes turned pink, in the eyes of the Witches who immediately took notice. “Oh my gosh!” Tabitha leaned down to him, picking him up to see his eyes in close view.

“Oh no!” Connie reacted as Kenneth took notice.

“Is there a problem?” Kenneth spoked after sipping his smoothie.

“They’re just fixing the smoothie machine.” Steven turned to him. “It’ll take them five more minutes.”

“Oh don’t play the lying wicked witch, I knew you gave him a curse!” Tabitha then placed Craig on a chair next to the table, catching Kenneth from the scene itself.

“Are you sure there isn’t a problem?” Kenneth walked up to Steven.

“No it’s-”

“Did my cuz’s eyes turn pink?” Bryson reacted.

“Yes, they did.” Jessica added.

“Guys please!” Steven turned to them.

Courntey moved around the register to see Craig’s eyes in full view. “Wow! You really put something in him, did you?”

“Guys, I know this is crazy, but this is still unnecessary!”

“What? We’re not mad, we’re actually impressed!” Tabitha stared close to Craig’s eyes. “What are you seeing kid?”

“Pitch pinkness, because you're too close to my face!” Craig reacted.

“Come on, tell me!”

“You get away from him!” Connie pulled Tabitha away from Craig. “Please, we didn’t have time for this.”

“Yes, and I don't have time to explain this, just please let me order my girlfriend’s smoothie.” Steven responded.

Bryson looked straight at his cousin's eyes with Jessica by his side. Craig couldn’t move a muscle with his cousin looking straight at his eyes. In his pink vision, everyone in the room in different gem bodies, but with Steven and Connie pulling the witches away from him, Kenneth steps in front of him, looking real close to his eyes. In Craig’s vision, he saw Kenneth as Garnet, just like in his first dream. With shades looking at his reflection.

“Craig.” He spoke but in Garnet’s voice.

“Garnet?” Craig spoked, catching Kenneth off guard.

“Garnet??”

“Now I can hear your voice?”

“Wow.” Courtney commented. “Whatever curse he puts on you, I really want to try it out myself.”

“I don’t think you would want that.” Jessica leaned against the window next to the exit, away from the scene that transpired. She’s thankful Nicole isn’t around, but knew Kenneth finding out would happen way sooner.

“Okay! I’ll stop!” Tabitha reacted as Connie let go of her. “I wasn’t accusing you of anything.”

“But I’m not a witch.” Steven moaned, while witnessing Kenneth staring at Craig. “Connie, go tell Tabitha what smoothie you want.” He gave Connie five dollars as Connie accepted it.

“Okay. You…should probably talk to Kenneth outside.” Connie replied. “I’ll take care of Tabitha and Courtney.”

“Thanks.” Steven made his way to Kenneth as he placed his hand on his shoulder, getting his attention. “Let’s talk outside.”

“What about Craig?”

“He’ll be fine, please I really need to tell you about this.”

Kenneth followed Steven outside Smoothie Groovy, while Connie set things straight to Tabitha and Courtney. Craig sat down, watching the two groups attempting to set things straight but the voices in his vision bothered him the most. He can still hear Garnet’s voice from Kenneth’s mouth while with Connie’s mouth, Pearl’s voice, was coming out. His pink visions were getting more intense, he can’t even tell the voices coming out of Jessica, Byrson and Courtney.

He let out the air from his lungs as he laid his head on the table. He didn’t speak a word at all with Bryson sitting next to him. “Was this what you meant earlier?”

“Yes.”

“Did any kids from the creek know about this?”

“Yes…and more will find out when we go there…”

Bryson wanted to light up the mood but he couldn’t process what happened. “You really think this…pink ability is a good thing?”

“No.” He then looked straight at his cousin with sparkles coming out. “Having dreams with this isn’t worth it.”

After Connie sorted things out with Courtney and Tabitha, Courtney finally gave her smoothie order as Connie paid her. She sat next to Craig, calmly while taking a sip of her smoothie. Craig looked at her as she turned her attention to him. “Are you feeling anything painful?” She asked.

“No, but maybe not yet.”

“It’s probably gonna be tomorrow.”

Jessica slowly walked up to the table despite having no spare chairs available. “I don’t believe that.” She spoked, getting Connie’s attention. “Did you ever get hurt when Steven…gave you something similar to that?”

“No.” Connie confessed. “But I don’t think Craig would have the same effect.”

“Is it because-”

Bryson gets cut off by Connie. “Pink eyes aren't healthy, if Steven gave you powers, you wouldn’t even have what your cousin's having.” She then sighed in order to calm down, all the while sipping more of her smoothie. “We can’t even have happiness because of this.”

Craig couldn’t disagree, but he couldn’t take the depression keeping in his way in every other way. With the full day still in front of him, he’s making sure to make it better than the last day he had, even if he tries to have every kid meet Steven.

Then Steven came in, but Kenneth stayed outside. Steven walked up to Tabitha and Courtney while taking a deep breath. “Tabitha, Courtney, we only came here to meet Kenneth, not to start this whole witch thing.”

“But you did something to him right?” Tabitha responded.

“Yes, but we’re not gonna have this discussion okay and I’m not gonna tell you how I gave Craig that. I just wanna go to the Creek and Kenneth’s still wanna hang out with me.”

Tabitha sighed as she had the same thought Kenneth had. “So you don’t want to hang out with me and Courtney?”

“I’m not gonna stay in the creek tonight. I’m sorry, but I have a meeting tonight.”

“Are you kidding me?”

Craig took out his phone after what he’s been hearing between Steven and the witches. “Maybe before that, you can come back here and have a smoothie.”

“I’m not trying to be mean but you two kind of invaded my privacy a few nights ago. And this incident really made it harder to accept any offer.”

“We’re sorry, okay!?” Tabitha reacted. “I don’t have the greatest life in the world! It’s the total opposite!”

“Just let them go.” Courtney said. “He has too much to do today, let’s just leave him and-”

“We can hang out tonight.” Craig spoked, getting out of his seat, catching everyone’s attention, including Kenneth from outside, still seeing the pink eyes through the window. “I texted my mom and she allowed us to stay in the Creek until nine o’clock.”

Steven couldn’t believe he would get more time for how important Nicole needs her meetings with him. But with Craig being the one taking the risk instead of him, his mother trusts him more than him. “Okay, we’re doing something tonight.”

“Is this really worth it?” Connie asked.

“I don’t know, but I have to be with Nicole all day tomorrow so every hour counts. Where do you want to meet tonight?”

“The Vulture’s Nest.” Tabitha answered. “It’s where bands perform once in a while but we can try to do something else.”

“We have all day, we’re thinking of something.” Courtney added.

“I just hope it has nothing to do with curses.” Bryson commented.

“We should probably leave right now.” Jessica getting off her seat. “We’re making Kenneth impatient.”

“Yeah, we know.” Connie followed Jessica and so did Bryson.

“Just don’t push it like what you just did.” Steven heading out the door.

Craig stood still, while being the last to come out. He’s not mad at them, but now that Kenneth knows the truth, he has to find a way to make him okay with it. “See you at The Vulture’s Nest tonight.” He turned around, heading to the door.

“It was cool, what else do you think I was gonna react to something like this?” Tabitha pointed at his eyes.

Craig stopped himself again, only for him to take a deep breath. “Something you would put a curse upon?”

“I can’t argue with that.” Courtney commented.

Tabitha moaned as she crossed her arms. “I know something is gonna happen with you tonight because of your pink eye powers or whatever.” Craig didn’t respond as he got out of the building. “You know it, you can’t deny it.”

As the door closed he looked at Kenneth who walked up to him, leaning down to his level. “Where do you want to go in the creek first?” He smiled.

Craig couldn’t get over Garnet’s voice coming out of Kenneth but he knows where he wants to go. “After we get my friends, do you want to go to The Other Side of the Creek?”

“Sure, we don’t have to be there long if you don’t want to.”

“Steven would definitely find it appealing.”

“You sure you can still see with…that in you?”

“I’ll be fine.”

Kenneth took his word as he made his way to the creek. He walked past Steven and Connie as they walked up to Craig, leaning down. “This is taking longer than last time.” Connie looked at his eyes. “You sure he’s gonna handle the whole day?”

“He will, he’s not sick.”

“Something else can still happen.”

“Can we just go to the Creek, please!?” Craig stomped his foot, taking another deep breath afterwards. “Sorry…”

“Okay.” Connie leaned up, catching up to Kenneth while Jessica and Bryson followed them.

“So you can hear Crystal Gem voices from other people now?” Steven wondered.

“Yeah…” Craig responded. “I hear Pearl’s voice from Connie’s mouth, it’s really distracting.” He followed the group with Steven by his side, even with his pink vision still on.

“Don’t worry about Kenneth listening to the word…Garnet, he doesn’t know about the voices in your head.”

“But he knows how I got these?”

“Yes he does.” He placed his hands in his pockets, looking up at the sky. “But let’s not worry about this, he’s willing to give it a shot, somehow.”

“We really need to keep our luck intact if we can. It feels like Jasper is still following me even after my dream.”

“Was Jasper’s voice coming out of Tabitha’s mouth?”

“Yes.”

Steven lowered his head. “She’s following us instead of you. Like how the old Jasper would do.”

“More like how the old Jasper never leaves us alone…now I’m curious about meeting the new Jasper now.”

“If only Craig.” Steven placed his hand on his shoulder. “If only she was the old Jasper, which she isn’t now.” As the two caught up to the group, they headed inside the entrance of the Creek, thus going back where they left off two days ago.

Chapter 39: Beyond The Pink Vision

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

After reuniting with J.P., Kelsey and Omar during their trip to the other side of the creek, Craig remained behind the group throughout the entire time. After taking the boat in the river, Kenneth looked back at Craig with his eyes still pink, only for Steven and Connie to keep his attention off of him, continuing their conversation on the other side.

“You sure Steven will take care of your eyes?” Kelsey said. “Because right now it may go all through your insides.”

“And eventually, you might turn pink like Steven.” J.P. added.

“If that were possible, I’m sure my cuz would turn into something different.” Bryson added.

“Guys, give Craig a break.” Omar replied. “It would be better if his pink problems are actually helpful.”

“I would believe that if it was more than just the fusion I had with Steven.” Craig looked at Kenneth, lucky enough he didn’t turn around. “You have no idea the many different voices I’ve heard when I come across others here.”

“It’s not really a bad thing. How is it different from what you saw?”

“It’s still unnatural?” Jessica commented. “If I had those powers, I would be more concerned rather than excited. Especially with what could happen with Steven around.”

“Jessica.” Craig sighed. “Just please make this a fun day? I’m lucky enough Kenneth is going with this, despite the fact it might get in the way of his relationship with Steven.”

“You're never the problem.” Bryson smiled. “You're not a third wheel in any of this. I’m sure something out of it will impress Kenneth in some way.”

“Easy for you to say, your parents would keep you in quarantine if they saw you with pink eyes.” Jessica said.

“Jessica!” Craig reacted as Kenneth turned around.

“Everything alright?” He spoked.

“Yes.” Craig panted. “No problems.”

As Kenneth took his word again, Steven and Connie witnessed the gate of the other side, opened with the kids inside. “We’re here.” Steven smiled, getting Kenneth’s attention. “The other side.”

“Look at that tree.” Connie pointed. “These kids really know how to decorate.”

“That’s the throne.” Kenneth answered. “It’s where the king sits…and where my brother’s used to be.”

“Would he be upset if we took him here?” Steven asked.

“No, but him bragging even losing his reign wouldn’t make this better for us.”

“Good thing we’re not the bragging type.”

“Makes us related as buddies.” Kenneth wrapped his arm around him. They entered through the gate with Connie by their side along with the Craig’s gang from behind. With everyone around along with daylight, Steven felt like he was in a different creek entirely. He felt like this place is the Trading Tree but bigger, along with a football field next to the big tree. “We can only do one activity of your choosing, I don’t mind what it is.”

“Do you remember this place?”

“A little, but not much, especially that most of my old friends aren’t here anymore just like me.”

When Connie witnessed two kids, she pointed at them. “Can you talk to these two kids?” She offered.

Craig and his friends witness Raj and Shawn handing out flyer invitations to kids to participate in a contest they’d set up a few days earlier. “I was thinking of having him to meet Raj and Shawn at the Candy Bar, but they must be on break.” Craig commented.

“I’m starting to think it has something to do with them giving out more Honeysuckles.” J.P. added.

“Or more candy.” Kelsey added.

“Halloween must have come early then.” Bryson smiled.

“Or Easter.” J.P. added.

“Here you go.” Raj handing out another flyer to another kid. “Get ready for the Honeysuckle maze.”

“It’ll begin in ten minutes!” Shawn added. When the two turned to Steven, Connie and Kenneth, they also got the info about Steven’s fight in the storm three days ago.

“What are you two doing?” Connie smiled.

“We’re hosting our first ever Honeysuckle maze.” Raj answered. “We’ve been getting a lot of candy, we placed them in the hidden parts of the maze.”

“And we have eight teams of two, three and sometimes four to participate.” Shawn said. “Once they find the candy before the other team, they can keep it upon heading to the other side of the maze.”

“And don’t worry, everyone is getting a map.” Raj handed out Steven the map itself. Steven couldn’t believe how huge the maze is with Connie feeling speechless.

“Yeah, the maze is the only thing I’ve remembered.” Kenneth commented. “I got lost there once, but I didn’t have a map.”

“I’ve been into mazes before, but this looks way bigger than it should.” Connie added.

“How long does it take us, in there?” Steven wondered.

“About half an hour, unless you speed it up.” Raj replied. “But there will be surprises after modifying the maze.”

“The only thing it’s gonna bug us is your height, you sure you won’t see the secrets from above?” Shawn wondered.

“We can try, we won’t cheat.” Kenneth replied. “And besides, you wouldn’t say no to the former king who’s here to reminisce about one part of his childhood.”

Raj and Shawn felt speechless witnessing the former king in front of their eyes. “You’re the first ever king?”

“You bet I am. And my buddies right here would like to see how you kids do to have fun here.”

“And also.” Steven moved a few steps from the left, revealing Craig and his group. “These are four out of the six Capture The Flag winners.”

“The Green Poncho, Kelsey, J.P. and…” Raj stopped himself when he saw Craig’s pink eyes in full view. Not only it made him and Shawn a little concerned, but it also made Kenneth fully aware but more concerned then Raj and Shawn. “...Craig??”

“Don’t worry, he’s not sick.” Steven responded.

“But…that looks really distracting.” Shawn replied. “I don’t even think he’ll even see what candy is inside the maze.”

“He’s gonna be in a team with his friends, they can handle finding the candy.” Connie said.

Raj and Shawn do want to see Craig and his situation, but they’re willing to invite Craig in if it’s not too severe. “Make your way to the maze, and have fun.”

“We’re waiting for him and his friends, he actually needs it.” Kenneth said. Him, Steven and Connie moved to the side, allowing Craig and his group to walk up to Raj and Shawn. In Craig’s pink vision, he sees Raj and Shawn as different Peridots, but not the main Peridot from his dream.

“No offense Craig, but if someone sees you like this, they might think we put something in the candy.” Raj spoked.

“Most of the people in the creek saw me like this. Including the people here.” Craig responded.

“We would tell you what’s been happening, but we also want to get the candy too.” Kelsey added.

“We’ve heard the news of…” Raj turned to Steven as he took notice. “…what happened during the storm.”

Shawn then leaned close to Craig. “Are they gonna come out and cause havoc?”

“No they won’t.” Craig answered.

“They’re anywhere except in the creek.” Jessica added.

“Who are they?” Bryson wondered.

“Not now.” Omar turned to him.

“Okay, you all, including you Craig will participate. But in one condition.” Raj heads to one of the stands to get Craig something. Shawn gave Craig the flyer as he and his friends looked at it.

“I can’t see anything here.” Craig blinked a few more times, but his pink vision still won’t go away. “Maybe I should be in a team of four people.”

“Do you want us to guide you?” Omar wondered. “Or do you want to be with your friends?”

“Would it be okay if you two were in a team of two?” Craig turned to Kelsey and J.P. “I actually want to be with my cousin and sister in the meantime.”

“Okay, I’ll be in charge of navigation.” Kelsey smiled.

“And I’ll be in charge of smelling the candy…hopefully.” J.P. added.

“Actually, can I be on Steven’s team?” Jessica requested. “Because I actually want to be on his team.”

“Fine by me.” Craig accepted.

Raj finally came back from the stand as he gave Craig sunglasses. “Wear these until you're done in the Honeysuckle Maze.”

“Honeysuckle glasses?” Craig put them on as his pink vision through the glasses looked darker. “Ehh, I can handle this, just hope it doesn’t make my eyes sore.”

“We're ready.” J.P. turned to Steven. “But Jessica wants to be on your team.”

Steven gave J.P. the thumbs up as they all headed to the Honeysuckle Maze. Craig’s relieved he’ll be away from Kenneth, but he’ll still have to deal with his pink eyes no matter what. He’s willing to handle it without Xavier, Aquamarine and Ruby in his way while finding the candy if he can. Long maze or not, at least he’ll get a sweet reward out of it.

Notes:

Next Sunday which is Easter, the next chapter will be Easter themed. Wasn't planning on it but at least I'll get it out on time.

Chapter 40: Honeysuckle Gem Hunt

Chapter Text

Everyone split into pairs and lined up by the entrance of the Honeysuckle Maze. Raj and Shawn stood in front of the teams with Steven’s team at the end of them all. “Alright everyone, let’s explain the rules of the Honeysuckle Maze.” Raj smiled. “Rule number 1, stay in the maze at all times. Rule number 2, don’t steal candy from the other team.”

“Whichever team has what candy, it’s rightfully theirs.” Shawn added while placing the candy in their honeysuckle basket, showing the teams where they put their candy in their own honeysuckle baskets.

“And the final rule, once the second to last team exits the maze, we blow the whistle to the final team to get out right away.” Raj then walked by the entrance. “The surprises inside the maze will have eight jumbo sized eggs filled with candy, instead of just one candy.”

Shawn then stands next to Raj. “But we modified the maze to make them difficult to get. Trust me, as much we love to do this, challenges are often unavoidable.”

Steven and his group would think otherwise, but with Jessica on their team, she’ll keep it fair and square. “With all that being said,” Raj opened the entrance by pulling the rope.

“Have fun hunting for sweets.” Raj and Shawn both called, allowing the teams to enter inside the maze. Momentarily, all the teams split up through multiple pathways with Craig and Steven’s teams separated upon taking opposite pathways. Jessica has the honor to hold the honeysuckle basket while Steven, Connie and Kenneth’s head height is almost above the hedge height, but not enough for their eye height to be above the hedges.

“I got to say Kenneth, this maze looks really cool for kids to actually be part of.” Steven smiled. “Granted there’s no flowers in the hedges, but in the creek, this wasn’t meant to be a garden.”

“I actually expected flowers when I witnessed this for the first time.” Kenneth responded. “But the kids here would have a nightmare to clean up everything in the maze after planting them. You think kids would do that instead of gardening people?”

“No, not really. I do have a friend who does gardening in Beach City though.”

“But she doesn't do mazes like this one.” Connie filled in.

“It would take a really long time anyway, I bet fifty bucks anyone wouldn’t make it as many blocks, like the road.”

“A little exaggerated, but I would bet on that too.” Steven laughed. Jessica’s in front of the team, managing to search for the candy. After her team took a left of the maze, she witnessed laffy taffy displayed on the hedge.

“I found one!” She smiled as she rushed to the sweet, picking it up as she placed it inside the basket.

“Great eyes, Jessica!” Connie called.

“It won’t be easy for the jumbo eggs though.” Kenneth added. “Easy on the eyes but hard to get.”

“I’ll do what I can to get at least one of them on my own.” Jessica responded. “And I’ll still share one quarter with you three.”

“We’re not greedy for sweets, but we would take at least one from the egg.”

“Works for me.” Steven said.

“And me.” Connie added. “Those eggs are probably towards the other side of this maze. Maybe there’s one in the middle of the maze.” She then took a look at the map. “I’ll try to keep us properly navigated.”

Meanwhile on Craig’s team, Omar picked up a stick of mint gum and put it in the honeysuckle basket Craig’s holding. “You really look like you're advertising a honeysuckle commercial.” Omar commented.

“Without the outfit we used to wear?” Bryson responded. “More like a glasses commercial.”

“Or mostly a contact lens commercial, minus the shades and…with real blindness being the problem.” Craig responded. “At least I’m getting a break from the many voices.”

“I can’t believe it’s taking longer to go away, rather than just a few minutes.”

“I’m starting to believe the dreams I’ve been having are really extending its length. I might have these throughout the whole day.”

“I don’t believe that.” Bryson turned to his cousin. “Granted I was surprised when it happened earlier, but I doubt it’ll take all day. I’ll go insane if it actually took a week.”

Craig liked his cousin’s way of lightening up the mood, but for how long the night was during his slumber, his time in the dream could be the actual time he has right now. “I’m really starting to believe Steven’s dreams gave me his dreams, but not the same dreams he had when he was fourteen.”

“Have you told him what dreams he had when he got older?”

“No.”

“I got to say Craig.” Omar walked back to put another sweet in the basket. “This is the reason why I want to hang out with you again to see what Steven’s powers did to you.” As they continued walking into the maze, they turned to the left. “My Green Poncho days are over after being free from guarding the overpass, but it didn’t stop me from seeing something new in the creek. Xavier is still around yeah, but we wouldn’t be here.”

“In comparison to any activity, I feel like anything could be better than this. But I’m not gonna lie, if you were with my friends yesterday, you wouldn’t believe what happened between me and Steven.”

“You fused?” Omar turned around.

“Into Straig Williverse.”

“Okay, I actually hope it at least happens before I head home.” Bryson commented. “That must’ve looked insane cuz, make sure Kenneth doesn’t see that.”

“Was it easy for you to fuse with Steven?” Omar asked.

“With the pink eyes, yes, but it’s mainly Garnet in my first dream who gave me the future vision.” Craig answered. “It’s just I don’t know when the next time will be.”

Omar and Bryson want to be surprised upon seeing the reveal of Straig Williverse. They’re aware of the odds, but if it does happen today, it’ll make their day, no matter if it didn’t include any powers. “Expect the unexpected.” Bryson said. “Always expect the unexpected.”

The team took a right in the maze as Omar and Bryson walked past a piece of candy that was attached to the outside corner of the hedge. Craig took notice upon turning, but he stopped before grabbing it. He couldn’t believe it at first but once he lifted his honeysuckle glasses up, he saw an orange gem and not pink in his vision. Upon touching it, it wasn’t the small orange wrapper in the real world, he’s actually feeling the gem himself.

He slowly dropped his basket, feeling the gem with his other hand. “I’m feeling it…I’m actually feeling it…” When he looked inside the basket, two colored gems were inside. “How did I not notice this earlier?” Upon putting the sweet in the basket, he catched up to his team. “I really need to touch more gems!”

Meanwhile, Steven picked up a small chocolate wrapper while placing it in the basket. “It was hiding in the hedge.” He smiled. “Really clever Raj and Shawn.”

“I’m sure there have been some we missed back there.” Kenneth replied.

“No big deal.” Jessica said. “We’ve gotten like six candies so far.”

“Seems we took the path with more sweets.” Connie added. “But I’m surprised we haven’t met the other teams yet.”

“You understand what makes this maze crazily massive?” Kenneth recalled.

When Jessica took another turn in the maze, she witnessed a kid who appeared from halfway down to the left. “We’re meeting one right now.”

When Steven, Connie and Kenneth saw the kid appearing, he couldn’t look away from his basket with the candy he and his team partner had been collecting. “I saw him act that way before we got in.” Steven said as he and his team walked up to him. “Hello?” He waved only for the kid to react in an instant.

“My candy!” He reacted, causing Steven to flinch.

“Whoa! Don’t worry, I won’t steal your basket.”

“That kid could be addicted to candy.” Connie commented.

“I knew there would be one kid who’ll eat all of his candy once he’s done in the maze.” Kenneth added.

“I’m sure he’s gonna share some with his partner.”

Then his partner appeared from the left, after finding a piece of candy. “We’ve missed one Bobby!”

“Thank you Roger!” Bobby cheered as Rogar put the candy in the basket. With the presents of Roger in front of Steven, he felt like stone upon witnessing him, along with his girlfriend.

“Uhhh…” Connie hid behind Steven. “Maybe sharing wouldn’t be the best idea.”

“I’m lucky I always brushed my teeth during childhood.” Kenneth commented.

“Oh my gosh!” Roger took notice of Steven’s presents. “Steven Universe! You’re actually here in the maze.”

“Yeah, awesome.” Steven awkwardly smiled.

“How does he know your name?” Kenneth turned to him.

“Oh, it’s because the kids told me he faced a flying gem with ice water powers! I wish I'd seen it myself!”

Steven closed his eyes, scared that Kenneth heard him. But then Kenneth looked up at the sky. “Candy’s really messing up his brain.”

Steven then opened his eyes with his stress levels gone. “But what about-”

“Sorry, I asked, I won’t even ask how he spied on you.”

Steven and Connie felt relieved from his random confession. “But it is true!” Roger said.

“No offense Roger, but you’ve been eating too much candy to where it’s not just rotting your teeth.”

“A little cold.” Bobby defended his partner. “He only wanted to be here to be part of this maze. I’m keeping all the candy to myself!”

“Enough to keep for your massive hidden stash.” Steven replied.

“At least it’ll save Roger’s teeth…kind of.” Connie added.

“Still cold!” Bobby reacted again.

“Thanks for defending me!” Roger hugged Bobby. “It’s enough to help me find more candy for you!”

After ending the hug, Bobby and Roger continued their candy hunt while leaving Steven’s team. “How about we go to a different path rather than the path they’re taking?” Jessica asked. “I’m just reconsidering the amount of candy I have to eat later.”

“Let’s take a left.” Kenneth requested.

“I bet there will be a jumbo egg in there.”

As Jessica and Kenneth headed down the path, Steven and Connie looked at each other. “I would understand Bobby’s way of life in the creek…but Roger…” Connie stopped herself, looking at the ground.

“Craig must have gotten used to him, somehow.” Steven said.

“I don’t believe that.”

“I gotta tell him before coming to that conclusion.” Steven and Connie followed Kenneth and Jessica to continue their path in the maze.

Back at Craig’s team, Craig looked in every direction after picking out five more candies on his own. Upon looking at the candy slightly covered in dirt on the ground, he picked it up and whipped the dirt off of it, revealing a green gem in his pink vision. He kept his honeysuckle glasses on his head just to see the gem crystal clear. When Omar and Bryson walked up next to him, they felt uncomfortable even after Craig confessed.

“Uhh Craig.” Omar spoked. “You can put it in the basket now.”

“Oh, sorry.” Craig tossed it in the basket.

“Cuz, as awesome as it is, you're seeing gems instead of candy, that doesn’t mean you should stare at them.” Bryson said.

“It just feels like I’m playing a virtual reality game where I have to pick up stones. And these gems look really good.” Craig looked into the basket with the gems shining in his pink vision.

“Don’t you think it’s getting too much into your head?”

“Yeah like even if I owned a virtual reality gaming system, I wouldn’t be this invested.” Omar commented while he walked up to Craig. “I’m relieved you’re having a good time but this is just Easter style hunting, not gem hunting.”

Craig knew that once his eyes turned back to normal, he wouldn't see the gems in his vision. But it made him feel more adventurous if he was ever on the journeys Steven has been on. “I still want to make the best out of it, this is pretty much the only time I’m ever gonna go through a maze where…I’m actually searching for gems…and saving them.”

“Yeah…except we don’t see them.”

“We can join in on his pink imagination.” Bryson said. “It’s not like it couldn’t get any more exciting for him.”

The team continued going multiple directions in the maze while finding candy along the way. Craig’s eyes were like x-ray vision, searching for the candy in hidden spots to where it was getting harder to find. Whenever Craig and his team came across the other teams, Craig put his honeysuckle glasses on, while making sure they didn't feel suspicious of his cheating. But then again, the rules never included x-rays no matter what type it is.

For the next five minutes, their basket was getting close to halfway up, but the moment Craig made another turn, there was an open space in the maze. As he walked up to it, Omar and Bryson followed him. “Wait for us, cuz!” Bryson called.

“I think we’re gonna find our first jumbo egg!” Omar added.

When Craig entered the open space to witness the egg itself, he stood in place with his jaw hung open. It wasn’t a big gem in his vision, it was a blue diamond, similar to the one on Blue Diamond’s chest as it glows out the pinkness around it.

When Bryson and Omar entered the open area, they were amazed to witness the blue jumbo egg in the center of the area. “That’s definitely gonna have the best chocolate candies inside.” Omar smiled.

“Possibly a king size if it can fit in there.” Bryson commented.

Craig slowly walked up to the egg, with the Diamond closer in his view, his eyes turned blue thanks to the reflection. As he dropped his basket again, he lifted both of his hands up, preparing to grab the blue diamond while a team appeared from the other pathway.

“Stop!” Craig immediately put his glasses back on as he turned his attention, as Bobby and Roger appeared out of their pathway. “That blue jumbo egg is ours!”

“Oh boy.” Omar took notice while also witnessing the item Roger’s holding.

“That kid is out for jumbo sweets.” Bryson commented.

“Craig, step away from the blue egg and we'll go easy on you.” Bobby pointed.

“Bobby, let’s not get candy crazy here, this is just a game for fun.” Craig slightly looked at the blue jumbo egg.

“This isn’t an easter hunt that happens once a year!”

“It kind of is.” Omar replied.

“You think you’re confident you found a blue egg? We found a yellow jumbo egg before the other team did!”

Roger lifted the egg up as in Craig’s vision, he witnessed the yellow diamond, just like the one attached to Yellow Diamond. “Oh…my…STARS!” Craig reacted.

“Oh no!” Bobby protects the yellow egg. “You’re not taking this from us!”

“This egg’s just as valuable as us!” Roger added.

“We may not get all the eggs in the maze, but I’m not missing the next one!”

“Too late!” Bryson rushed up to the blue egg and took it. “Let’s lose them!”

“Oh no you don’t!”

Omar took Craig’s arm as they headed into a different pathway. Bobby and Omar caught up to them, despite breaking one of the rules. Craig couldn’t look away from the yellow diamond to where he’s having the same thoughts as Bobby. Even with the blue egg in his team’s possession, he may want to see more jumbo eggs in diamond forms. “I want more diamonds!”

“Craig.” Omar turned back only for Craig to not turn to him. He then noticed him getting pink sparks out of him as if the more eggs he sees, something might happen. “We have to double time, maybe triple. We better be far away from Steven’s team.”

Steven’s team managed to get their basket halfway full as Connie caught on where they’re at. “Seems like we're getting close to the end.” She spoked.

“There should be one jumbo egg.” Jessica said.

“I’m sure we'll find one towards the end, I figure it’ll be worth it no matter what the challenge is.”

Jessica took two more turns while attempting to find a jumbo egg. “Slow down Jessica.” Steven called. When Jessica took one more turn, she witnessed the red jumbo egg hanging above from the ground. “I found it!” She called with her team catched up from behind.

“Jackpot!” Kenneth smiled. “As long as Jessica’s the one getting it, we didn’t cheat whatsoever.”

“Yeah you're right.” Steven responded. “Are you sure you can handle this?”

“I’ll do what I can.” Jessica gave Small Uncle to Connie while turning to the red egg, with confidence in her eyes. “I’m gonna do the impossible.” Just when she ran towards it, Bryson, Omar and Craig ran past her from the pathway connected to this. “Craig!?” Jessica leaned back.

Steven and the others took notice as Bobby and Roger also ran past. “Get back here!” Bobby screamed.

“Craig?” Steven walked up to Jessica to witness Craig from the upper pathway.

“Craig?” Connie spoked.

“We’re being hunted!” Byrson responded.

“Yeah, I knew the kids would fight over the jumbo eggs.” Kenneth commented.

When Craig ran down another pathway, Steven and Connie noticed the sparkles coming out of Craig, even in a split second. “Kenneth.” Steven turned around, can you keep an eye on Jessica?, we’re gonna help Craig.”

“Is this about his eye problem?”

“Yes…”

“Go ahead, just make sure nothing bad happens.” Kenneth took a deep breath while still keeping his open mind in all this. “But we will talk more about this later and Craig’s part of it, right?”

“Right.”

“Here’s the map.” Connie handed Kenneth the map.

“Thanks.”

Steven and Connie followed Bobby and Roger as Craig’s team made multiple turns in the maze to lose them. Unfortunately Bobby didn’t lose them with his addiction to candy getting the better of him. Meanwhile, Kelsey and J.P. found a pink jumbo egg on their own, only for Craig and Bobby’s teams running past them. “HEY!” Kelsey reacted. “This egg wasn’t easy to get!”

“You don’t wanna know what challenge we had with this!”

When Steven walked past him, Connie took notice. “Guys, Craig is getting chased by Bobby and Roger with sparkles coming out of him!”

“Seriously!?” Kelsey blinked. “We’ve got to stop them!”

“We’re right behind you!” J.P. added as he and Kelsey followed Connie.

Craig’s team couldn’t get away from Bobby and Roger to where even in different directions in the maze, Bobby will find a different route to catch them. The sparkles in Craig came out more, as if they were his swear being turned into pink dust.

“Craig…” Omar panted. “I can’t…run forever.”

With Bryson still having enough energy, he slowed down as he grabbed Craig’s arms, allowing Omar to stop in the next pathway. But then they ran into a dead end, causing them to stop with no way out. Bobby and Roger got them cornered while Steven, Connie, J.P. and Kelsey stopped right behind them.

“There’s no escape.” Bobby smirked.

“It’s just Diamonds!” Craig panted.

“Jumbo Eggs.” Bryson corrected.

“Jumbo Eggs!” When Craig saw the pink Jumbo egg J.P.’s holding, it’s a Pink Diamond. “Just because there’s no diamond candy, doesn’t mean I’ve given up what I found.”

Steven immediately caught on that the eggs are Diamonds in his pink vision. Which gave him a quick idea now that Kenneth’s away from him. “On really?” Roger responded. “Well I’m not moving this spot so you two and no one from behind will pass us!”

Steven jumped over Bobby and Roger, catching everyone by surprise as he grabbed Craig’s hand. Meanwhile, Jessica tries to jump to reach the red jumbo egg while Kenneth watches her. “Can you try to throw something at it?” Jessica turned to Kenneth.

“I would still make this unfair for the other teams.” Kenneth responded.

“There’s got to be a way to get this egg down.” Then a light flash appeared from above the hedge, catching her and Kenneth’s attention. Everyone except Craig’s friends were stunned by the appearance of Straig Williverse again. Bryson backed away from the fusion by his side. Then Omar catched up where his eyes shot open at the appearance of Straig.

Straig looked down at Bobby and Roger who dropped both their basket and egg. “I mean no harm but when I got older, I learned how to eat healthier food.” He leaned down towards Bobby and Roger. “Jumbo eggs may be valuable but at the end of the day, they're not worth fighting for.” He then turned to Roger. “It'll especially give you really bad teeth hygiene.”

Bobby couldn’t control his candy addiction as his body language says it all to Straig. “I…just love candy, it’s my comfort gift, I wasn’t gonna give anyone nightmares.”

“What you did to Craig’s father last Halloween would say otherwise.” Kelsey commented.

“He terrified his father to get more candy.” J.P. turned to Connie. “I wasn’t there, but he did give him nightmares.”

“Now I’m kind of relieved that my parents never allowed me to go trick or treating.” Connie replied.

“The point is,” Bobby attempted to be defensive from Straig. “The Honeysuckle Maze has become my brand new favorite candy holiday!” Straig then slowly took the yellow egg from Roger while he also took the blue egg from Bryson. “Please, don’t open them!”

Upon looking at the eggs in full view, Straig witness the diamonds of Blue and yellow. Inside his mind, Craig kept thinking about the other jumbo eggs across the maze, including the gems. He took out his ancient stone staff as the diamond on top sparkled, upon placing the hilt on the ground, the two diamonds started to levitate. Then, the pink egg from J.P.’s float out of his arms.

Then the red egg floated up, catching Jessica and Kenneth by notice. Soon the other four eggs rose up, catching Straig’s attention but that wasn’t all. Gems from the hedges also elevated, but not the ones in the basket. Everyone in the maze watched the candy being lifted up in the air. Outside the maze from the exit, Raj and Shawn noticed the candy being lifted.

“Uhh…” Shawn said. “...Should I blow the whistle?”

“I would but…I actually like this.” Raj wrapping his fingers together. “Our first ever Honeysuckle Maze memory…candy up in the heavens! And jumbo eggs. I hope kids are playing it fair inside.”

“I doubt it. First time for us.”

Straig saw the other color of the diamonds in the distance. Red, purple and orange but the final two were Green and White with the latter making him relieved. “White Diamond…” He spoke with his attention remaining on it. Sparkles came out of his eyes, while Steven’s mind attempted to take over. He deactivated his staff allowing the candy and eggs to fall back down.

Jessica grabbed the red jumbo egg, preventing the impact. “I got it!” She cheered. Just when her joy got the better of her, she turned around with Kenneth staring at her.

“You do know you didn’t get that on your own, right?”

Jessica then lowered her head, disappointed she didn’t do it fair and square. “No, I haven’t.”

“At least I wasn’t the one who did it.” He then lifted his head up. above the hedges he witness Straig Williverse’s head and his staff. He remembered every single word Steven told him before arriving in the creek and knew something like this would happen. “We should head to the exit.” He lifted his head back down while picking up the basket. “We’ll search for the rest of the candy on our way there.”

Jessica would reunite with her other teammates but at the same time, she’s willing to make sure Kenneth’s taking it all in normally. “Okay.” She follows Kenneth to find the exit as Kenneth looks at the map. “My brother really went more than candy crazy in here.”

“Oh thank you, thank you for not stealing my egg.” Bobby holding onto his yellow egg.

“I was never going to steal your egg.” Straig responded. “Nor threaten you. All I wanted you and your teammate to see is candy isn’t always everywhere but when it is, greed shouldn’t take over your mind, even the jumbo eggs. And at the same time…” Straig then began to glow, catching everyone’s attention.

“He’s de-fusing again.” Connie commented.

“His pink eyes are turning off.” Omar said. “But at least I’ve seen it before it was too late.”

“...Diamonds aren’t really as valuable when you lay eyes on them.” Straig finished.

Bryson slowly walked up to the de-fusion, as Steven sighed in relief while Craig held onto the blue jumbo egg. He took off his honeysuckle glasses as he looked at the egg normally and not a diamond. Steven slowly took the egg from him while he walked past Bobby and Roger.

“Let’s get out of here.” Steven spoked.

“I would help, but we don’t have our map.” Connie replied.

“You can use ours.” J.P. offered his and Kelsey’s map.

“Thanks.” Steven taking the map.

Bobby and Roger then turned to Craig now that he’s back to normal. “Were diamonds more valuable to you than candy?” Bobby wondered.

“As hard as it is to believe, yes.” Craig answered.

“Speaking of hard to believe, Steven gave you a reality check more than you two.” Bryson commented.

“Yeah…”

Craig and Steven’s teams manage to follow the directions on their way out of the maze. “You instantly thought there were more Diamonds then just the main four?” Kelsey wondered.

“They looked really real.” Craig answered. “As if there were more Diamonds than just Blue, Yellow, White and Pink Diamond.”

“Well, they’re not.” Steven chimed in. “If they were real, I would’ve reached the point of losing my mind of doing more than enough of Mom’s responsibility.”

Craig didn’t retort, knowing how his mom is willing to give him more time with him. “You would stay as a monster forever if there were more. Why haven’t I stopped myself when I had the chance?”

“Because you really want to see the Diamonds, don’t you?” Connie turned to him. “Please admit it.”

“Yes, I do.”

“I don’t need to ask about the gems as well, but at least you can see better…for now but I know it won’t last long.” Steven focusing on the pathway.

Eventually, they all got out, taking Raj and Shawn by notice. “You’re back.” Raj smiled.

“You saw what happened there?” Craig wondered.

“Yes!”

“Did anyone steal from each other?” Shawn wondered.

“No, there wasn’t a fight, I’ve taken care of that.” Steven answered. “Are Kenneth and Jessica out?”

“Yes. They’re over there.” Shawn pointed at Kenneth and Jessica standing together.

“Now that you’re out, you can open your eggs. Enjoy your candy.” Raj said.

“Thanks.” J.P. responded.

“And thanks for being part of the Honeysuckle Maze.”

“You’re welcome.” Steven responded as his group walked past them. Steven walked up to Kenneth as he remained patiently for him. He didn’t see him when he became Straig, but refuses to answer if he saw him. “Soo, should we go somewhere else?”

“Yeah, the maze was fun and Jessica managed to get the egg.” Kenneth responded. “Let’s say gravity was our best friend.”

“Yeah…gravity.” Jessica spoked.

“Let me know where Craig wants to go.”

As Kenneth prepares to head around the maze, Bobby and Roger walk past Steven, catching his attention. Despite what he and Craig said in their fusion, the excitement on their faces shows that candy will never leave their minds. They followed Kenneth where Bobby opened his jumbo egg, upon walking past them.

“Best team ever!” Roger cheered.

“If they do this again, let’s be a team again!” Bobby smiled.

“Why wouldn’t I say no to that!?” Roger hugged Bobby.

“Craig.” Steven responded to his attention. “Before you tell me where you want to go, can you please tell me about Roger?”

“Yes because…he’s a nice guy, but still creeps us out.” Connie added.

Craig may not have all the answers, but can only come up with one. “His family’s poor, but I haven’t meant them, if that’s true.”

“That could explain why he couldn’t brush his teeth.”

“Were you thinking about having us meet him?” Steven asked.

“No…but it would’ve been a little unfair to him.” Craig sighed. “He kind of saved me from hypothermia when it was really cold and windy.” He then looked straight at Steven.

“Bet you should’ve listened to your mom by wearing winter clothes.”

“It’s mainly the hat she really wanted me to wear at all times.”

“Yeah, I do remember how my mom reacted when I got hypothermia once.” Connie smiled.

“Do you want to know about Bobby?”

“Definitely.”

This gave Craig a smile. “He’s actually really important to the creek after he moved. His favorite candy is cherry.”

“You don’t say.” Steven smiled.

Chapter 41: Hugging The Neglected Health

Chapter Text

After the group made their way back to the main area of the creek, Craig is still thinking of another place for Steven to go to. He’s relieved his pink vision has stopped after almost half an hour however, he can’t deny it’ll happen again, being more powerful than before. Luckily, it won’t stop him from continuing the day knowing he’s in a better mood than this morning.

“Out of the places I can think of are Cardboard City, Splintery Butt and Rainbow Alley.” Craig responded. “But right now, we should stick to the people who’s walking around.”

“That is true since not everyone always has one place to stay.” Steven smiled. “But what is Rainbow Alley?”

“It’s a battlefield for every kid for themselves by using paintballs as the weapon.” Kelsey answered.

Kenneth bites his lip with the idea. “As much as I would enjoy playing battlefields for realsies, I don’t want my clothes to have paint stains."

“You don’t have to play…then again I also have college so, I’ll also pass.” Connie replied.

“I didn’t say you can’t join us, you can watch us.” Craig smiled.

“Still not something they would spend their time cuz.” Bryson responded.

“Just giving out suggestions.”

“We can work out by meeting other kids.” Omar added. “There’s still plenty more.”

As the group looked around, Steven noticed three kids wearing scout uniforms not too far off in the distance. His memory from four days ago when Bernard gave him a tour, he was one of the kids who walked past him among others. He met nearly all the kids from that day but not the kid with the scout uniform. In order to give Kenneth a slightly better impression from the truth, he walked past Craig much to his surprise.

“Steven?” Craig reacted.

“I’ve found someone.” Steven smiled. “Follow me.” The group took his word as they followed from behind.

“Should we make sure we check The Other Side to see if people are following the rules?
Tony wondered.

“Later.” Jason responded while pointing at the ground. “The creek’s right here could be the same as it was.”

“Even after capturing the flag?”

“Mostly…” Then he took notice of Steven walking up to him with a smile on his face. “Especially…when he came to the creek the other day.”

“Well,” Steven responded. “You three would’ve missed out the healthier side of me.” As Craig and the others walked up to him from behind, he witnessed the Junior Forest Scouts.

“Ohh…” Craig responded. “Jason.”

“It’s not that bad of a choice.” J.P. commented.

“Steven Universe.” Jason looked up at Steven. “We've heard a lot of things about you since your visits to the creek.”

“Not really a surprise anymore.” Steven responded.

“My point is, we want the creek to be as safe as it gets.”

“We won’t bring up what you did recently, but we really need to prevent any more problems.” Tony added.

“But I’ve been thinking of wanting to see you for who you really are.”

“So these kids know you were around?” Kenneth asked.

“Yes.” Steven answered.

“Truth be told Steven, if you’re willing to continue hiking around the creek, you better keep people safe as you might claim to be.”

“What do you mean to claim to be?” Craig chimed in. “Jason, I was with him nearly two days ago and while yes it wasn’t all great, there were some…” He turned to Kenneth who turned to him. “...scenes.” He turned back to Jason. “But he’s really a nice person when he’s healthy on the outside.”

“Healthy on the outside?” Jason turned back to Steven. “I would give you a chance, but we have other things to do, we don’t want to follow you. We’re the Junior Forest Scouts.”

“We take our honor more seriously than anyone else in the creek.” Tony added as Boris nodded while moaning.

“Is that a little too much bravery?" Steven responded.

“It makes us feel better.”

Boris nodded again as Steven took notice. “Okay…” Steven making an awkward smile. “I would say you’re the toughest kids here but no one is coming after you.”

“I still don’t believe that.” Jason retorted. “Injuries still can happen when…you don’t have your parents look after you when you need them.”

Steven’s group remains silent from the response, including Craig. “Were your parents poor?” Steven asked.

“No, but they never paid attention to me.” Jason took a deep breath with his bravely slowly going away. “I wish I would’ve told Craig about this sooner when I got the chance.”

Craig slowly walked up next to Steven. “You never had support from your parents?”

“Even as a Junior Forest Scout?” Connie added.

“No.” Jason signed again. “I kept it to myself but when Capture The Flag ended with our team winning…there aren't a lot of problems around like it used to be. People were connecting more, and I saw how healthier the creek got thanks to our victory. Granted not everyone but…I’m not part of the health.”

Craig felt stunned while Steven was surprised at how Jason felt. “Health is incredibly important.” Kenneth commented. “I’ve learned more about it since High School.”

“So did I.” Connie added as she walked up to Jason, taking him by notice. “I’ve been alone for so long before I met Steven, I got too invisible.” She then leaned down to his level while giving him the truth about her parents. “But…I’ve had parents who aren’t…”

“Aren’t what?” Jason reacted.

“Neglectful.”

Jason slowly streams down a tear from his eye, catching Steven and Connie’s attention. “She didn’t mean to hurt your feelings.” Steven responded.

“You still kind of pushed the line.” Craig added.

Jason slowly lowered his head with more tears coming out. “Do you have any idea how I felt at home? Out here being a Junior Forest Scout is what I can gain. Four days ago, my emergency was to help someone from The Other Side of the Creek that had to do with his parents.”

“There were a lot of parent problems with the kids from the other side.” Tony commented.

“And learning it was about their parents being neglectful, it would’ve been my chance to help him.” Jason then looked at Craig. “You’re never the comfort type.”

“What do you mean?” Craig responded.

“As in…you giving kids a hug!”

“Eww…” Kelsey reacted. “We’re not the hugging type.”

“You’re kind of missing the point.” Jessica commented.

Jason took another deep breath as his tears continued to stream down. “I never had a hug from my father!” Just when Jason was about to turn around, Steven grabbed his arm. “Leave me alone!”

“Jason, relax.” Steven responded.

“I can’t relax!”

Steven grabbed his other arm, gently as he could feel him shaking. He had that feeling in the past but never expected a kid younger than him would feel this. “Look at me Jason. Just look at me.”

“Listen and trust Steven.” Connie added.

Jason attempted to stay still while paying attention to Steven. He tried to hold off any tears, but it was impossible. But it made Steven more willing to help him. “It’s okay to cry. I may know what it feels to gain comfort with my family…But I wished my mother would be more than that.”

As Kenneth paid attention to the scene, Jason attempted to respond to Steven’s statement. “Your mother doesn’t love you that much?” He spoke.

“She does…but when I figured out the truth, it got harder for me to appreciate her. And when I get older…I’ve learned to search for who I really want to be…Even by any means…leaving my family behind.” Steven took a deep breath while Jason couldn’t get over his permanent family life.

“You’ve been traveling, like my father?”

“Yes and you've never been on a family trip?”

“Not once.”

“Wow.” Connie responded. “I…kind of relate how that feels.”

“I’ve been on family trips, I've always thought you've been on trips like everyone else here…but I thought wrong.” Craig commented.

“No one would believe me if I told them that.” Jason said. “I wouldn’t be an actual Junior Forest Scout in the eyes of everyone.” He then looked at his badges. “I want to put my foot down towards everyone, just to be recognized, no matter how hard me and the scouts were.”

Steven admires Jason’s honesty. Much to the scout’s surprise, he wrapped his arms around him, hugging him as Jason’s eyes slowly opened wide. Steven closed his eyes as he felt Jason slowly but surely shaking less as Kenneth felt surprised along with the others.

“Is this your first real hug?” Connie asked as Jason nodded. In response, Conne wrapped her arms around him. “Let it heal your body and mind. It still feels nice to hug a kid.”

“It’s true…so true.” Steven spoke softly.

The comfort all around him made Jason smile as he closed his eyes slowly, wrapping his arms around Steven and Connie. “Thank you…”

“Man…” J.P. responded. “Steven and Connie really make hugs more precious and comfortable.”

“How come you’ve never felt that Craig?” Kelsey asked.

“What Jason said, I’m not the comfort type.” Craig then remembered days ago when Steven hugged him. “I just never knew what it felt like.”

“Well.” Kenneth spoke while smiling. “I can see he’ll give comfort to people who really need it.” Kenneth then leaned down to the other side, hugging Jason as Steven took notice. “I’m not against people giving comfort to others.”

“Do you like support systems?” He wondered.

“Yes. Granted I’m not the type, but that doesn’t mean I can’t like them.”

Steven smiled from his response. “Can’t argue with that.” He then turned to Craig whom he took notice of. “Come on, join in, it’s not that bad.”

“I’m joining in on it.” Jessica smiled as she joined in the hug. Steven and Kenneth gave space for Jessica to join in as there’s enough space for Craig. Craig slowly walked up to the group, slowly opening his arms wide as he gave Jason a hug, thus allowing Steven and Kenneth to rewrap their arms.

At first Craig felt weirded out, but knowing about Jason’s problem, he can feel it. He slowly closed his eyes, giving in the hug like his sister. “Know how it feels?” Steven spoke.

“Yes, I do.” Craig responded.

“Thanks Craig.” Jason signed.

“Is this gonna take a while Jason?” Tony asked.

“Give me a few more minutes…”

“You sure because we still have work to do.”

“I really needed this…”

Boris began to tear up from the moment itself as he decided to join in, wrapping his arm around Steven and Connie much to their surprise but later accepted it. “Okay, if it’ll make you more mentally healthy.”

“You’ve learned about mental health?” Omar asked.

“Yes. It’s just Jason doesn’t want me to help him with that.”

“Probably because it won’t help?” Bryson added.

“After knowing him month after month, no it won’t.”

“Huh, guess Steven found out about something that Craig didn’t.” Kelsey smiled. “We should see if they can do it together.”

“How are we gonna do that?” J.P. asked.

“I don’t know. We need to expect the unexpected.”

Chapter 42: The Renaissance Of Cardboard

Chapter Text

After helping out Jason, the group made their way to their next destination after Craig took Kelsey’s suggestion. “You sure you don’t want to spend time with Connie next?” Craig said.

“It’ll happen later.” Kelsey responded. “We should do the things you want to do next.”

“You wanna feel better after that hug?” Omar added.

“Not with another hug.” Craig retorted.

“But you know how it feels right?” Bryson spoke. “Besides I also want to do something with you as long as you and Steven are happy.”

When Craig turned back to Steven, he happily laughed while walking beside Kenneth. “That’s wholesome that your friends feel satisfied from your hugs.” Kenneth said. “My friends in childhood never felt that.”

“Guess our friends aren’t the same in different states.” Steven replied. “Sometimes it’s the healthier solution in the type environment they're in.”

“Yeah, I wish I’ve felt that way as a kid.”

“I was shy when Steven hugged me for the first time.” Connie chimed in while blushing. “It felt really rare and charming.”

“Is it because you’re his girlfriend?”

“Back then, no.”

“Guarantee it was your first hug that wasn’t from your parents.” Kenneth grinned.

“Catching on like a Jam Bud.” Steven smiled. “The next Jam Bud to be exact.”

“That’s what we call ourselves.” Connie giggled.

“It’s a cute nickname.” Kenneth responded.

“You have a cute nickname your friends call you?” Steven wondered.

“From the Elders, Kenny.”

“Yeah…I was thinking about your other friends.”

Craig turned his head back in front of him while reaching close to Cardboard City. “Maybe we can try coming up with a nickname for ourselves.”

“I’m also thinking of a nickname for me and Connie as well.” Kelsey commented.

“Maybe I should try to think of a nickname for me…and one of The Crystal Gems.” J.P. added. “If they like me.”

As Craig walked up to the hill with his group behind him, Steven witnessed Cardboard City itself. Upon stepping in the land itself, a few Cardboard was reaching above his height due to the stacking. “It’s kind of cute when kids are acting out in a city.” Connie witnessing two kids in a cardboard car. “Didn’t think the creek had this many cardboard boxes.”

“If we tell you what we did during our visits, you'd probably think cardboard would be electricity proof.” Craig commented.

“With the many times I’ve come here, you’ll see it to believe it.” J.P. turned to Steven.

As Steven watched more kids playing with cardboard, it felt like he’s going to a school’s recess. Despite having no school building, he saw a cardboard box decorated as a school with a kid coming inside. “The boxes are bigger inside.” He spoked.

“That’s right.” Craig said. “Two of my friends created this place.”

Kenneth witnesses a hill with kids in their boxes. “I guess they had an open field open for business. Some cardboard insurance they have.”

Craig pointed at the two as Steven looked at the direction. “Zoe and Carter Brown.”

From their outfits being made out of cardboard, he felt amused at first but won’t leave out the pride itself. Upon walking up to them, Zoe and Carter got their attention.

“Hello Craig.” Zoe smiled. “Brought some visitors?”

“Non-city people they are.” Craig presented Steven, Connie and Kenneth to her.

“How interesting.” Carter walked up to Steven. “You’re not wrong for them being non-city people.”

“I’m a beach person.” Steven replied.

“And I’m mostly a beach person.” Connie added.

“But I’m a college person.” Kenneth added.

“So Cardboard City’s one of the locations kids come to the creek the most.” Steven smiled.

“Yes, we put so much passion for everyone to fit in.” Zoe smiled.

“Do you have any more ideas on making Cardboard City bigger?” Bryson asked.

Carter took out his and Zoe’s list from his pocket, opening it. “A couple ideas but with enough cardboard boxes, we can make the tallest cardboard building.”

“We didn’t lay out the idea on paper, but we’re still working on it.” Zoe said.

As Steven looked in both directions, he felt that from where he came from, the view of the building would gain attention from more kids. “You sure it’s possible to make a cardboard building sixty five feet high?”

“I’m sure they don’t have enough cardboard boxes.” Omar replied. “If anything, they have used toilet paper tubes.”

“Keeping them connected is the hard part.” Jessica added.

“Granted we use them for water drains but it can come in handy to hold cardboard from above.” Zoe replied. “But if you’re looking for any of our activities, you won’t be able to…let’s just say…fit it.”

“Not really surprised.” Steven replied.

“Truthfully if there was another cardboard city for grown teens and adults like us, we would have to find jumbo sized cardboard boxes.” Kenneth commented.

“One person wouldn’t be able to carry a box of that size.” Bryson responded. “Not even one of my parents.”

Craig wondered about the possibility of making a tall building, but on the other hand, he has to figure out the designs to make it stand out more than the other cardboard buildings. With color crayons and pencils in his bag, it gave him an idea. “This may be short notice, but do you want us to help you make that cardboard building?”

“Maybe.” Zoe responded. “If you all can cooperate with the perfect vision, you can make it work.”

“The question is, who’s gonna come up with the vision?” Kelsey smiled while turning to Steven, getting his attention.

“I did colored pictures during my childhood, but I’m not sure if you’re allowing creative visions.” Steven replied.

Carter Brown then decided to give Steven confidence. “Me and Zoe had a disagreement before where we parted ways. And after we reunited not long ago, we made sure to not make the same mistakes again. I would love to help you work on this but Zoe told me to see her visions without judgement.”

“And from what I heard from people in the creek, your creativity could impress us…in a non- disastrous way.”

As Kenneth turned to Steven, Steven looked at him. It is only a matter of time to have a talk with him along with Craig. Connie then walked up to Carter and Zoe while setting things straight. “Steven isn’t hazardous, granted he did cause some problems, but he still did good things two days ago.” She then turned to Craig. “And Craig’s the reason he’s around for another day. Building a friendship before…he leaves here. So he’s doing anything he can to have every kid in the creek to meet him.”

“We are mostly in a hurry, but savoring the moments is what counts the most.” Jessica smiled.

Zoe and Carter figured there’s more of a reason for Steven's presence in Cardboard City. They both looked at each other as they agreed to make things easier and faster. Carter took out his whistle and blew it, allowing all the kids in Cardboard City to come to his and Zoe’s aid. Close to fifteen kids from the right, gaining Craig and his group’s attention.

“Construction team!” Zoe called. “Let’s help our new city guests to make Steven Universe’s vision, a memory we can all remember by him.”

“So give him all the creative freedom he orders.” Carter smiled. “The more passion, the better!”

The kids cheered as Steven smiled. “Let’s get to work then!” Steven lifted his hand up.

The whole group made their way to the back of Cardboard City, while Kenneth’s the only one staying behind. With the many kids he hears about disastrous or something similar related to Steven, he’s concerned even more. After what Steven told him before getting into the creek, he hopes he’s telling the truth. He knows there’s more to the information with what happened back at the Honeysuckle Maze.

“Kenneth!” Craig called. “You’re gonna help?”

“No…I'm probably the only one in Cardboard City who wants to be surprised.”

Craig didn’t respond as Kenneth took a deep breath. Instead, Steven came back to take Craig, all the while giving a split second look at Kenneth. “Hopefully after the next activity, we'll sort this out.”

“We still need to find a private place for that.” Craig replied.

“We can work on that.”

As Steven and Craig head back to the group, they charge their brain power and teamwork to create the tall building. Carter Brown took out boxes of toilet paper tubes as Kelsey, J.P., Jessica, Omar and Bryson colored them in Yellow, Light Blue and White. After that, they give the colored tubes to the kids, one of them taking one each, putting them close together, allowing Connie and Zoe to squirt hot glue on the ends to stick them together.

Steven watches everyone with a smile on his face. He turned to Craig who used a pink crayon from his bag and colored it on the cardboard itself. With other crayons and pencils closer to the color pink by his side, he knows how to make Steven’s vision, especially after how he drew it. Much to his surprise, Steven with a colored canyon in his hand appeared in his view. He turned to him as he began coloring other spots on the cardboard. This gave Craig a smile as he continued to color the cardboard with Steven by his side.

Twenty minutes have passed as the team went back inside Cardboard City, some kids were on top of the buildings with the cardboard itself laying on them, ready to lift them up when they got the cue. Behind the trees from Cardboard City, Steven and Craig held the string while Connie and Kelsey held the other.

“Okay! Lift the building!” Zoe called through her loudspeaker made out of cardboard. The kids lifted it up slowly while Steven, Craig, Connie and Kelsey pulled the building slowly and carefully. Kenneth watched the building being lifted up with the design on the front, gaining his attention.

“Okay annnd…stop!” Steven called as he and his group stopped pulling, Craig and Kelsey tied the strings on the rocks as they headed back to Cardboard City. The team and Kenneth witness the building in full view.

“This is perfect.” Zoe smiled.

“Steven’s a natural visionist.” Carter Brown added as Steven’s group returned to witness it. With eight stacks of toilet paper tubes four underneath while the other four on the front, left, back and right, keeping it from falling over. The cardboard on the sides and back were colored in many gem shapes in different colors. But the front shows a big heart gem, colored in pink, red and a darker shade of pink and red.

Steven walked in front of the building itself to give his speech to the team. “After we were close to finishing this, I’ve come up with a name people should remember when they see this.” He turned around while pointing at the cardboard. “The heart presents togetherness in Cardboard City. Not just working together as a team, but also friendship brings us closer. In our hearts, it’s the motivation that makes our lives worth moving forward in.” Steven then looked back at the team. “I call it, The Renaissance Of Cardboard.” The team cheered as Steven made his way to Carter and Zoe. “What do you think?”

“It’s more than perfect.” Zoe smiled. “The moment I saw the shape, it suits Cardboard City better.”

“I’m pleased that the support tubes showcase the colors you gave here.” Carter added.

“It’s not really my colors, but the pink on the cardboard is what’s a part of me you remember the most.” Steven smiled.

“We'll make sure to have new visitors know your name.”

“They will remember your name after the structure you created.” Zoe said as she and Carter stepped to the side. “Your work here is done, go back to your time in the creek.”

“I will, and you go back to taking care of your city and people.” Steven shook Carter's hand while Connie rubbed on Zoe’s head. As they left along with Craig and the others, Kenneth followed next to Steven with his hands in her pockets.

“I’ll admit Steven.” Kenneth said. “It’s a great building and the name’s perfect for Cardboard City.”

“The city’s gonna get bigger and bigger like every other city around the world.” Steven replied.

“True.” He then looked away. “But still, I don’t think you are what you say.” He then took a deep breath while he turned to Craig again. His eyes haven’t turned pink again, but knows when it happens again, it could lead to something odd, but possibly serious. “Can we talk about this now?” He turned back to him.

“After the next activity.” Steven filled in. “But we still need to find a private place.”

Kenneth figured out the only location that’ll work between him, Steven and Craig. “I’ve found a place. Maybe we can work that out by going to that location as our next activity?”

“Okay, we can do that to save more time.”

In the back after heading out of Cardboard City, Craig took notice of Steven and Kenneth looking back at him. “You sure a hug isn’t the best time right now?” Kelsey wondered.

“No, but I think the next activity could really benefit that to happen.” Craig smiled. “I really hope we find Cannonball and Sparkle Cadet soon.”

“I’m liking where this is going.” Bryson smiled.

“And not only that…” He took out a picture of Slide The Ferret from his bag. “...maybe I can add Slide The Ferret to the activity.”

“You should offer that girl you met at Elder-Con to join in.” J.P. requested.

“Yeah…maybe I should.”

Chapter 43: Heart Of The Ice Pop Slide Bubble Bike Gem Trail

Chapter Text

At the Trading Tree, Cannonball and Sparkle Cadet were together with a small cooler by their side. From the other side, a girl was playing a Slide The Ferret game on her portable gaming system, thrilled after beating the hardest level from it. Craig’s group arrived at the Trading Tree as Craig’s relieved he found three kids for his next activity. “Yes!” He cheered. “This is gonna work for all of us!” He rushed to the girl with Steven right behind him. “Diane.” He called, getting her attention after she put her portable system away.

“Craig?” She smiled.

“Would you be interested in joining us on a quest?”

“Sure, why not?”

“We’re gonna be going to a location where…Steven’s friend requested.”

“But it’s a secret.” Steven filled in.

“A secret huh?” Diane crossed her arms. “Bet there’s more to that after hearing about you.”

“That would be true if I actually knew where we’re going. So Diane’s a fan of Slide The Ferret?” He turned to Craig.

“Yes.” Craig responded. “And I’ve been really getting along with her because of that.”

“If only that franchise was available for my systems.”

“Console exclusives exist for one reason or another, giving the console games other consoles won’t get, or…mainly for budget cuts.” Diane said.

“I’ll guess the former.” Steven laughed.

When Craig turned to Cannonball and Sparkle Cadet, they’ve been waiting for him ever since they traded items for what they have in their cooler. After spending time with Steven, they hoped he’ll return while showing him what they and Craig did last Summer.

“You like ice pops Steven?” Craig asked.

“Yes, including Connie.”

“Can I pick my own flavor? Diane requested.

“Yes, you can.” Upon heading up to Cannonball and Sparkle Cadet, they grew a smile as they lifted the cooler up together.

“Ready for the Ice Pop Trio to go on a brand new adventure!?” Sparkle Cadet cheered.

“You caught on and you bet!” Craig gave Cannonball a high five. “Is there enough ice pops for everyone?”

“Don’t worry, they’re enough for the whole group the way I’m seeing it.” Cannonball turned to Craig’s group, always a step ahead to make Craig’s friends happy for frozen desserts.

After leaving The Trading Tree, Craig and his group are eating ice pops in different flavors. Steven and Connie sucked on them with Cannonball, Sparkle Cadet and Diane by their side. Kenneth while sucking his ice pop, walked with Steven behind. “You’re still aware where we’re going?”

“Yes, while we’re making this adventure really memorable, you’re still leading the way where you want to go.” Steven responded.

This caused Jessica to pull Steven’s shirt, catching his attention. “But is the place supposed to be private?”

“No, I don’t think so.”

“But it is a mystery.” Kenneth recalled. “And since everyone knows about…the thing with Craig’s eyes, it’s not really a private meeting as I thought.”

Steven always thought that the Other Side was the location that had mysteries compared to the main side of the creek. But then again, he only remembered how far he went days ago with the limited time he had, unlike today. He turned to the three kids, two of which he met while the one he didn’t.

“So Diane.” He spoke to her attention.

“Yes Steven?” She smiled.

“You’re into Slide The Ferret just as much as Craig?”

“So much.” She took out a Slide The Ferret magazine from her bag, showing it to Steven. “I always get the latest merch on day one.”

“Even I wasn't able to get those on day one.” Craig added.

“Hey.” Kenneth pointed at the magazine. “My younger brother enjoys Slide The Ferret.”

“He does?” Craig turned to him.

“Trust me, I’ve seen him play Slide The Ferret games every time I walk into his room.”

Craig was too occupied with the meeting itself last night, he didn’t pay attention to anything else in Xavier’s room. “Unreal.”

“If he was a gamer of a franchise people don’t remember, then it’s unreal. But at the same time, he never played multiplayer with people his age.”

“I would say that’s not a good thing but the more I know about him, the less it’s…” Connie commented while not trying to hurt Kenneth personally. “...natural?”

Kenneth then turned to her. “More like…personally all over his make belief world compared to any kid in the creek…at least from what I’ve learned.”

“Trust me on this, if your brother actually beat us in Capture The Flag, we wouldn’t have freedom.” Cannonball commented.

“Especially today.” Sparkle Cadet added while licking her ice pop. “This may not be the best time to talk about this, but…”

“We’ve seen what he did, including me.” Craig added. “But you’re right, it’s best not to talk about this.”

Kenneth let out a deep exhale while looking in the opposite direction. He closed his eyes to keep his mind off the topic. “So.” He turned back with his eyes open with a smile on his face, licking his ice pop in the process. “You spend time with Cannonball and Sparkle Cadet to go get Ice Pops on a hot day?”

“Yeah, since J.P. and Kelsey weren’t in the creek on that day.”

“We agreed to call ourselves the Ice Pop Trio.” Sparkle Cadet smiled.

“And on that day, it changed all what trio groups should be for the better.” Cannonball added.

“Even I was impressed when I heard about it.” Kelsey commented.

“I’m not gonna lie, I really want my own Ice Pop Trio from my place.” Bryson smiled.

“If you can find friends who are into ice pops.” Omar added.

“The Ice Pop Trio?” Diane licking her ice pop. “That’s a cool friendship name, I should’ve met you sooner than at Elder Con, Craig.”

“I wouldn’t mind at all, that would’ve been better to have Slide The Ferret in the mix early on.” Craig smiled.

“Then today’s more than your lucky day.” Steven added while heading in front of the group while walking backwards. “This is more than a quest. It’s not just a magical quest but also a teamwork quest for all of us.”

“And there’s mystery towards the end of it.” Kenneth added. “And I don’t lie about mysteries.”

“Yeah.” Steven pointed at Kenneth with both of his hands. “The obstacles on our journey won’t be hard but our teamwork is what all that matters.”

“And in order to make our teamwork the best, cooperation is the key to friendship.” Connie smiled. “Especially with new allies.” She rubbed on Kelsey’s head.

“Nothing is better than the truth itself.” Kelsey smirked.

“Then let’s not waste anymore time and begin our quest for mystery!” Steven cheered as he lifted his ice pop up in the air.

“Onward for mysteries of adventure!” J.P. lifted his eaten ice pop up in the air. Everyone else lifted their ice pops up in the air, as they all marched to the trail of their destination. After finishing their ice pops, their first obstacle is Paintball Mike and the Paintballers in war against the other kids down the hill. Steven and Craig’s group walked up to the edge, catching their attention of the war itself.

“Oh no.” Craig reacted. “The Paintballers aren’t in Rainbow Alley at war.”

“They’re at war outside of Rainbow Alley!” J.P. reacted.

“Oh great!” Kenneth added while pointing at the distance above. “The hill over there is where it’ll lead us to our destination.”

Connie took notice of the paintball war with Paintball Mike and Paintball Benny throwing paintballs at the other kids. “They’re really out for mayhem, do they?”

“This may be hard to believe but Paintball Benny, when he’s not…at war, is part of my book club.” Kelsey smiled as Connie looked down at her.

“Military people do go to book clubs during their spare time.” She smiled. “I’m gonna look forward to that if that’s what you want us to do later.”

“You’re gonna love my very own books, along with Stacks’s!”

“Okay!” J.P. pulled Kelsey back. “Less talk, less attention on us.”

“If we go around either the left or right down there, one of their members would spot us and prevent us from continuing our quest.” Bryson added. “Trust me, last time I was part of this, there was no way out.”

Steven thought about a strategy to prevent any attention from the Paintballers. He turned his attention to Diane. “Slide runs really fast does he?”

“With The Chaos Balls, it’s beyond the limit.” Diane smiled.

“Granted we don’t have all The Chaos Balls, but there’s another faster solution.” He then turns to Kenneth but refuses to hesitate. He lifted his shirt up, revealing his gem to Diane.

“What is that!?” She leaned close to the Gem.

“That my dude, is his pink gem.” Cannonball added.

Kenneth took notice of Steven’s gem in full sight. Despite not being judgmental, it still made him remember what Steven said to him. “Days ago, we raced The 10 Speeds and while it’s not the same as Slide’s speed, it’ll keep all of us unnoticed." After Steven pulled down his shirt, he leaned down. “You and Cannonball get on top of me.” He smiled.

Both Diane and Cannonball sat on Steven’s shoulders. He slowly leaned back up while turning back to The Paintballers. He activated his gem as he turned pink. He ran in superhuman speed, down the hill while running past The Paintballers who are all in slow motion from his point of view. He held onto Diane and Cannonball tightly to not drop them, but even with them not connected to his powers, they still feel the velocity.

“Ohhhh…my…dope!!!” Cannonball reacted.

“I’m…becoming…like…Slide The Ferret!” Diane called.

Upon reaching out of The Paintballers view, Steven stopped himself, placing Diane and Cannonball on the ground. “Be right back!” He rushed back up the hill and back, placing Craig and Sparkle Cadet on the ground.

“That was amazing!” Sparkle Cadet commented while trying to regain her balance with the aid of Craig.

“I really felt like I was Slide The Ferret…” Diane replied. “Why the franchise didn’t introduce a pink Chaos Ball, I’ll never know!”

“That was a whole new level of dope!” Cannonball added.

“It feels more impressive.” Craig replied. “Surprised my eyes didn’t turn pink from that.”

As Steven placed Bryson and Jessica on the ground, he ran back to get one more person. “I’ll never see Slide’s speed the same way again.” Bryson collapsed on the ground.

“All that just to run past Paintballers.” Just when Jessica’s about to collapse, Connie picks her up.

“At least none of them noticed us.” She commented.

Kenneth witnessed Steven again, rushing back up the hill while stopping. With his body glowing pink, he didn’t feel disturbed, but catched on about the activation of his gem. “I’m not concerned about you being my friend, but now…I’m actually becoming jealous.”

“Jealous?” Steven blinked.

“Not extremely jealous, but now I want a gem that gives me super speed.”

This caused Steven to look down at his shirt while still surprised from Kenneth’s reaction. “Would it still disappoint you when our next conversation…took a serious turn?”

“Yes. But it’s better to keep the vibes good for now. I’m still trying to take this well.”

Steven slowly made a smile while he took Kenneth’s hand. “I’m taking this more well than you. Including Craig. And it’s more for the best.” Steven turned pink again, pulling Kenneth down the hill, running past The Paintballers one more time. However in a split second, Paintball Mike turned around, witnessing a pink flash.

“I knew it!” He reacted. “I knew I wasn’t seeing things. It must have Steven all over it!”

“You think so?” His teammate replied.

“I’m sure. I know he won’t be here tomorrow.” He then picked up a paintball with pink paint filled inside. “Let’s make sure he doesn’t leave war today.”

Back at the group, they continue to walk on the hike with Diane being thrilled after what she experienced. “I’ve never felt so alive!”

“And felt the dopeness of speed itself!” Cannonball added.

“I’m surprised Steven hasn’t flown in the air with bubbles around him.” Sparkle Cadet smiled.

“He might have the power if he told me about it.” Craig replied. “You think it’s possible to have Sparkle Cadet fly?”

“Without powers, I can’t guarantee it.” Steven responded. “Even if there are some powers I didn’t know I have yet, flying is probably not part of my powers.”

“What about floating?” Sparkle Cadet wondered.

“Yeah, I wouldn’t have an issue with having floating powers.” Cannonball added.

“You actually float?” Kenneth wondered.

“Yeah but that happened a long time ago and it took me night and day to get back on the ground.” Steven explained. “It took tons of heavy stuff to put me down.”

“For me, it’ll take three anchors to pull me down if I had floating powers.” J.P. added.

“Unless you have really strong hot air.” Bryson replied.

The group headed to multiple river streams with the trail continuing from the other side. Craig noticed there’s no trees collapsed over the streams for him and his group to walk over. Jessica took notice of the streams, bigger to jump over due to her age while she held onto Small Uncle.

“I’m still learning how to swim but…I’m still scared of river currents pulling me away.” She hugged Small Uncle tightly. “Inculding Small Uncle.”

“Don’t worry, this time we’re all going over all the streams.” Steven said.

“The next hill is all over where the trail leads to.” Kenneth pointed. “It all will lead us to our location in no time.”

“We’re not gonna swim, are we?” Kelsey wondered.

“Yes but at the same time, we’re not going to the beach, or swimming in streams.” Craig answered.

“I didn’t bring my swimsuit for nothing, but I know for a fact that,” Steven then turned to Diane. “Slide doesn’t swim, right?”

“Never learned, never lived to be a fish.” Diane answered.

“But from what we know Slide gets a bubble shield to breathe underwater, and bounces in the air as well.” Craig smiled.

“Really.” Connie placed her hand on her hip. “I never floated in the air but I once stayed in a bubble with Steven.”

“The bad news is, my bubbles don’t float underwater.” Steven added.

“What about my bubbles?” Sparkle Cadet showed her wand to the group. “I’m sure mine will still lift all of us no problem.”

Steven walked up to Sparkle Cadet’s wand. He remembered how her wand functioned days ago, and with his powers, it gave him an idea. “Everyone spread out, Craig and Jessica, come close to each other.” Both Craig and Jessica came together as Steven turned back to Sparkle Cadet. “Blow one bubble.” Sparkle activated one bubble from her wand as Steven closed his eyes. With his gem glowing again, he sparkled the bubble as it flowed towards Craig and Jessica.

He spread apart his hands, expanding the bubble as Craig and Jessica got into it. The bubble itself reflected its surroundings, causing Sparkle Cadet’s eyes to sparkle with the bubble in both centers. “So…beautful.”

Then the bubble lifted both Craig and Jessica up in the air, carrying them over the streams. “This is amazing.” Craig smiled. “Why aren’t you feeling excited about this?” He turned to his sister. “It’s like a ride from the bubbles in your dreams.”

“It is.” Jessica responded. “But in my nightmares, it’ll take me away from our home which…our parents aren’t the nightmare themselves.”

“Seriously Jessica, like I said earlier, Ruby and Aquamarine aren’t coming after us.” Craig placed his hand on Jessica’s shoulder. “I have to talk with him and Kenneth soon but trust me, nothing bad is gonna happen.”

“If the location itself is pink free, I’ll believe you.”

“I hope so too.”

The bubble landed on the other side as it popped, causing pink sparkles to fall down on them. “That was perfect!” Sparkle Cadet pointed with her wand. “I really want it part of my wand as it's the most magical ability!”

“Maybe if I remember, I will give you special liquid so you can fill it up in its tank.” Steven smiled. “Just make sure you keep it for yourself.”

“If it’s that precious, I’ll take it!”

“Good. Let’s go help the others.” They continue to make more big pink bubbles for the rest of the group, two people at a time. Kenneth shared a bubble with Omar as during their whole stream crossing, he didn’t feel like being lifted by a hot air balloon.

“This isn’t as bad as I thought.” Kenneth commented. “It’s just over streams, but it is still cool.”

“You’re sure you'll handle the truth from him?” Omar replied.

“I will, if this is how he handles his…powers, he’s not a criminal.”

“He sure isn’t one but like you, I really want a lot of answers from him.”

“I don’t want all the information, just who he really is and what he gave Craig.” He then looked at Steven who he and Sparkle Cadet will be the final ones crossing. “I do know there’s a reason why he’s here rather than the actual reason.”

“Then you’re definitely gonna need more about how he was born.”

Kenneth then turned back to him. “Does it have something to do with the gem on his bellybutton?”

“There’s no other answer than that.”

As their bubble popped, they landed across. Steven and Sparkle Cadet made another bubble for themselves to cross over. Upon landing, their bubble popped as Sparkle lifted her wand into air. “My wand has changed the way bubbles are forever!”

“In the future, you'll save so many kids, they'll see you as their sparkling bubbling hero.” Steven smiled.

“There is no way this adventure can’t get any better!” Diane cheered.

“It will.” Kenneth walked up the trail. “From this point, I’ll take the lead.” The group followed the leader as the trail led to another hill that Craig and his friends didn’t take. Upon reaching up the hill, Steven took in the view with all the trees in the distance. “This is amazing.” He commented. “This feels like the hikes I’ve taken from the other state parks I’ve gone to.”

“This does look like something you go to at a state park.” Connie added.

“Seems hills taking you up to see the trees is enough for you to see the creek as a state park.” Kenneth smiled. “Kids are lucky to have the creek to themselves.”

As Craig looked at the distance, he noticed there’s even more places that he hasn’t seen yet. He’s doing everything he can to have the creek kids meet Steven knowing his time’s getting less and less temporary by every half hour.

“Cuz.” Bryson spoke. “I’m sure you’re gonna have enough creek kids to meet Steven.”

“And all I want is Connie going to the library to read me and Stacks’s books.” Kelsey added.

“It’s fine, I'm just more worried about what my Mom’s feeling. She doesn’t usually allow us to stay at the creek really late tonight.” Craig responded. “All the creek kids are gonna head home before sunset and we’re gonna be the only ones missing dinner.” He took a deep breath while still remembering about meeting Courtney and Tabitha at The Vulture’s Nest tonight. “I hope the Witches offer us take out food.”

“I mean, I’m afraid of how your mom’s feeling right now, but your second day with Steven at the creek could be your last.” Omar added.

“Even my older sister would think I’d have lost it if I'd met Steven first and his gem.” J.P. added. “Her first thought would probably pull the gem out without reconsideration.”

“Maybe my Mom knows how I’m feeling, how I’m taking it all right now but I know she won't believe I’ve had dreams with The Crystal Gems.” Craig crossed his arms while looking at the ground. “And I also know she’s gonna tell me Steven’s not my brother…and never will.”

“You know it’s the truth.” Jessica replied. “Even if you try to have Steven stay with us for a whole month, he would also tell you he’s not your brother.”

“And in addition, Bernard is more than a brother even when he doesn’t act like one all the time.” Bryson added. “Besides…there’s still a chance you might go to Beach City.”

“I want to go too.” Kelsey said. “I really want to meet Connie’s swordfighter trainer.”

“After seeing Steven’s powers, I really want to-” Diane gets cut off.

“Guys.” Craig retorted. “I don’t think I’m gonna take all my friends, including my best friends or even you.” He pointed at his sister. “I want to go but I need to go. You all don’t need to even if you really want to.”

His group didn’t retort, knowing he’s telling the truth. But at the same time, they all lowered their heads facing the reality that if they had pink eyes along with powers, it’ll be more devastating than fun for their families. “All you’re doing is pulling the fun out of us.” Sparkle Cadet commented. “This is still a once in a lifetime opportunity for all of us.”

“And going to Beach City is a larger than life opportunity to meet Steven’s dudes.” Cannonball added.

“It’s not like we’re ruining Steven’s life.” Diane added.

“Especially his family life.” J.P. added.

“I probably won’t make a difference if I meet the real Crystal Gems than the ones in my dreams.” Craig replied.

“So what is one thing you would keep if they can’t fix you?” Jessica wondered.

“My dreams whenever I go to sleep. At least I can build my own relationships and adventures without thinking about it in the real world…” Craig then looked at Steven still walking with Kenneth. “I know I can’t grow up alongside Steven when he’s gone…but at the very least…him in my dreams could make it all up.”

“When he’s far away from you, I don’t know if it’s possible.” Omar replied.

Sooner, the group entered through a big sewer pipe with Kenneth turning on his flashlight from his phone. “Am I hearing a waterfall?” Connie listened through her ear.

“Yes you are.” Kenneth leading the way. Upon reaching the light towards the end, he turned off his light. The group got out of the sewer pipe, as they all bare witness to the huge waterfall.

“Wow…” Steven commented with Craig standing next to him.

“Unreal.” Craig added.

“Exactly.” Kenneth walked up to the edge as he turned around. “What lies behind this waterfall is the reason why I’ve become King. It changed the kids of my age forever and I’ve never gone back.”

“So there’s treasure in there right?” Kelsey wondered.

“Kind of, but unlike gold and jewelry, they don’t last forever. But what lies in the center will give us what we’ve all worked for.”

“Friendship?” Jessica guessed.

“Yes. So, who wants to go in first?”

Steven knew what Kenneth’s going with this. He knew he wanted to cut to the chase as soon as possible but at the same time, he’ll make sure no one falls off. He walked up to him as he turned back to the group. “I didn’t bring an umbrella but for the sake of keeping you all safe and sound,” He turned around as he summoned a polygon pad through the waterfall. “You don’t have to jump through.”

“I actually expected you to do that, I didn’t want them to jump anyway.” Kenneth smiled. “I guess we can all come in at once.”

“Seems really lackluster but this is still part of friendship.” Omar replied.

“And teamwork.” Connie added. The group walked through the waterfall despite getting splashed on. With the final kids walking through, there was only one person who stood in place.

“Cannonball?” Steven deactivated the pad, walking up to Cannonball. “Are you coming through the waterfall?”

“I don’t know.” He responded. “I’m still thinking about what Craig said to me about…me and others…not going to…”

“Beach City?” Steven guessed as Cannonball nodded. “This is actually your second time hanging out with me. I didn’t plan on giving kids a second time.”

“Would the third time still be enough if you offered all the kids to meet your gem dudes?”

“If I allowed them to the creek, maybe but I would probably have to do that for every other park or creek I’ve come across if they find out about it.”

“You know that’ll never happen. Think of it as two awesome societies colliding together.” Steven breathed out, thinking about the kids he witnessed. “Just please admit you didn’t have your way of living like me and others do. I’m not saying this because you’re thousands of miles away from your home.”

“Okay, okay, I didn’t have my way of living yours or anyone’s life here.” Steven then attempted to consider what’s gonna happen next. “But the truth is, a part of me misses my old life but the other part of me wants to see the world and not the galaxy.”

“As in not in the way Sparkle sees it?”

“No. You may see it as a grand thing, but it’s not if you had a mom who put you through all of her responsibilities, which your mom didn’t.” Upon breathing out again, he looked at the waterfall itself. “It’s still unfortunate to deny your own mom gave you life.”

“Hey, we all get lives thanks to our moms and dads, you wouldn’t feel it similar to how I’m feeling with the 10 Speeds. Even without having my bike with me right now,” Cannonball walked up to Steven. “I still live the moments around me, like when me, Sparkle and Craig formed as the Ice Pop Trio. Even if we didn’t go through an obstacle together with you as a Trio, you said it yourself early.”

“A teamwork quest for all of us.”

“If you didn’t come up with a team name, that’s fine, it’s just the activities that matter. And you know it.”

This gave Steven a smile, knowing about the same truth with the moments in the Creek, especially now. “Yeah.” He then looked at the waterfall. “You wanna jump through it?”

“It’s the closest to having me jump through it on my bike.”

“Then go ahead.” He gave Cannonball space, placing his hands behind him.

Cannonball walked back inside the big sewer pipe while positioning his helmet on his head. In no time, he ran as fast as he could. He jumped off the edge as he splashed through the waterfall, catching the group's attention. Upon landing, he felt his clothes getting wet “Wow!” He responded. “Now that’s the risk I love.”

“You jumped through it?” Bryson responded.

“You bet I did.” Then much to their surprise, Steven also jumped in through the waterfall. With his hair wet, he whooshed it to get it away from his eyes.

“When we’re all done with this, we should all swim to let out the good, positive vibes.” Steven smiled.

“If we can get there positively.” Craig commented as he turned to Kenneth. “Now, we shouldn’t waste anymore time.”

“Been waiting more than enough time.” Kenneth responded. “Let’s go.” As the group followed him, Steven walked next to Craig as water drops from his hair landed on Craig.

“Well.” Craig turned to Steven. “Here we go. There’s no going back.”

Steven then placed his hand on his head, wiping the water drops off of him. “The positive vibes don’t come on their own. Keep an open mind.”

As Craig feels a little better, he hopes he’s telling the truth. “What’s inside here has to give me positive vibes.”

“I’m sure after our meeting, Kenneth knows how to spread positive vibes upon learning…the truth about me.”

“I know what I’m gonna say but what about you?”

Steven had thought about it, but it’s a risk he’s willing to take for not just Kenneth but also Craig. “Expect the unexpected Craig after what you’ve seen from me.”

“Fusion in front of Kenneth I bet. I’ll do it!”

Chapter 44: Heart Of The Bond

Chapter Text

Kenneth remained at the front of the group, refusing to turn around as he’s closer to where it’ll not only blow the group away, but also to set things straight with Steven and Craig. He reached the closed metal door, he pushed it with both of his hands, as he stepped foot inside, so did the group. With Steven and Craig to bear witness from the sight, they couldn’t believe it.

“Wow…” Steven responded.

“Another…huge tree…” Craig commented.

“Still the healthiest tree inside the soda factory.” Kenneth smiled as he turned around. “Just like when I was king. Giving his best friends the best soda than anywhere else.”

“But with how old this factory is, they don’t sell those kinds of sodas right?” Connie replied.

“No, they don’t.” He then headed towards the ladder attached to the platform they’re on. He climbed down, landing on the ground. “But I did bring along soda for you all. After we leave, I’ll give you some but for now, climb down, I want to show you all something really great.”

The group climbed down the ladder with Steven and Craig being the final ones climbing down. “I’m still impressed with this place, that tree is unbelievable!” Steven looked back at the tree.

“Yeah.” Craig added while also looking at the stump attached to the cracked floor. He witnesses the pit itself that’s shaped like a heart. “A heart shape?”

“Yeah, I didn’t know it was shaped like that.”

As they both landed on the ground, the whole group reached the cracked floor. They looked down at the pink liquid at the bottom as Kenneth uses the flash from his phone, brighter for everyone to witness it. “Is that pink soda down there?” Sparkle Cadet pointed.

“Yeah.” Jessica responded. “And look at how strong that tree is.”

“The strongest tree in the creek.” Diane commented.

“Strongly dope.” Cannonball added.

“That pink soda down there is connected to the big pipes up here since they use the underground pipes to save space.” Kenneth explained. “The more pipes, the more soda they made.”

“Still through, how did this big tree come out from that ground?” Steven wondered.

“Trust me, it’s really hard to believe.” Kenneth then walked up to him. “But now, it’s time.” Steven remained calm, and so did Craig. They’re willing to spill the beans without going back. “As for you all, you can listen to everything we say, but keep away from the pit.”

“We know.” Omar stepped away from it. “I don’t need to say all of us won’t come up from there.”

“I almost forgot about that.” Bryson added. “We would’ve been trapped if one of us fell down.”

“Yeah…if we never had Steven.” Kelsey responded.

As the group stood at the side, Steven, Craig and Kenneth stood in the center with the big tree right behind Kenneth. “Okay…who wants to start first? Me or one of you?”

Steven then looked down at Craig, allowing him to look straight at Kenneth. “Craig should since he caught on really quick.”

“I really do.” Craig responded. “Serveral days ago, Steven came into our neighborhood where my brother met him. I’ve met him by bumping into him where…”

“I’ll take it from here…” Steven lifted his shirt to reveal his gem to Kenneth again. “...The rest is history but…you’ve already known how Craig got pink eyes.”

“Yeah.” Kenneth replied. “You put saliva in his ear. But still, as much as I was impressed with your powers, you could at least show me your gem earlier.”

“I didn’t for good reason. I lied, yes but Craig’s mom wanted me to get a friend my age.”

“I got another day with him because of it.” Craig answered. “Granted it didn’t change what I’ve been through yesterday but…It’s the reason why I’m staying indoors at all times tomorrow but I’m not grounded.”

“You know you have to tell him, Craig.” Connie chimed in. “Say it to him.”

Craig breathed in and out as he told the truth to Kenneth. “Aquamarine and Ruby put me on lockdown.”

“Aquamarine…and…Ruby?” Kenneth made a confused look. “Those two kids put you on lockdown?”

“They’re not kids.” Steven replied. “They’re gems.”

“And they’re living in your younger brother’s room.” Craig answered. “They’ve been working with Xavier since I’ve stopped them.”

Kenneth looked up at the ceiling, wishing the photo he received from him wasn't anymore fake behind it all. “I don’t think I need anymore information. Just when I hoped he would improve as a person and younger brother, he does a stunt like this.”

“What other stunt would he cause?” Kelsey chimed in.

“Keep us on lockdown in the maze.” Bryson added. “He really made candy and gifts, his biggest weapon.”

“I know what type of brother he is, I was too occupied with my college work, I didn’t want that in the way.” Kenneth retorted. “And I would’ve been surprised with the whole Aquamarine and Ruby fiasco if I saw it for myself.”

“You will never know the half of it.” Steven remained calm in order to come clean with his friend. “Remember when I mentioned Beach City and it’s where I’m from?”

“Yes?”

“It’s where most of the gems go to and live to be better people…but not Aquamarine and Ruby.” He then reached into his pocket, taking out his phone while walking up to Kenneth. He opened his photos, showing Kenneth pictures of him along with gems around him.

“They’re…really cool.” He smiled.

“I don’t have pictures of Aquamarine and Ruby but…”

“If they have powers like you but not in that way, I don’t want to know.” Kenneth replied. “Just please show me more pics, I’m really digging this.” This made Steven a little happy, relieved of Kenneth giving into his true self. He showed him a pic of Peridot, Lapis and Bismuth after finishing an armor for the gem. “These are your best friends?”

“Yes. I do have human friends, but let’s just say-”

“Do they pursue other goals?” Steven nodded from Kenneth’s guess. “No problem, we’ve all been through it.”

“Just pointing it out.”

“Still through, as gems they look more kinder and really…”

“Promising?” Craig guessed.

“Yes, guess Little Homeworld College really has a lot of high class likable gems. Especially the little gem dude.”

“Yeah…high class likable gems…” Craig may want to see the pics himself but unlike last time, he’s not in the same mood as Kenneth. Despite still having no pink eye problems, he’s not letting that out in this meeting.

Then Steven showed Kenneth a pic of him, Pearl, Amethyst and Garnet, together in front of their beach house. “And these are…my mothers, Pearl, Amethyst and Garnet.”

“Three mothers?” Kenneth reacted. “Now I’m jealous, their husbands really dropped the ball.”

“That would be true but, one of them is a fusion.” He pointed at Garnet. “And they all never got married, even if.” He then pointed at Pearl. “They really wanted to, just not with a man.”

“And it’ll only raise more questions than that.” Connie added.

“Hey, I can take it, it’s not like Steven was once a woman for one of these gems to go gaga over.” Kenneth laughed. Connie and Steven didn’t laugh, nor did the kids despite not getting the full context. Kenneth’s laugh died down as he witnessed everyone’s reactions.

“That actually looks sweet to witness myself.” Sparkle Cadet commented. “It’s like positively giving birth to the galaxy.”

“Too much irony in your imagination Sparkle.” Steven making an awkward laugh.

“Wait…it’s actually true?” Kenneth replied.

“Yes, it is true, I was once Rose Quartz who my dad fell in love with…and she was one of the Diamonds.”

Kenneth wished it was a lie, but witnessing the three pics, he doesn’t see Steven as much as a volunteer as he described from before. “Maybe now I understand why you have pink powers, especially with Craig’s pink eyes. So…you’re mostly human?”

“Half human and half gem.”

Kenneth headed to the center, Steven turned off his phone while putting it away, following Kenneth from behind. He didn’t breath in and out however his mind still processed upon the truth. Everyone including Craig felt shocked that Steven's once a gem, but from his last dream, Craig’s finally connected the dots.

“You were Pink Diamond?” Craig blinked.

“Yes.” Steven answered. “And now you know why I tried…to make you less worried for your next dream.”

“Steven.” Craig signed. “I don’t believe you and Pink Diamond are the same person.”

“I’m glad you don’t believe that but if it wasn’t because of her-”

“You wouldn’t even be born?” Kenneth guessed, cutting Steven off while turning around. “Because I don’t think I’d believe that over Gem people.”

“Yeah, I wouldn’t believe that if they had that in the books I read.” Kelsey commented.

“Or even aliens.” J.P. added.

“I never expected you all to believe me.” Steven said. “All I’m saying is, the reason why I left Beach City is to find myself and grow independently. Kind of like going to college except…it isn’t.”

Kenneth moved his body back to Steven. “If this is about being who you really want to be rather than being part gem and part human, you could’ve told me that when we met yesterday. I would still have questions, but it would’ve been resolved sooner than later.”

“I didn’t mean to waste your time.”

“You didn’t waste my time, my brother did. If I just met you without him, maybe I would’ve been closer to you as a friend.”

“What about Mark and the others?”

“Well for how long they’ve stayed in the creek, I would feel sorry for them, but if you became an elder but still as a gem, without anyone giving you comfort…even I admit, I can’t change you.”

“He did change me.” Connie walked next to Kenneth. “But even I wouldn’t use good intentions to change him. He helped a lot of people, even the people who hated him.”

“It did affect my mental health when I turned sixteen.” He then turned to the creek kids. “I can’t express mental health because not only do you all have fun lives and imagination, you’re too young to understand mental health.”

“Or even experience it.”

The creek kids looked at each other after the quest they had with Steven. They still had a blast upon experiencing his powers but at the cost of the truth, it’s hard to imagine if he was a normal human in all this.

“Steven.” Kenneth said. “It’s never your responsibility to help people outside of Beach City, including me since I never had a problem to begin with.”

“If you did, would you still need help?” Steven wondered.

“Yes but you wouldn’t need to help me if your mental health’s that bad.”

“I’ve overcome it, we would’ve been friends in a different way. Like how Garnet sees the future in many ways.”

“You mean her with the shades?”

“Yeah.”

Kenneth wondered how someone like Garnet would see the future, as if he thinks she’s psychic.
But as a gem, he wonders what other powers she has. “I don’t need to ask if she’s the one who makes you more happy than the others.”

“If that were the case, I would have a favorite in my family, which it isn’t.”

“He does miss his friends and family, he just never had the ability to call nor facetime them.” Connie added. “He does both for me since we do spend time together, it’s just Garnet called me and that’s when I came here to help.” She then turned to Craig. “When she got a call from Steven, she told him he’s not done with Craig.”

“I was kind of thinking the same way.” Craig responded. “Granted I’ve noticed the pink visions the day after the storm where Steven gave me his powers but…” Even with his pink eyes still not activating at that point, he knows how Steven thinks of him than the night he met him. “Even then, I'm not done with him even if I’m supposed to feel that way.”

“If he wasn’t a gem, I’m sure you would be better off enjoying yourself in the creek like your friends.” Kenneth smiled while turning to Steven. “And Steven, I still like you as a friend and with your gem on your bellybutton, it’s not that bad to me.”

“Thanks but what about your brother?” Steven wondered.

“After we’re done tonight, I’m going straight to him and comforting him, along with those other two bad gems he’s with. I may not be able to handle them, but I’m still preventing my brother from doing anything suspicious.”

“Yeah, another reason why we want to spend the day at the creek is to prevent them from interfering.”

“Most importantly Aquamarine and Ruby.” Jessica added.

“I would like to know less of what they did yesterday.” Kenneth replied.

“Especially their fusion.” Kelsey added. “Even if I was in a team with Connie, we won’t be able to take them down.”

“I was a witness to Bluebird.” Cannonball added. “And it was ugly on that stormy night.”

“If no one got hurt, it’s not ugly to me.” Kenneth smiled.

With everyone feeling relieved at the moment, a thought came to Steven’s mind. With how everyone’s happy including his best friend Kenneth, he knows what he’s gonna do with Craig next. “So…should we leave and go swimming?” Diane asked.

“Yeah, I wanna feel the water after walking around for hours.” Bryson added.

“Just one more thing.” Steven smiled. “Craig, stand next to me.”

“Fusion into Straig Williverse, got it!” As Craig walked next to him he blinked multiple, attempting to activate his pink eyes. When he tried to take Steven’s hand, he couldn’t grab him. “Steven?” He stopped blinking. “Are you ready?” When he looked up at him, he noticed he was typing on his phone.

“You all wanna meet The Crystal Gems!?” Steven cheered.

“What!?” Craig reacted while backing away.

“You’re serious!?” Kelsey smiled.

“Yes I am.” After typing in, Steven received a massage right away. “And Garnet has everyone around her so this is a great time to meet them all!”

“Sweet!” Kenneth smiled.

“We’re gonna meet The Crystal Gems!” J.P. added.

“I’m actually gonna meet Connie’s sword trainer!” Kelsey jumped repeatedly.

“They’re really gonna spark my positivity!" Sparkle Cadet added.

As the group gathered together, Craig on the other hand backed away. He didn’t expect Steven to do that out of nowhere and now he thought wrong about him being into a fusion with Steven again. But unlike the others, he wasn’t ready to meet The Crystal Gems like this. Despite his dreams making the Gems real in his mind, his mind isn’t focused on what’s going to happen soon.

Soon, Steven's camera is turned on and in no time, Garnet’s face is revealed on the screen with a smile on her face. “The grown up cutie pie.” She replied as Pearl appeared on the screen.

“Steven!” She cheered. “I knew you would facetime us at some point after you left!”

Then Amethyst appeared on the screen with a huge smile on her face. “It’s awesome to finally see you man!”

“Have you gained any high scores?” Steven smiled.

“You bet I did!”

“Hey, have us meet them!” Kelsey cheered while jumping to reach the screen.

“Please give me a minute.” Steven looked down while still holding onto his phone.

“Schtu-ball!” His father Greg cheered upon appearing on the screen.

“Dad!”

“So great timing, I’m throwing a barbecue outside of our house.” Garnet then showed Steven the citizens of Beach City doing beach activities. But they weren’t the only ones that caught his attention. Peridot, Lapis and Bismuth with smiles on their faces.

“Steven Steven Steven Steven, STEVEN!!!” Peridot cheered. “How’s your state to state trip going!?”

“I don’t need to ask how many waterfalls you’ve been.” Lapis added.

“What I really wanna know.” Bismuth crossed her arms. “Did you befriend a meatball, who’s the same age as you?”

“Yes I did. Garnet.” Steven spoke as Garnet turned the camera back to her, Pearl and Amethyst. Steven turned his camera to Kenneth. “He’s older than me but a bigger meatball to hang out with.”

“I’m Kenneth.” He smiled. “So you are The Crystal Gems?”

“And you must be a gamer.” Amethyst smirked.

“Mostly a cartoon guy.”

“Fair enough.”

“As for me, I bet you look like Steven’s one and only best friend.”

“Almost true, but don’t leave out Pearl and Garnet.”

“The more you know about us, you will change your opinion.” Pearl added.

“I can tell by looking into the future, you will change your opinion.” Garnet smiled.

“Yeah, I figured out who’s…nevermind.” Kenneth said, immediately correcting himself.

“Exactly.”

“Anyway, here’s more of my friends.” Steven showed them, J.P., Kelsey, Bryson, Jessica, Sparkle Cadet, Cannonball, and Diane. Unfortunately he noticed Craig not around them but he isn’t hesitating on giving the kids their chance. Kelsey paid attention to the screen as she stared at Pearl.

“Aww, she’s holding a sword.” Pearl noticed.

“I knew she was going to say that!” Kelsey squealed.

“Yeah.” Connie leaned down next to her. “She’s a really huge sword fighting fan.”

“Connie trained me two days ago, it was awesome!”

“Bet you want to be trained by Pearl, huh?” Garnet guessed.

“So much!”

“Garnet, don’t you think she’s too young to-” Pearl getting cut off by Garnet.

“I like this girl’s passion.” Garnet smiled. “I’m sure you’re gonna like it as much as you like Connie’s when you trained her.”

Pearl looked at Kelsey through the screen. While her sword is still adorable in her eyes, it doesn’t compare to the old sword Connie used. “If you ever come to Beach City, I’ll think about it.”

“I’m sure it’ll be like good times.” Connie smiled.

“It’s me feeling it that should also matter.” Pearl added.

“Trust me, you’re gonna love training with me, I’ll follow everything you tell me to do.” Kelsey replied. “I promise.”

“She’s almost the same age as I was.” Connie added. “We just need to make sure we can work this out.”

“Anything is possible.” Peridot said offscreen.

“I know.” Pearl said. “As for the other kids?”

“Oh!” J.P. reacted. “I’m sure showing off your gem powers won’t be an issue!”

“Yeah, show us what you got.” Cannonball added.

Garnet knew kids outside of Beach City would want to see her and the other gem powers and she won’t deny them a chance. “Greg, please hold the phone.” She requested him as Greg took the phone from her, holding it in position. The kids watched the Crystal Gems, including Peridot, Lapis and Bismuth joining in.

Amethyst summoned her whip, catching the attention from the kids. “It always feels good to hear that whipping sound.”

Pearl summoned her spear after pulling it out from her gem in her forehead. Kelsey couldn’t look away from the spear as her eyes sparkled. “I don’t know which is better. You’re sword or that light blue sword…”

“It’s not a sword, it’s a spear.” Connie corrected.

“I still want to use it.”

Lapis lifted the water up from the ocean as Diane’s jaw dropped. “Now that isn’t special effects.” Kenneth commented.

“She can save Slide The Ferret’s life.” Diane added.

Then Peridot with a trash can bin floated in front of the camera. “I’ve been doing this whenever I come here from Little Homeworld!”

“I would want that more than getting a driver’s licence.” Jessica commented.

“You would rethink that once you fly over the clouds.” Omar replied.

Bismuth then shapeshifted her hands into hammers as she slammed them both. “I did build nearly half of Little Homeworld. I can show you what I’m really capable of.”

“She can do more shapeshifting than the others.” Steven explained. “And she didn’t lie about building half for the society.”

“I really want to see it myself if she’s really telling the truth.” Kenneth commented.

“I’m convinced the gems never ever lie.” Bryson added.

Then Garnet appeared in front of the screen as she summoned her gauntlets. “Tell me. Without Shapeshifting, does this still look cool?”

“It’s awesome!”

“I wish I had gloves like that.” Sparkle Cadet said. “And those colors. Having a makeover for my outfit would be so worthwhile.”

“They were building a gift shop of their merchandise after I left.” Steven replied. “At least from what Bismuth told me.”

“We didn’t.” Bismuth answered offscreen. “Besides, we never needed money.”

“But Steven’s the one who needs it.” Garnet smiled. “Is there anyone else you want us to meet?”

“Yes.” Steven showed his face on the screen. “He’s the first meatball kid I made a friend out of.”

“This is going to be sweet.” Amethyst smiled.

“Connie, hold the phone.” He handed Connie the phone as Steven looked around. “Craig? Craig?” When he and Kenneth walked down towards the exit doors, they turned around, witnessing Craig hiding in one of the steel beams. “Craig, why are you hiding?”

“Yeah, you can’t be that shy to meet them.” Kenneth replied.

“I thought we were gonna fuse into Straig.” Craig whispered.

“That can wait for later, plus your eyes haven’t turned pink.” Steven said.

“Steven, I didn't think I would meet them this way.”

“But I did say maybe I might allow you to meet them through my phone. And I’ve made up my mind about it today.” He then took Craig’s hand, not tightly by force. “Just relax, they’re gonna like you.”

Craig didn’t want to resist but he didn't know what to say. “For me, they’re too real outside of my dreams.”

“Then tell them about your dreams, just don’t ask them about your pink eyes, I’ll text Garnet about it later.”

Steven slowly but surely pulled Craig back to the main area of the abandoned soda factory. Kenneth followed from behind as Craig’s closer to Steven’s phone. “Don’t be shy, take all the time by getting to know them.” Connie smiled.

Craig took a deep breath in order to make his moment with The Crystal Gems in the real world special. Upon stopping in place, Steven presented Craig to his family. “My meatball kid friend is Craig Williams.” As Connie got closer with the phone, The Crystal Gems witnessed Craig from the other side of the screen. All that Craig did is waved awkwardly, smiling however, Garnet, Pearl nor Amethyst waved back.

“You’re frozen dude.” Amethyst responded.

“I know.” Craig lowered his hand, while making an awkward pause.

“Then aren’t you gonna talk with us?” Garnet added as Craig nodded. “Then ask us a question. A simple, nice question.”

Craig thought about one question for them and luckily, it came to him. “Do you three ever want a friend outside of Beach City? Or more?”

“If they’re the ones Steven got to know, then yes.”

“Are those kids your friends?” Pearl wondered.

“Yes and that’s not even half of them.” Craig smiled. “I’ve been taking Steven to so many of them ever since he came here.”

Then Greg appeared on screen from above. “In what location?”

“The Creek in Herkleton.”

“A creek in Herkleton?” Amethyst spoke. “I expected a city from a state.”

“They’ll be too many kids to make friends out of.” Greg said.

“The fewer kids are in the creek compared to ones in the city, the better the friendships are.” Craig replied. “I’m still gonna show Steven more kids and have him get to know them personally."

“That’s…really actually…something that Steven usually does.” Pearl smiled. “I can see why you are bonding with him.”

“We still had a rough start but-”

“That’s fine.” Garnet cut him off. “Relationships take time to sort things out, especially when you think about romantic relationships.”

Peridot then appeared on the screen, witnessing Craig for the first time. “Me and Steven were once enemies and let me tell you, we’ve been through so many tough times to grow our friendship.”

Craig had much to think about Peridot after it came to the dream he had. In fact, meeting her this way wasn’t as bad as he thought. “What would you think of me if I was your best friend like Steven?”

Peridot looked straight at Craig closer through the screen. “Hmmm…”

Craig slightly smiled while Steven laughed at Peridot’s classic ways. “Does she always view people like this?” Kenneth wondered.

“Not everyone.” Steven giggled. “It’s just that Craig is the first that made her think more focusably.”

“But not judgementally, right?”

“Nope.”

After taking her time, Peridot leaned back from the screen. “I would think…” She then grew a smile. “...I would have a similar style like Steven, I would love to start over!”

“Even without gem powers?” Craig asked.

“Yeah, even if you don’t have the ability to lift anything metal.”

Lapis then appeared on screen, as the memory caught up quickly in Craig’s mind. “And if you also don’t control water, I would still want you to ride on me like Steven years ago.” She leaned close to the screen. “To show you how much of a best friend I am.”

“Speaking of which.” Steven leaned down next to Craig. “Tell Lapis the dream you had of her.”

“Yeah.” Craig happily replied. “You gave me a ride over the ocean while we were flying around Blue Diamond.”

“Really?” Lapis smiled. “You showed him a picture of Blue Diamond Steven?”

“Yeah, imagination really gave him a great dream last night.” Steven added.

“He’ll feel really great when he feels it outside of his dreams. Especially lifting him up in the air.”

Jessica then appeared on screen, much to Craig and Steven’s surprise. “Can I also ride on you to see from above?”

“Okay Jessica.” Craig pulled her back. Much to their surprise, Kiki, not far in the distance, ran up to the phone.

“Hey!” Kiki looked through the screen. “That girl kind of looks like me.”

“What do you mean? Show me your childhood picture.” Jessica responded.

“Okay, let’s not get too carried away.” Pearl pulled Kiki away from the screen.

“She was jogging on the beach.” Garnet filled in as Lapis headed back to the screen.

“You have a sister huh?” She smiled. “Carrying you two wouldn’t be a problem.”

“See Craig.” Jessica turned back to her brother. “It won’t hurt her at all.”

“Can you please let me have this?” He asked nicely as Jessica got out of his way. “Yes, it’ll feel nice to be lifted over the ocean and in the sky at least once.”

“I want three times!” Jessica shouted off screen.

“It’s not like we can’t do other things to spare the time.” Lapis said. “What happened in your dream shouldn’t be less in the real world.”

She then walked away, allowing Bismuth to take the phone from Greg, paying attention to Craig through the screen. “Tell me meatball, was I in your dream?”

“Yes and Peridot’s also part of it.” Craig answered. “It was a rescue mission and…mostly Blue Diamond took care of the rest.”

“Seems you’re gonna be having more of those dreams later on. And helping you by your side really feels something I would’ve done with Steven.”

“That is true…it’s just when it feels like joining teams with you and others…it won’t have the same feel Steven had.”

“There’s no threat coming after us is what’s missing.”

“Like, we don’t want a threat coming after us, but working together is so worthwhile.” Peridot added.

“But if and how there’s a threat, it’ll make us see who you really are. No matter who the threat is, the adventure itself by seeing what you're capable of should be a nice experience.”

Craig wished what she said wasn’t an exaggeration but it didn’t feel like it. And experiencing on talking to The Crystal Gems, was far away from an exaggeration. “Steven really showed me he’s…”

“A nice experience?” Garnet appeared on the screen.

“Exactly.” Steven then walked next to Craig as Connie backed away a bit, allowing Steven in the picture. “After we leave here, we’re gonna be going swimming to pass the time.”

“And you’re gonna go back on meeting more kids?”

“As much as Craig can do for me.” Steven rubbed his head.

“Then Craig.” Garnet gets Craig’s attention while taking the phone from Bismuth. “Give him everything until he’s all satisfied.”

“I will, there’s creek kids who’ve been hearing about him.” Craig replied. “I’m hopefully doing everything until bedtime.”

“Then listen here.” The other Crystal Gems gathered around Garnet, including Amethyst and Pearl next to her. “You’re making him feel really important for showing him in a smaller creek.”

“Trust me Garnet, the creek's bigger than on the outside.” Craig said.

“You have to see it yourself to understand.” Steven added.

‘Still though, a creek out of many places feels smaller than big.” Amethyst replied.

“Well if Craig’s telling the truth, it wouldn’t hurt to go there sometime.” Pearl commented.

“I’d stay in the creek forever if that happened!” Kelsey reacted.

“And the other gems to be friends with!” Diane added.

“There’s so much non-stop charming positivity!” Sparkle Cadet added.

Kenneth found the whole moment bigger upon witnessing The Crystal Gems for the first time. Despite his time being less with them, he sees who Steven really is, but in a positive light rather than negative. When he looked at the pipes, he didn’t forget what he had been warned the last time he left the soda factory.

“Anyway, is there anything else before we wrap it up?” Garnet wondered.

“No, I think we’re done here.” Steven smiled.

“Wait!” Kenneth called. “Can you give Steven and Craig one question they can answer together?”

The Crystal Gems liked the idea, so did Steven and Craig. “Okay, we can answer one question.” Steven replied.

This gave Kenneth the opportunity to walk past the group, heading up the cracked shaped heart pit next to the tree. “What are you planning to do?” Omar wondered.

“You’re figured it out, but I do need a favor from you.” Kenneth said as he took out his old soda can he kept since childhood. “It’s better for Craig and Steven.”

Omar caught on that he’s planning to drop the soda can into the pit with pink soda. He turned back to Steven and Craig who await The Crystal Gems to give them their question.

“So…” Pearl took her time. “Have you been waiting for the moment you could treasure the most before you two…part ways?”

“We have a lot of memories with Steven, but we have treasured memories here and there on rare occasions.” Garnet added.

“Even in the craziest times, me facing Steven became one of my best treasured memories.” Amethyst smiled. “Even though we ruined the ruins.”

Craig liked the question especially with the many moments he had with Steven. But when it comes to treasuring the one of a kind moment, the future in a good way will still be unknown. “Well…Kelsey and J.P.,” He turned to them. “Had moments, but never truly treasured them.”

“For the record, we never knew that treasured memories were a thing.” J.P. commented.

“The memories I treasure the most are with Stacks.” Kelsey added. “And I’m being honest about it.”

Garnet tried to further the topic while coming up with an idea. She defused, catching Craig’s attention, allowing Sapphire and Ruby to appear. Greg lowered the phone to put them on screen. “A bond.” Sapphire smiled. “It seems your sword friend Craig has a bond with that person.”

“And she treasures her.” Ruby added.

“Like we treasure each other.” Sapphire and Ruby looked at each other then back to the screen. “It seems your bond is slowly growing to have your treasured moments be born.”

“You’re right.” Craig smiled. “And rushing one wouldn’t work.”

“For a kid like you, you catch on what bonds should be.”

“Tell me, Craig.” Ruby said. “Would hugs make you feel the bond with Steven?”

“I had a hug from him twice, however, the first we weren’t friends while the second…” Craig refused to expose the truth about his pink eyes but luckily, Steven filled in for him.

“We started off as friends, so the second hug didn’t work out for him.” Steven spoke. “Like you said Sapphire, slowly growing. And I’m feeling it right now.”

Sapphire sees it in Steven’s eyes. As for Craig, she looked at him closely. “Are you feeling it, Craig?”

Craig took a deep breath while eliminating the rest of the negativity in his mind. “It’s there, but it’s not enough.”

“Just put your health all in your heart.”

Kenneth found the right time as he dropped the soda can into the pit. “Just let it in, Craig.” Steven said. “I’ve gained it from them from time to time.”

“Just remember, you’re not the only one that takes time with bonds.” Connie smiled. “I’ve experienced it myself.”

Craig took it all in but then, a pink bubble floated past Connie, catching her attention as it popped on Craig’s nose. “What?” Steven leaned back slowly.

“Was that a pink bubble?” Pearl blinked.

“Not what I expected.” Lapis added.

“Sparkle Cadet?” Craig said.

“It wasn’t me.” Sparkle responded.

Then one of the machines started operating, catching everyone’s attention as they backed away from it. Omar and Kenneth looked at the pit as the pit heart shaped glowed pink from below. “The heart of the forest is reborn.” Kenneth smiled.

In just a matter of seconds, the pink soda rose up fast from the pit, streaming out hard as it splashed not only the group, but also Steven and Craig. They and Connie closed their eyes but once the whole pink soda reached way up, they opened their eyes.

“Wow!” Amethyst reacted.

“Is that…pink liquid?” Pearl added.

“It does look like it.” Bismuth added.

“Man, we didn’t even ask where they are in that creek.” Lapis added.

“The creek is bigger than on the outside.” Peridot added.

Greg looked at the screen as the perspective of Connie was floating. “Oh no!” He got in front of the screen. “I hoped this wouldn’t have happened.”

“Wait Greg.” Sapphire replied. “Maybe this isn’t a bad thing.”

“Yeah.” Ruby said. “It looks beautiful.”

Steven and Craig looked around with pink flowers around them, especially with their eyes not getting hurt from the soda. Thanks to the surroundings, Craig didn’t feel any negativity in his body, nor had his pink eyes activating. When he turned to Steven, he closed his eyes, feeling his surroundings made him feel.

“This feels like pink tears, all filled up with so much joy.” Steven smiled.

“I can feel it too…” Craig responded while lifting his hand out. “...it’s not from you but…” He gets closer to him while he looks back at him. He sees it through his eyes, shaped as stars. “...it feels like you.”

“Pink makes me feel who I really am. My soft side when growing a bond.” He opened his arms, wrapping them around Craig as he comforted him, unlike the last two hugs. “Does it feel good?”

Craig closed eyes while opening them, thus having star eyes for the first time. During the whole time Connie still had the phone, allowing The Crystal Gems to watch. Craig opened his arms, hugging Steven with more pink flowers flying up towards them. He laid on Steven’s chest, with his eyes closed. “It does feel good.”

“Let it all out.” Steven spoke. “It’s always healthy for you and me.”

With Connie smiling at the moment, so did The Crystal Gems. “This is almost perfect.” Pearl wrapped her fingers.

“I can see more going on with that Craig dude.” Amethyst added.

“He’s some one of a kind meatball.” Bismuth added.

“And what Steven has that I always remember.” Lapis held onto her arm.

“I really want to hang out with Craig if he ever comes here.” Peridot smiled. “And maybe with his friends if possible.”

Sapphire and Ruby were more than impressed with what they witnessed. It may not be love like they have, but the bond is still right in front of them between Steven and Craig. “Steven’s charm really gravitated to Craig.” Sapphire smiled.

“The heart of a bond.” Ruby added. “I see it crystal clear.”

“If Craig actually comes here, he may love being around with us.”

“If only he can, I wouldn't mind one bit." Greg commented.

Sapphire and Ruby fused back into Garnet as while in the soda factory, the pink soda began to drain down while Steven and Craig kept their hug intact. The soda reached the level of their lower legs as everyone landed on the ground, no longer floating. “Wow.” Connie commented. “That was amazing.”

“Yeah.” Sparkle Cadet added. “It felt like a pink underwater sanctuary.”

“Good thing I didn’t take out my video game system.” Diane added. “It’s not waterproof.”

“But now, I really need my clothes to be washed.” Cannonball commented.

“I know, but don’t worry, one of us can go to the nearby laundry building and clean them all up.” Kenneth said.

“So I guess I have to go there?” Omar catched on.

“Do you mind skipping swimming?”

“No I don’t, I didn’t even bring my swimsuit. At least I experienced the treasure. It really felt like the mystery was more than enough.”

“You bet.” Kenneth headed to Steven and Craig who finally broke the hug, turning their attention back to the phone.

“Steven and Craig.” Garnet smiled. “Your bond is full of heart. The true kind of heart only you two can make.”

“Were you worried about what just happened?” Steven wondered.

“It’s never new to me and it wasn’t that bad to me.”

“I don’t need to tell if the others were not drowning because I know they’re not.” Lapis added.

“Hey, they at least have something that my brother doesn’t.” Kenneth commented. “Anyway, I think we are really done.”

“Yeah, we’re gonna go swimming to not only enjoy ourselves, but also wash off the pink soda.” Steven looked at his coat while feeling it. “It’s also sticky.”

“Yeah, you really should clean up.” Pearl responded. “But it was fun while it lasted, especially meeting you Craig.”

“Hope we can facetime again, maybe tomorrow!” Peridot smiled.

“It’s a possibility.” Craig replied.

“Yeah, I wanna know more about you dude.” Amethyst said. “I can show you places through facetime…if there’s WiFi.”

“Not as good as going to those places, but it’s the least you can do.”

“So, should we do a huge goodbye to wrap up this facetime?” Greg offered.

“Oh yeah!” Sparkle Cadet cheered. “Let’s do that!”

“Then let's do it quickly.” Connie smiled as she handed Steven back his phone. While Steven’s group got into position, so did The Crystal Gems along with Greg. With Garnet holding onto the camera, she waited until Steven and the group said their last word with Craig next to him.

“Goodbye!” Steven’s group cheered.

“Goodbye!” Greg and The Crystal Gems also cheered, thus allowing Garnet to end the facetime.

Steven took a deep breath now that it’s over. “That went so much better than I planned.”

“You bet.” Craig smiled. “I’ve never felt so much better.”

“You really made my cuz really rad.” Bryson said. “Now I’m looking forward to what we’re gonna to do after swimming.”

“Then you’re next in line.”

“Fine by me.” Steven responded.

“We should change into the old rooms, one for boys one for girls.” Kenneth requested. “Omar will head to the laundry building and clean all of our clothes.”

“You're probably gonna have me borrow your credit card.” Omar replied.

“Don’t worry, I’ll give it to you before you get all the clothes.” Kenneth then took out a big box while placing it by one of the exit doors.

“We’re definitely gonna need help getting out of these clothes.” J.P. trying to take off his shirt.

“Yeah, I knew we would have to deal with this after finishing this quest.”

“Still awesome.” Diane added as she headed to one of the rooms behind doors. “Glad I didn’t skip this quest.”

“After swimming, I’m done for the day.” Cannonball commented.

“So much that after swimming, there’s no more positivity for the day.” Sparkle Cadet added.

“I don’t blame you at all, hopefully afterwards we’re gonna focus on other kids who haven't met Steven yet.” Craig said. “But I’m still allowing my cousin to have his turn.”

“It’ll be a great turn cuz. Let's change into our swimsuits.” Bryson rushed to the rooms.

“Taking down time has been my reward during my trips in the states.” Steven smiled as he headed inside the room. Craig followed also while the rest of the boys and girls went to their separate rooms to change, leaving Omar alone.

He walked back to the pit to look down at the heart shape with the soda not draining down. No matter how deep the pit is, it won’t make a difference now that the soda is all out. It won’t be possible to have it blast out again, for anyone to experience it like he did. He then heard one of the doors open, catching his attention.

“Omar.” Kenneth called. “When you’re done with the laundry, can you stop by at my house to check up on my brother?”

“No problem.” He responded. “I’ll tell you everything when I get back in the creek.”

“And don’t worry about me, I’ll take care of the rest with him and his two friends.” He closed the door as he’s preparing to get into his swimsuit.

Steven, Craig and his group after getting into their swimsuits, head out of the abandoned soda factory and head to the lake where Omar took them two days ago. Upon arrival, Kenneth took out the soda for the whole group to drink. After getting washed up from the soda in the lake, they all enjoyed swimming.

“Cannonball’s gonna do a cannonball!” J.P. pointed up at the cliff.

With the group moving away, Cannonball jumped up to the cliff and made a cannonball in the lake, splashing everyone. “Man, that was a big cannonball!” Bryson reacted and Cannonball popped out of the water.

“Awesome people like you never disappoint to be underwhelmed!" Cannonball smiled. “So who’s gonna do the next cannonball?”

“I do!” Craig raised his hand. “It won’t be big, but I’m up for it.”

“Then get out and jump off the cliff!” Diane cheered.

Craig walked past Kenneth who’s sitting by the lake, drinking his soda after swimming for ten minutes. “Make it a great splash.” He smiled.

“You bet I will.” Craig getting on top of the cliff. Much to his eagerness, he wasn’t jumping off alone. Sparkle Cadet decides to spread a little more positively by blowing pink bubbles from her wand. The wind blew them up to the cliff’s Craig’s at as it caught his attention.

“How’s the bubbles?” Sparkle called as Craig gave him the thumbs up. Then Steven appeared next to Craig, catching him by surprise while also giving Sparkle the thumbs up.

“It’s perfect!” Steven called back.

“Great!” Sparkle responded.

“Ready to jump off?”

“You bet I will.” Craig said. “Thought you would watch me.”

“Then I wouldn’t join in with my best friend.” Steven smirked. “Admit it, you would do the same thing if you watched me.”

“Yeah, I wouldn’t pass on the opportunity.”

“Look at it this way. If The Crystal Gems are willing to spend time with you, they would never pass on any opportunity. Like when they spend time with me.”

Craig knew for a fact the gems miss him so much after hearing their reaction from his phone. “I doubt they want to miss our bond of friendship.”

Steven knew he would say that, as he won’t forget what Kenneth gave him back at the abandoned soda factory. “The heart of the bond?” He guessed, smiling.

“Heart of the bond.” Craig agreed.

The two took steps back from the cliff, in no time they ran side to side, jumping off the cliff, over the pink bubbles catching everyone’s attention, including Kenneth who took a picture at the right moment. Thus causing Steven and Craig to make a double cannonball, splashing everyone.

“Wow, that was big!” Connie laughed.

“Really intense!” Kelsey added.

After the double cannonball, both Steven and Craig popped their heads out of the water, laughing in joy. “That was crazy.” Craig laughed.

“I really miss doing cannonballs.” Steven commented. “I only did it once at one pool during my state trips. I was lucky they allowed me to wear a shirt.”

“Hey!” Kenneth called, getting Steven’s attention. “I would keep your identity protected by giving you an awesome shirt if I worked by the pool.”

“A dolphin shirt would be a great approval from me.”

Kenneth leaned down to pick up two filled soda cans “Anyone up for more soda?”

“You bet!”

Steven, Craig, Kelsey, J.P., Connie and Bryson both head out to the lake to get their soda. But once Bryson got out, he took notice of something hiding in the trees. “Bryson, don’t you want some soda?” Craig called.

“I do but, I think I saw something.” He responded. “I’ll get back to you.” He went into the trees as Craig received a soda from Kenneth. He opened it and took a sip from it, refreshed from it.

“I have to say, this is the biggest highlight of the day so far.” Kenneth commented. “And I doubt it’s ever going to be topped.”

“I still feel bad for anyone who’ll never experience the treasure we all saw.” Connie said.

“Well, I can’t say it’s for the best but if that was on the line in Capture The Flag,” Kelsey turned to Kenneth. “You'd be really disappointed if we actually lost.”

Kenneth kept his good mood without his brother getting mentioned. “Since you all won against the enemy, it’s better off the ex king to lose something he’ll never treasure. And I know you all get the picture right?”

“We do.” J.P. responded.

“Good. So to put things intact on the positive side, we’re a little over halfway into the day.”

“True, but maybe we should try to split up after Omar comes back with our clothes.” Steven suggested. “Kelsey wants to show her books to Connie so, let’s save extra time by doing that.”

Kelsey had two options. Showing Connie her secret book club or the library in Herkleton. “Will you be able to fit into a small brush?” She turned to Connie.

“I don’t think so.” Connie responded. “I’m too old for that.”

“Me and Connie never had a secret book club to hide embarrassment.” Steven filled in.

“Is your friend Stacks at the library?”

“I guess.” Kelsey thought.

“It’s good enough for me.” Connie smiled. “We'll be back to you as soon as we’re done.”

“We should wait outside the creek.” Craig replied. “How about the playground?”

“Yeah, we can do that.” Kenneth agreed.

“So I’m thinking of doing two activities and heading straight to the playground.” Steven added. “As long as no one’s in the way, we'll be good.”

“Okay, I think we all have it figured out.” Craig taking another sip from his soda. “Once we’re done with Bryson’s activity, we'll do something as fast as possible for the second activity.” He then noticed that his cousin hadn't come back from the forest. “What’s taking Bryson so long?”

“I’m sure he’ll come back, he’s not getting himself lost.” J.P. added.

“Don’t worry Craig.” Kenneth leaned down. “Since we’re on the same page, nothing horrible is gonna happen.” Then after such a long time, Craig’s eyes turned pink, taking his group by notice but Kenneth didn’t flinch. “And I’m sure you don’t have to hide your eyes from anyone, especially me.”

“You know after sorting it out.” Steven walked next to Kenneth. “I agree with him.”

Even with the voices and people looking different in his pink visions, it no longer phased Craig, especially that The Crystal Gems never finding out about thus avoiding his panic mood just as much as there’s. “You know what, it’s good.” Craig smiled. “I’ve been having these pink eyes for two days, and in this case, nothing will scare me.”

“You sure?” Jessica wondered.

“Nope I don’t.” As Craig took a drink from his soda, he turned around, laying eyes on a kid he only met twice in the creek. But in his vision, he wasn’t seeing a different gem, it became crystal clear in his sight.

“So Cuz, how about this robotic dude?” Bryson presented the kid, leaning next to his cousin. “I turned him on too late but I’ve found what we’re gonna do next.”

The kid looked through Craig’s pink eyes, but it didn’t phase him, in fact he knows he may need to help Craig for when he did for him. “I’m back to return a favor, and that favor is to find that CD to look into your eyes to help you get rid of them.” He spoke. “I can see your cue in the future.”

As Craig remained still, Steven leaned down next to him, confused from not only the outfit but also what he just said. “Bryson, was he just laying in there when you found him?”

“Yeah, I’m surprised you and the others didn’t notice him when we got here.” Bryson answered.

When Steven looked back at the kid, he only had one question for him. “What’s your name?”

“Deltron.” He replied. “And I’m from the year 3030.”

Then another question came to him. “Are you seeing and hearing a different gem Craig?”

“No…” Craig spoke with a smile. “I’m seriously seeing Deltron without an issue…I like it."

“This could be futuristically rad.” Bryson commented.

“I think I might agree with you.” Steven responded.

“I don’t know what I’m missing, this kid’s imagination or the future he’s gonna make happen.” Connie added.

“Don’t worry Connie, the way I see it, Deltron had been shut off far too long to repay Craig.” Kenneth smiled.

“He’s not a hazard.” Kelsey smiled. “And I’m sure Steven has something that’ll make it worthwhile.”

“Then wanna do this activity first before going to the library?” Connie wondered.

“You bet. But I’m still getting really impatient.”

This causes Connie to pad on Kelsey’s shoulder. “We'll get through this, stay strong young swordswoman.”